Agenda packet, first session — Santa Barbara City Council, February 4, 2025 (part 2 of 3)

change because State law says that projects that are consistent with the ODDS cannot be denied except for specific adverse impacts3 to public health and safety that cannot be mitigated without rendering the project infeasible. Allowing an appeal by an interested party would give the false impression that ODDS project approval could be appealed for neighborhood compatibility or similar reasons.

Elevation Massing
The Ordinance Committee recommended that Council consider changing Section

25.04.160 (Massing and Façade Composition) E. Architectural Massing Features standard for block-scale buildings (typically over 80 feet in length). Currently, buildings at least two stories in height and greater than 80 feet in length must include up to three additional massing features (e.g., a tower, recessed volume, or additional stepback) depending on the length of the building. Ordinance Committee recommended Council consider reducing the threshold for this standard to a shorter length (e.g., 60 feet). After consulting with Opticos, staff does not recommend changing the threshold for the following reasons: 1) the current threshold of over 80 feet intentionally eliminates smaller house-scale buildings; applying additional massing features to the smaller house-scale buildings results in visually busy building facades; 2) the building footprint maximums, stepbacks, and other required massing features (e.g., bays) already produce simple and attractive, well-massed buildings.

Additional Style Choices
Ordinance Committee recommended Council consider including new architectural styles, such as indigenous, fire-safe, and environmental styles, in future ODDS amendments.

This recommendation does not change anything in the ODDS proposed for adoption. In the Planning Commission hearings, staff committed to gathering feedback from architects and developers on the ODDS and returning with a report after 10 projects or two years, whichever occurs first. At that time, expanded architectural style choices could be considered, particularly if funds are identified for preparing additional style group standards.

Title 30 Amendments
The Title 25 ODDS reference the City’s Zoning Ordinance (Title 30) for certain topics common to all projects, such as rules for measurements, design review, and noticing; however, Title 30 amendments are necessary to reflect the new objective design review process for ODDS projects. In addition, for the chapters already being altered by ODDS, staff incorporated minor corrections and clarifications to reflect recent changes to state law, implement Housing Element programs, or make the ordinance more readable and easier to interpret. The Title 30 amendments fall into one or more of these categories: 1) ODDS-related cross references and process improvements; 2) clarifying and corrective 3 Specific, adverse impact means a significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on objective, identified, and written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date the application was deemed complete (Gov. Code, § 65589.5). The Housing Accountability Act considers that such impacts would be rare.

Council Agenda Report
Title 25 Objective Design and Development Standards, and Amendments to the Title 30 Zoning Ordinance [Ordinance Introduction]
February 4, 2025

Page 11 ends

amendments with no significant change; 3) clarifying amendments that streamline processes; 4) clarifying amendments required by State law. Attachment 5 describes the disposition of the Title 30 amendments by chapter and section.

BUDGET/FINANCIAL IMPACT:

This action does not have a budget/financial impact on the City.

GENERAL PLAN CONSISTENCY ANALYSIS:

Section 30.235.100 (General Plan Consistency Required for Zoning Amendments) requires approval of a Zoning Ordinance or Map Amendment to be found consistent with the General Plan. The analysis of policy consistency is included in Attachment 6 General Plan Policy Consistency Analysis.

Title 25 Objective Design and Development Standards
Staff has determined that the Title 25 ODDS is consistent with General Plan policies and programs that support the development of objective design standards, protection for historic resources, and pedestrian-friendly design for multi-unit and mixed-use residential development projects. In particular, ODDS implements Housing Element Program HE-7:

Objective Design Standards.

Title 30 Zoning Ordinance
Staff has determined that the amendments to the Title 30 Zoning Ordinance, which implement provisions of State law and Housing Element programs and provide consistency and clarity with Title 25, are consistent with General Plan policies and programs.

ENVIRONMENTAL REVIEW:

Staff has determined that this action qualifies for a categorical exemption from further environmental review pursuant to California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines Section 15305. The exemption is based on the City’s adopted CEQA implementation ordinance, per SBMC Section 22.100.070 List of Ministerial Projects and Categorical Exemptions, subsection C.5. Class 5: Minor Alternations in Land Use Limitations, subsection c. Adoption or amendment of land use or development ordinance, regulations, standards, or guidelines that substantially maintain existing land use intensity or density.

The ODDS do not change the density allowed under the General Plan Land Use designation or intensity of use. The related amendments to Title 30 are either administrative in nature and outline permitting procedures for ODDS projects, correct and clarify zoning standards, or add ODDS-related definitions. Although there is a proposed Council Agenda Report
Title 25 Objective Design and Development Standards, and Amendments to the Title 30 Zoning Ordinance [Ordinance Introduction]
February 4, 2025

Page 12 ends

change to how density is calculated in Titles 25 and 30, that amendment does not change the underlying land use designation and density, as analyzed in the General Plan and the associated 2011 Program Environmental Impact Report for the Plan Santa Barbara General Plan Update. Based on review of the project, there would be no significant project-specific or cumulative impacts on the environment due to unusual circumstances, and the project does not have the potential to damage scenic highways or historic resources. Future development of individual project sites would still be reviewed for compliance with CEQA, including review of biological resources and hazardous waste sites. Accordingly, the action is consistent with the description of a Class 5 categorical exemption under CEQA Guidelines Section 15305, and none of the exceptions under Section 15300.2 apply.

ATTACHMENTS:

1. Title 25 Applicability Amendment Pages

2. Title 25 Architectural Styles Map Amendment Pages

3. Title 25 Mixed-Use Corridor Standards Amendment Pages

4. Title 25 Zone Map Amendment Pages

5. Title 30 Amendments Summary

6. General Plan Consistency Analysis
PREPARED BY: Rosie Dyste, Project Planner
SUBMITTED BY: Elias Isaacson, Community Development Director APPROVED BY: Kelly McAdoo, City Administrator
Table 25.01.060.A: Base Zones Correlated to ODDS Zones
Base Zones 1
ODDS Zones
Neighborhood
Medium
Neighborhood
Large
Mixed-Use
Corridor
Downtown
Edge
Downtown
Core
Residential
R-2 (Two-Unit Residential) X
R-M (Residential Multi-Unit) X X
R-MH (Residential Multi-Unit and Hotel) X
Nonresidential
O-R (Office Restricted) X X X
C-R (Commercial Restricted) X X
C-G (Commercial General) X X X X
M-C (Manufacturing Commercial) X X X X
CO-HV (Coastal-Oriented Hotel and Visitor-Serving) X X
CO-CAR (Coastal-Oriented Commercial, Arts, and Recreation) X Lots with more than one Base Zone: Apply the applicable ODDS Zone following the Base Zone boundaries. 1 All Base Zones listed are Inland Zones. See Section 30.05.010 (Zones Established) for Coastal Zone equivalencies.

25.01.070 Applicability
A. Rules for Construction of Language. The rules for construction of language in Chapter 30.10 (Rules for Construction of Language) apply to the text of the ODDS.

B. Standards. The applicable standards of the ODDS apply so as to not require stating the phrase "and all applicable standards" throughout the ODDS.

C. Applicability. ODDS applies to qualifying residential projects for which the State requires review for compliance using only objective standards, including Housing Development Projects meeting the definition of Government Code § 65589.5(h)(2).

1. Applicants may opt out of using ODDS for a project, including those projects that qualify under State law for objective review, however, the project will then proceed under the City’s discretionary review process as outlined in Chapter 30.205 (Common Procedures).

2. Development standard waivers, concessions, or incentives granted pursuant to State Density Bonus Law (Government Code § 65915) and administrative exceptions allowed in Chapter 25.07 (Exceptions) of this code are allowed. No other exception to ODDS through a discretionary variance, modification, exception, waiver, or other discretionary approval is allowed. 5 Introduction
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.01.070: Applicability
ATTACHMENT 1
Table 25.01.060.A: Base Zones Correlated to ODDS Zones
Base Zones 1
ODDS Zones
Neighborhood
Medium
Neighborhood
Large
Mixed-Use
Corridor
Downtown
Edge
Downtown
Core
Residential
R-2 (Two-Unit Residential) X
R-M (Residential Multi-Unit) X X
R-MH (Residential Multi-Unit and Hotel) X
Nonresidential
O-R (Office Restricted) X X X
C-R (Commercial Restricted) X X
C-G (Commercial General) X X X X
M-C (Manufacturing Commercial) X X X X
CO-HV (Coastal-Oriented Hotel and Visitor-Serving) X X
CO-CAR (Coastal-Oriented Commercial, Arts, and Recreation) X Lots with more than one Base Zone: Apply the applicable ODDS Zone following the Base Zone boundaries. 1 All Base Zones listed are Inland Zones. See Section 30.05.010 (Zones Established) for Coastal Zone equivalencies.

25.01.070 Applicability
A. Rules for Construction of Language. The rules for construction of language in Chapter 30.10 (Rules for Construction of Language) apply to the text of the ODDS.

B. Standards. The applicable standards of the ODDS apply so as to not require stating the phrase "and all applicable standards" throughout the ODDS.

2. Development standard waivers, concessions, or incentives granted pursuant to State Density Bonus Law (Government Code § 65915) and administrative exceptions allowed in Chapter 25.07 (Exceptions) of this code are allowed. No other exception to ODDS through a discretionary variance, modification, exception, waiver, or other discretionary approval is allowed. 5 Introduction
Proposed for Adoption - October 17, 2024 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.01.070: Applicability
ATTACHMENT 2

D. Building Placement
Setback
Primary Front (Façade Zone) 10' min.; 15' max.

Secondary Front (Façade Zone) 10' min.; 15' max.

Interior 0' min.3
Building Façade
Façade Zone Defined By Main
Building/Frontage Type
Primary
Front
Secondary
Front
Total length of façade required
within or abutting façade zone
70% min. 60% min.

Façade Design
All building façades shall be designed in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design).
3 A 6' interior building setback is required when adjacent to a residential base zone.

Primary Front
Secondary Front
max.
min.
min.
max.

Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Buildable Area
Façade Zone
31 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.02.080: Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC)
ATTACHMENT 3
D. Building Placement
Setback
Primary Front (Façade Zone) 10' min.; 15' max.

Secondary Front (Façade Zone) 10' min.; 15' max.

Interior 6' min.

Front Stepback (portions of
structures more than 30' in height)
+5' min.

Interior Stepback (portions of
structures more than 30' in height)
+4' min.

Building Façade
Façade Zone Defined By Main
Building/Frontage Type
Primary
Front
Secondary
Front
Total length of façade required
within or abutting façade zone
70% min. 60% min.

Façade Design
All building façades shall be designed in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design).

Primary Front
Secondary Front
max.
min.
min.
max.

Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Buildable Area
Façade Zone
31 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - October 17, 2024 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.02.080: Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC)
ATTACHMENT 4

Attachment 5
Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS)
Description of Title 30 Amendments
Chapter/Section Amendment Description
Chapter 30.15 Rules of Measurement

30.15.025 Calculating
Density
ODDS-related and Citywide new section to describe what is meant by “base density”, how to calculate dwelling units per acre, and clarify how density is calculated for mixed-use projects, other uses, and accessory dwelling units (ADUs).

These amendments are consistent with the definition of base density in Gov't Code 65915 and responding to SB 478 (2021) Gov’t Code § 65913.11. Result: Clarifications, change to density standards as required by State law (i.e., General Plan du/ac instead of lot area).

30.15.030 Determining Slope The ODDS refers to this section for calculating slope in Section 25.03.110. The formula and figure amended to fix incorrect formula. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

30.15.040 Determining
Creek Top of Bank
The ODDS refers to this section for calculating creek top of bank in Section 25.03.030. Amended because the former
methodology (specific to Mission Creek) was not objective and did not have a figure. Also partially implements Housing Element Program HE-9: Resource Protection and
Development Certainty by providing an objective creek top of bank methodology. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

30.15.050 Fractions ODDS-related and Citywide amendment to change residential projects’ density calculations from rounding fractions down to rounding up. This change is in response to findings of the AUD Program Progress Report (2023) that revealed that the Title 30 zoning regulations for rounding fractions down affected density calculations and only 32% of lots in the Program could achieve the maximum densities allowed under the General Plan Land Use Designations. This also makes our rounding procedures for density consistent with State Density Bonus Law. Result: ODDS-related process improvement and minor change to density formula may allow for one additional unit in some projects. No changes proposed to parking
calculations or inclusionary requirements.

35.15.070 Measuring Floor
Area
Minor clean up to clarify how floor area is measured for unenclosed structures. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

Attachment 5
Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS)
Description of Title 30 Amendments
Chapter/Section Amendment Description

35.15.080 Measuring Front
Yards
New diagram to fix error in Figure 30.15.080: Measuring Front Yards related to Cul De Sac Lot. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

35.15.090 Measuring Height
and Stories
Amendment and reorganization to move Height Exclusions
(Exceptions to Height Limitations) to this section. ODDS building types regulate number of stories and this amendment adds a description of an attic half-story for the purpose of building types with half story maximums. Result:

Clarification, no significant change.

35.15.100 Measuring
Setback and Stepbacks
ODDS-related amendment to clarify how upper story
stepbacks are measured. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

30.15.120 Screening Citywide and ODDS-related amendments to provide objective standards for screening. Amendments clarify that solar energy panels and electric vehicle charging stations are not subject to screening requirements. Provides objective standards for screening uncovered parking in the front yard. Eliminates unintentional automatic design review trigger for minor mechanical equipment. Result: ODDS-related cross reference; clarification and streamlining.

Chapter 30.140 General Site Regulations

30.140.050 Development
Along Mission Creek
Minor edits to reference updated title of Section 30.15.040 Determining Creek Top of Bank. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

30.140.100 Exceptions to
Height Limitations
Reorganization and minor edit to move Architectural Elements code section to Section 35.15.090 Measuring Height and
Stories. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

Chapter 30.145 Affordable Housing and Density Bonus Incentives

30.145.010 Intent Amendment to update references to state law. Result:

Clarification, no significant change.

30.145.020 Density Bonus
Under State Law
Amendment to clarify review procedures for density bonus projects. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

30.145.030 Density Bonus
Under City Program
Amendment to update review procedures and clarify
relationship with state density bonus law. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

30.145.035 Affordable
Housing Streamlined
Approval
This section implements the procedures for Senate Bill 35 projects. Amended, per recent updates to Government Code 65913.4, to reference the ODDS for objective design and Attachment 5
Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS)
Description of Title 30 Amendments
Chapter/Section Amendment Description
development standards, and to replace ministerial design review with a reference to new Section 30.220.050 (Objective Design Review). Result: ODDS-related process improvements.

30.145.040 By-Right
Approval
New section to implement Housing Element Program HE-4:

Use-By-Right Permitting and other state laws that require by right processing for qualified housing projects. Result:

Clarification, required by state law.

30.145.050 Denial of
Affordable Housing or
Emergency Shelters
Moved from Section 30.145.040 to Section 30.145.050.

Moved to end of Chapter with new section number and
updated references to state law. Simplified and shortened text.

Result: Clarification, no significant change.

Chapter 30.175 Parking Regulations

30.175.020 Applicability Minor wording changes to clarify parking standards for additions, alterations, and change of use to existing buildings.

Consolidated references to bicycle parking. Clarified change of use for manufacturing and industrial uses. New section for Community Development Director to decide on number of
spaces when permit history is unclear. Result: Clarification and streamlining.

30.175.030 General
Provisions
Update references to City Access and Parking Design
Standards. Clarification for situations where no parking is required (AB-2097), and when voluntary parking is provided, related to parking maximums, bicycle parking, accessible parking, and EV parking, consistent with state law. Flexibility for ADA parking and clarified assigned parking for tandem and lifts. Result: Clarification, required by state law and streamlining.

30.175.040 Required
Automobile and Bicycle
Parking Spaces
Minor clean up and amendment to Emergency Shelter
standards to implement Housing Element Program HE-3:

Amend the Zoning Ordinance for Special Needs Housing,
consistent with state law. Result: Clarification, required by state law.

30.175.050 Parking
Exceptions and Reductions
Minor clarifications to reference affordable ownership units.

Clarify zone of benefit calculation. More flexibility to allow bike parking, motorcycle parking, and EV parking in existing lots. Amendments for consistency with AB 2097, which
prohibits the City from imposing minimum automobile
parking requirements on projects located within 1/2 mile of public transit, as defined. Result: Clarification, required by state law and streamlining.

Attachment 5
Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS)
Description of Title 30 Amendments
Chapter/Section Amendment Description

30.175.060 Location of
Required Automobile and
Bicycle Parking
Clarified reference to “other vehicles”. Consolidated the interior setback standards for uncovered parking. Result:

ODDS-related cross reference; clarification and streamlining.

30.175.070 Bicycle Parking Updated reference to City Access and Parking Design Standards. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

30.175.080 Parking Area
Landscape and Fence
Standards
Amendment to move the landscape standards into table format (new Table 30.175.080.A: Parking Area Landscape), for ease of use. Corrected the visibility triangle on a diagram. Result:

ODDS-related cross reference; clarification and streamlining.

30.175.090 Parking Area
Design and Development
Standards.

Updated reference to City Access and Parking Design
Standards. Minor changes to make standards objective for loading, tandem, lifts, materials, and gates. Clarified when a waiver to standards is required by the Public Works Director.

Result: ODDS-related cross reference; clarification and streamlining.

Chapter 30.205 Common Procedures

30.205.030 Pre-Application
Review
Amendment to remove mandatory pre-application review for some project types in conformance with Permit Streamlining Act and Novak Report recommendations. Exempts ODDS
projects from mandatory pre-application review and Planning Commission concept review. Updated list of Pre-Application Review Team members. Result: ODDS-related changes and
some streamlining for larger projects. (Pre-application review will still be available and highly recommended as an option for complicated projects.)

30.205.035 Preliminary
Housing Application
Added to clarify the process for projects submitted under the Housing Accountability Act. Result: Clarification, required by state law.

30.205.040 Concept Review Amendment to clarify that projects using the ODDS are exempt from mandatory concept review. Clarified to note that Concept Review may also include design review or Staff
Hearing Officer, identify expiration date, and other minor administrative clarifications. Result: Clarifications and ODDS-related process improvements.

30.205.050 Review of
Discretionary Applications
Minor clean up and clarifying amendments to Subsection B. (Concurrent Processing) and Subsection C. (Incomplete
Application). Subsection E. (Review and Consideration)
amended to add procedures for approval of a development proposed on the Housing Element’s suitable sites inventory at a lower density and for denial of an objective housing
Attachment 5
Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS)
Description of Title 30 Amendments
Chapter/Section Amendment Description
development project consistent with state law. Result:

Clarifications, ODDS-related process improvements, and
changes required by state law.

30.205.060 Environmental
Review
Minor clean up to fix reference. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

30.205.070 Public Notice Clean up to clarify noticing for design review hearings. Result:

Clarification, no significant change.

30.205.080 Conduct of
Public Hearings
Amendment to clarify limit on number of public hearings for objective housing development projects after the full
application is deemed complete, consistent with state law.

Result: Clarification, required by state law.

30.205.090 Decision Amendment to clarify final decisions on project applications, consistent with state law. Result: Clarification, required by state law.

30.205.110 Effective and
Approval Dates
Amendment to clarify approval dates, including ministerial decisions. Result: Clarification, no significant change.

30.205.120 Expiration of
Permits
Minor clean ups for consistency with Section 30.205.110.

Result: Clarification, no significant change.

30.205.150 Appeals Clean ups as follows: 1) clarify that the Staff Hearing Officer no longer approves minor zoning exceptions; 2) clarify process for appeals of accessory dwelling units (ADUs) – adopted with the ADU ordinance but not updated in Title 30; 3) add Single Family Design Board appeals decisions – already adopted in Title 22 but not included in Title 30; and 4) confirm that ministerial actions are final and not subject to appeal. Result:

Clarification and streamlining.

30.205.160 Enforcement and
Penalty
Amendment regarding indemnification added at the request of the City Attorney. Result: Clarification and streamlining.

Chapter 30.220 Design Review

30.220.050 Objective Design
Review
This is a new section to describe the objective design review process for projects using the ODDS, including applicability, review authority, procedures, and appeals. Result: ODDSrelated process improvement.

Chapter 30.250 Modifications

30.250.020 Applicability Amendment to clarify a Density Modification is allowed (AKA Lot Area Modification) and minor clean-ups. Result:

Clarification and streamlining.

Attachment 5
Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS)
Description of Title 30 Amendments
Chapter/Section Amendment Description
Chapter 30.295 Use Classifications
Section 30.295.020
Residential Use
Classifications
Minor clean-ups related to implementation of Housing
Element Program HE-3: Amend the Zoning Ordinance for
Special Needs Housing – clarifies that single-unit residential includes employee housing units for six or fewer residents consistent with state law. Updates Group Residential definition consistent with state law. Result: Clarification, required by state law.

Section 30.295.030 Public
and Semi-Public Use
Classifications
Minor clean-up for consistency with state law definitions of emergency shelter and social service facilities per Gov’t Code 65583 and 65660. Result: Clarification, required by state law.

Section 30.295.040
Commercial Use
Classification
Housing Element related amendment to clarify that agriculture is not a primary use of land and therefore the Health and Safety Code provisions for agricultural employee housing on agricultural land does not apply within the City. Result:

Clarification, required by state law.

Chapter 30.300 Definitions The ODDS (Title 25) initially included a Definitions chapter with specialized terms and phrases used in Title 25. The amendments to this chapter include adding specialized terms related to ODDS to keep all zoning-related definitions
together, and clean-ups to existing Title 30 definitions. Result:

Clarification and ODDS-related process improvements.

Appendix Sectional Maps Sectional maps were updated to reflect current zoning boundaries due to annexations and to show changes since the last update in 2017, such as the mobile home park overlay.

Result: Clarification, no significant change.

ATTACHMENT 6
Objective Design and Development Standards
General Plan Policy Consistency Analysis
General Plan Policy Consistency Analysis
Title 25: Objective Design and Development Standards
2031-2023 Housing Element (December 12, 2023)
Policy 1.5: Objective Design Standards. Establish citywide objective design and development standards for multi-unit housing, coupled with alternatives to conventional zoning regulations, to accommodate infill development in existing neighborhoods.

Program HE-7: Objective Design Standards
In 2021, the City adopted Objective Design Standards for Streamlined Housing Projects specifically for projects that qualify for streamlined review under SB 35 (2017). Unless extended by the State legislature, SB 35 (2017) will expire on January 1, 2026. As a follow up to the SB 35 (2017) Design Standards, the City is currently developing citywide objective design and development standards for multi-unit housing development projects. These standards include a new section of the Municipal Code that provides alternatives to conventional zoning regulations to accommodate infill development in existing neighborhoods and are intended to apply to all areas of the City that are zoned for two or more units. This program is envisioned as an opt-in alternative for developers who are seeking a streamlined alternative to the City’s design review process.

Funding Source: Local Early Action Planning (LEAP) Grant (consultant), General Fund (staff) Responsibility: Planning Division
Time Frame: Start Date Q3 2021. End Date Q4 2024
Corresponding Goal/Policy: Goal 1; Policy 1.5
Consistency Analysis: The Title 25 Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS) are consistent with the Housing Element by fully implementing this policy and program.

Land Use Element (2011)
Goal
Design: Protect and enhance the community’s character with appropriately sized and scaled buildings, a walkable town, useable and well-located open space, and abundant, sustainable landscaping.

Objective Design and Development Standards
General Plan Policy Consistency Analysis
2 Community Design Policy
LG12. Community Character. Strengthen and enhance design and development review standards and process to enhance community character, promote affordable housing, and further community sustainability principles.

Possible Implementation Actions to be Considered
LG12.1 Design Overlays. Create Design Overlay areas for selected non-residential and residential areas of the city through Floor Area Ratios (FARs), building setbacks, landscaping and open space requirements, and design guidelines. Commercial areas, historic districts, streets, or a single block with unique qualities can be evaluated for improved guidance to ensure compatibility in scale, bulk, and size. Specific areas to receive priority evaluation for a Design Overlay area include:

1. Downtown

2. Coast Village Road

3. Upper State Street

4. Milpas Street

5. Haley/Gutierrez Streets

6. The "Funk Zone" (i.e., Yanonali and Helena Streets)
LG12.2 Building Size, Bulk and Scale. Ensure that proposed buildings are compatible in scale with the surrounding built environment.

Standards and Findings. Strengthen and expand building size, bulk and scale standards and findings for development projects of 10,000 square feet or more in the commercial zones to ensure compatibility with surrounding uses, particularly historic resources and residential neighborhoods.

Consistency Analysis: The ODDS standards implement the Land Use Element goal to enhance community character with appropriately scaled buildings through the calibration of allowed building types in the ODDS zones. ODDS projects emphasize walkability through standards that require the parking to be located behind the occupiable space of the building and appealing frontages. Open space and landscaping are required elements for projects using the ODDS.

The ODDS are not design overlays but they do include standards for setbacks, landscaping and open space, and design (note: the Land Use Element was adopted prior to current state laws that require design standards rather than guidelines for residential development). The ODDS zones were calibrated to ensure that proposed buildings are compatible in scale with the surrounding built environment. Standards that regulate the number of stories and require building stepbacks were included to address compatibility.

Objective Design and Development Standards
General Plan Policy Consistency Analysis
3 The ODDS will apply to residential projects in commercial zones, addressing size, bulk, and scale through articulation standards, building setbacks and stepbacks, and limits on the number of stories. Section 25.04.170 (Adjacency and Height Standards) of the ODDS requires new projects to lower height and bulk within transition areas next to smaller residential structures and historic resources.

Community Design Policy
LG13. Multi-Family Design Guidelines. Develop multi-family residential design guidelines and standards to address unit sizes, setbacks, open space, landscaping, building size, bulk and scale, and site planning (e.g., pedestrian-friendly design, front porches facing the street or courtyard, and parking located out of sight).

Consistency Analysis: The ODDS implement LG13 through standards rather than guidelines (note: the Land Use Element was adopted prior to current state laws that require design standards rather than guidelines for residential development). They include residential multiunit standards for setbacks, open yard, building massing, and landscaping. In all zones, pedestrian-friendly design is achieved through façade zone requirements, frontages facing the street, courtyard, or community open space, and parking behind the occupiable space of a building.

Historic Resources Element (2012)
Protection of Buildings, Structures, Sites and Features Policy HR1. Protect Historic and Archaeological Resources. Protect the heritage of the City by preserving, protecting and enhancing historic resources and archaeological resources. Apply available governmental resources, devices and approaches, such as the measures enumerated in the Land Use Element of this Plan, to facilitate their preservation and protection.

Possible Implementation Action to be Considered
HR1.1 Use all available tools. Consider specific preservation strategies and land use regulation mechanisms, including those listed in the Land Use Element, such as revised development standards, buffer protection, overlay zones, Design and Historic Districts, Landmark, and Structure of Merit designations.

Protection of Buildings, Structures, Sites and Features Policy HR2. Ensure respectful and compatible development. Seek to ensure that all development within the City respects rather than detracts from individual historic and archaeological resources as well as the neighborhood and the overall historical character of the city. Assure compatibility of development, respect for the historical context of historical resources, and consideration of sustainable design alternatives where compatible.

Objective Design and Development Standards
General Plan Policy Consistency Analysis
4 Possible Implementation Action to be Considered
HR2.5 Use appropriate measures. Measures to be implemented shall include assurances that such development is appropriately scaled, designed and sited, and provided with well-located open space and landscaping. Proportionately scale construction (addressing height, size, bulk, volume, etc.) adjacent to historic resources.

Consistency Analysis: Section 25.04.170 (Adjacency and Height Standards) of the ODDS includes building height, massing, and expression line considerations to ensure sensitivity to adjacent historic resources, consistent with the Historic Resources Element implementation actions listed above. Landscaping is addressed with Section 25.03.050 (Landscape), including minimum percentage of a site to be landscaped and minimum dimension of landscape area.

Environmental Resources Element (2011)
Air Quality Policy
ER10. Development Mitigation. Establish ordinance requirements to apply standard air-quality mitigation measures for new development and construction projects. These include measures to minimize construction dust and vehicle emissions; provide landscaping; conserve energy and reduce vehicle trips.

Biological Resources Policy
ER11. Native and Other Trees and Landscaping. Protect and maintain native and other urban trees, and landscaped spaces, and promote the use of native or Mediterranean drought-tolerant species in landscaping to save energy and water, incorporate habitat, and provide shade.

Consistency Analysis: Section 25.03.050 (Landscape) provides standards for required landscape areas, including a minimum percent of a site and minimum dimensions. The ODDS landscape standards are consistent with ER11 direction to promote the use of drought-tolerant species as plant species must be selected in compliance with the City’s Water Efficient Landscape Standards.

Circulation Element (1997)
Goal 13 APPLY LAND USE PLANNING TOOLS AND STRATEGIES THAT SUPPORT THE CITY'S MOBILITY GOALS.

Enhance the historic pattern of compact development. The City can facilitate this development pattern in a number of ways, including:

Objective Design and Development Standards
General Plan Policy Consistency Analysis
5 1. Allowing more compact development along major transit corridors (without increasing the City-wide development potential as provided for in the existing Zoning Ordinance and General Plan);

2. Providing incentives for mixed use development;

3. Establishing provisions that allow for creative site development and urban design standards
Design Standards Policy

13.4 Establish provisions to allow for creative site development and urban design standards that support the City’s mobility goals.

Implementation Strategy

13.4.2 Ensure that all City design guidelines orient buildings toward pedestrian activities through such methods as:

Commercial Areas:
 creating attractive, interesting, and pleasing building facades that are oriented toward paseos, streets and sidewalks,
 reducing or eliminating setbacks for non-residential or mixed use buildings,  placing parking lots behind buildings or underground, if feasible  encouraging shared parking facilities,
 incorporating paths and paseos between adjacent properties as new development, redevelopment and infill development occurs,
 screening equipment and materials storage from public view,  incorporating lighting, seating, landscaping, newsracks, shade structures, etc., and  creating landscaped open spaces.

Residential Areas:
 encouraging front porches,
 encouraging garages to be placed behind residences to the rear of lots,  encouraging minimal use of new cul-de-sacs. Cul-de-sacs may be allowed where justified based on geologic or other significant features. Where allowed, provide access between cul-de-sacs and streets,
 incorporating pedestrian and bicycle paths and connections between adjacent properties,
 minimizing fences, walls, and private entry gates to separate large scale residential developments from the street (or use of private entry gates),  minimizing fences, walls, hedges and private entry gates along frontages of single family residential lots, and
 allowing flexibility in design standards for residential development adjacent to transit corridors to ensure adequate buffering of noise and traffic.

Objective Design and Development Standards
General Plan Policy Consistency Analysis
6 Consistency Analysis: The ODDS continue the City’s pattern of compact development and include standards that orient buildings toward pedestrian activities in Chapter 25.02 (Frontages), parking (surface and structures) behind the occupiable space of the building, and standards that minimize the height of fences and walls. Large sites (i.e., four or more acres) are prohibited from including new cul de sacs and require pedestrian and bicyclist connections to surrounding streets. Community open space requirements for sites of two or more acres includes paseos that are lined with building facades and frontages. Sites large enough to accommodate multiple design sites are encouraged to include shared parking facilities and pedestrian pathways. Mechanical equipment is required to be screened from public view.

Title 30 Zoning Ordinance Amendments
2031-2023 Housing Element (December 12, 2023)
Program
HE-3: Amend the Zoning Ordinance for Special Needs Housing The 2023 Housing Element identified potential governmental constraints to housing, including Zoning Ordinance amendments necessary to comply with changes in state law. Persons and households with special needs, particularly extremely low-income households and persons experiencing homelessness or at risk of becoming homeless, have limited housing options.

Housing types appropriate for these groups include emergency shelters, low barrier navigation centers, transitional housing, supportive housing, and single-room occupancy units. Special needs persons may also find housing opportunities in residential care facilities and group homes.

As part of the Governmental Constraints analysis, amendments were identified to the City’s Zoning Ordinances to better facilitate a variety of special needs housing types, as required by state law.

The City will draft and adopt the following Zoning Ordinance amendments in compliance with state law :

Residential Facilities/Group Homes: Amend the permit requirements for Community Care Facilities, Residential Facilities for the Elderly, and Hospices and clarify that only projects that include a housing type not allowed by right in the base zone (e.g., multiple units in a single-unit zone) or includes nonresidential accessory uses, will trigger the Use Permit requirements. The required findings for facilities serving seven or more individuals in a residential zone will be revised to ensure they are objective with approval certainty similar to other residential uses.

Low Barrier Navigation Centers: Amend to allow Low-Barrier Navigation Centers (as defined in Government Code § 65660 (a)) in mixed-use and nonresidential zones permitting multi-unit uses.

Objective Design and Development Standards
General Plan Policy Consistency Analysis
7 Employee and Farmworker Housing: Amend to categorize agriculture as an accessory use where allowed by zoning; thus clarifying that California Health and Safety Code § 17021.8 does not apply and to allow agricultural employee housing as “employee housing” (as defined in Health and Safety Code § 17008) for six or fewer persons to be permitted without a Conditional Use Permit in all zones where single-unit residences are allowed.

Emergency Shelters: Amend parking standards to comply with new state law parking provisions for emergency shelters.

Funding Source: General Fund (staff)
Responsibility: Planning Division
Time Frame: Start Date Q4 2025. End Date Q4 2026.

Corresponding Goal/Policy: Goals 1, 2, and 3; Policy 1.4 Consistency Analysis. The Title 30 zoning amendments are consistent with the Housing Element Program HE-3 by implementing State law parking requirements for emergency shelters; findings for special needs housing; and clarifications for employee housing units in single-unit residential.

Program
HE-4: Use-By-Right Permitting
Use-by-right approval of housing projects with at least 20 percent of units affordable to lowerincome households is required on 1) nonvacant sites previously identified in the 5th cycle housing element, and 2) vacant sites previously identified for both the 5th and 4th cycle housing elements pursuant to AB 1397 (2017). The City’s sites subject to this provision are already zoned at the specific density set forth in the statute (i.e., default density of at least 20 units per acre) and rezoning of these sites is not required.

Upon adoption of the Housing Element and in compliance with state law, the City shall ensure sites identified for housing in the Suitable Sites Inventory in the 4th and 5th cycles but not yet developed for housing allow use-by-right approval for housing developments pursuant to Government Code § 65583.2(i) when 20 percent or more of the units are affordable to very low- and low-income households.
“Use-by-right” means that the City review is ministerial and therefore the project must not require a conditional use permit, planned unit development permit, or other discretionary review or approval that would constitute a “project” as defined in CEQA. A local ordinance can provide that “use-by-right” does not exempt the use from design review, consistent with the City Charter mandate for design review, but the design review must be objective in accordance with Government Code § 65589.5 (f).

Funding Source: General Fund (staff)
Objective Design and Development Standards
General Plan Policy Consistency Analysis
8 Responsibility: Planning Division
Time Frame: In effect immediately upon adoption of Housing Element.

Corresponding Goal/Policy: Goals 1, 2, and 3; Policy 1.4 Consistency Analysis. The Title 30 zoning amendments are consistent with the Housing Element Program HE-4 by implementing the use-by-right permitting procedures.

Environmental Resources Element (2011)
Energy Conservation Policies
Possible Implementation Action to be Considered
ER6.5 Facilitate Renewable Energy Technologies. Promote flexible design review standards and facilitate use of renewable energy technologies through streamlined planning and development rules, codes, processing, and other incentives.

Consistency Analysis. The Title 30 zoning amendments are consistent with ER 6.5 to facilitate renewable energy technologies by clarifying that solar energy panels and electric vehicle charging stations are not subject to the screening standards.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT
FEBRUARY 4, 2025
1 ORDINANCE NO. ______

AN ORDINANCE OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY

OF SANTA BARBARA AMENDING THE SANTA
BARBARA MUNICIPAL CODE BY ADDING TITLE 25

OBJECTIVE DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

STANDARDS

THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA BARBARA DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. The Santa Barbara Municipal Code is amended by adding Title 25 Objective Design and Development Standards attached hereto as Exhibit A.

SECTION 2. This action qualifies for a categorical exemption from further environmental review pursuant to California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) Guidelines Section 15305. The exemption is based on the City’s adopted CEQA implementation ordinance, per Santa Barbara Municipal Code section 22.100.070 List of Ministerial Projects and Categorical Exemptions, subsection C.5. Class 5: Minor Alternations in Land Use Limitations, subsection c. Adoption or amendment of land use or development ordinance, regulations, standards, or guidelines that substantially maintain existing land use intensity or density.

Objective Design and Developm
Zone Map (ODDS-ZM)
Mixed-Use
Neighborho
Neighborho
Title 25: Objective Design and
Development Standards
City of Santa Barbara
Proposed for Adoption
February 4, 2025
Adopted: ____
City Council Ordinance No. ____

EXHIBIT A
ii Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025
Objective Design and Development Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards This page intentionally left blank
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025
Table of Contents
Chapter 25.01 Introduction 1

25.01.010 Purpose 1

25.01.020 Overview 1

25.01.030 Goals 2

25.01.040 Relationship to Santa Barbara General Plan 2

25.01.050 Relationship to Local Coastal Program 4

25.01.060 Relationship to City of Santa Barbara Municipal Code 4

25.01.070 Applicability 5

25.01.080 Procedures 6

25.01.090 Zones Established 7

25.01.100 Summary of Zones 7

25.01.110 Zone Map 8

25.01.120 Architectural Styles Map 8

25.01.130 Quick Code Guide 11
Chapter 25.02 Zones 13

25.02.010 Purpose 13

25.02.020 Overview 13

25.02.030 General Requirements 14

25.02.040 Design Sites 15

25.02.050 Façade Zone 18

25.02.060 Neighborhood Medium (NM) 21

25.02.070 Neighborhood Large (NL) 25

25.02.080 Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC) 29

25.02.090 Downtown Edge (DE) 33

25.02.100 Downtown Core (DC) 37
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards iii Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025
Chapter 25.03 General Site Design Standards 41

25.03.010 Purpose 41

25.03.020 General Requirements 41

25.03.030 Habitat Buffers 42

25.03.040 Open Yards 43

25.03.050 Landscape 43

25.03.060 Lighting 45

25.03.070 Fences and Hedges 45

25.03.080 Screening 46

25.03.090 Trash Enclosures 47

25.03.100 Parking Techniques 48

25.03.110 Sloped Parcels 49

25.03.120 Retaining Walls 53

25.03.130 Privacy 54

25.03.140 Rooftop Decks 55

25.03.150 Ground Surfaces and Paving 56

25.03.160 Large Site Standards 57
Chapter 25.04 Building Types 63

25.04.010 Purpose 63

25.04.020 Overview 63

25.04.030 General Requirements 65

25.04.040 Allowed Building Types 67

25.04.050 Duplex Side-by-Side 68

25.04.060 Duplex Stacked 70

25.04.070 Cottage Court 72

25.04.080 Medium Multiplex 74

25.04.090 Duplex Court 76

25.04.100 Side Court 78

25.04.110 Medium Courtyard 80

25.04.120 Large Multiplex 82

25.04.130 Large Courtyard 84

25.04.140 Downtown Building 86

25.04.150 Massing Types 88

25.04.160 Massing and Façade Composition 91

25.04.170 Adjacency and Height Standards 98
iv
Table of Contents
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025
Chapter 25.05 Frontages 101

25.05.010 Purpose 101

25.05.020 General Requirements 101

25.05.030 Allowed Frontage Types 103

25.05.040 Porch Projecting 104

25.05.050 Porch Recessed 106

25.05.060 Dooryard 108

25.05.070 Stoop 110

25.05.080 Forecourt 112

25.05.090 Maker Shopfront 114

25.05.100 Shopfront 116

25.05.110 Terrace 118

25.05.120 Gateway 120

25.05.130 Arcade 122
Chapter 25.06 Architectural Design 125

25.06.010 Purpose 125

25.06.020 General Requirements 125

25.06.030 Quick Code Guide: Architectural Design Standards 127

25.06.040 Craftsman Style Group 128

25.06.050 Mediterranean Style Group 144

25.06.060 Contemporary Style Group 162
Chapter 25.07 Exceptions 179

25.07.010 Purpose 179

25.07.020 Exceptions to Standards 179
Chapter 25.08 Definitions 191

25.08.010 Purpose 191

25.08.020 Definitions 191
v
Table of Contents
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards vi Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025
Table of Contents
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards This page intentionally left blank

25.01.010 Purpose
The purpose of this Title, also referred to as the Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS), is to provide clear, objective, and measurable standards for multi-unit and mixed-use residential development within the zones established in Chapter 25.02 (Zones).

25.01.020 Overview
The ODDS regulate the desired physical form and character of new multi-unit housing projects to encourage a diversity of pedestrian-oriented housing types within walkable neighborhoods. Pedestrian orientation refers to design qualities and features that contribute to an active, inviting, and pleasant place for pedestrians that typically include most of the following elements:

A. Highly-articulated building façades at street level, located directly behind the sidewalk.

B. Visibility into buildings at street level.

C. A continuous sidewalk, with minimum intrusions into pedestrian right-of-way.

D. Continuity of building façades along the right-of-way with few interruptions in the progression of buildings.

E. Design amenities at the street level such as awning, paseos, arcades, landscape, and street furniture.

The ODDS regulations address the relationship between buildings and the public realm, the context of buildings in their neighborhoods, and development of new street networks on larger sites. The ODDS promotes desirable development patterns by regulating building size, placement, frontages, and architectural style. The ODDS are offered as an alternative path for planning entitlements to replace subjective guidelines with predictable and objective standards.

Chapter 25.01 Introduction
Sections:

25.01.010 Purpose

25.01.020 Overview

25.01.030 Goals

25.01.040 Relationship to Santa Barbara General Plan

25.01.050 Relationship to Local Coastal Program

25.01.060 Relationship to City of Santa Barbara Municipal Code

25.01.070 Applicability

25.01.080 Procedures

25.01.090 Zones Established

25.01.100 Summary of Zones

25.01.110 Zone Map

25.01.120 Architectural Styles Map

25.01.130 Quick Code Guide
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards 1

25.01.030 Goals
A. Increase Predictability and confidence in the City review process with consistent expectations for desirable results.

B. Promote a Livable City by supporting diverse housing types that engage the streetscape to create a vibrant and walkable community.

C. Respect the Context of Santa Barbara's existing built and natural environment with buildings and design that reflect the City's vision of exemplary architecture.

D. Create a Visual Language to better communicate local standards with photographs, illustrations, maps, and tables in a catalog of agreed-upon designs.

25.01.040 Relationship to Santa Barbara General Plan
The ODDS implements the City’s General Plan principles for development, which encourage sustainable land use and circulation patterns.

A. Focus growth to encourage housing with easy access to transit and commercial services and providing incentives to develop affordable housing.

B. Encourage a mix of land uses to include strong retail and workplace centers with easy access to commercial services and recreation, connectivity and civic engagement, and public space for pedestrians.

C. Strengthen mobility options and promote active, healthy living by linking mixed-use development with transit; encouraging compact, vibrant, walkable places; encouraging the use of bicycles; and reducing the need for parking.

The General Plan establishes residential densities (dwelling units per acre) for applicable land use designations, including parcels that can use the ODDS. The ODDS have been prepared to conform with the General Plan land use designations and to correlate with the City's Average Unit Size Density Incentive Program as the City's foremost multi-unit housing program to implement the General Plan goals. Applicants are responsible for complying with residential densities in the General Plan through choice of unit sizes, building footprint/massing, and building types. Table 25.01.040 A (General Plan Land Use Designations Correlated to ODDS Zones) shows how the existing General Plan land use designations correspond to ODDS zones as described in Chapter 25.02 (Zones).
2 Introduction
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.01.030: Goals
Table 25.01.040.A: General Plan Land Use Designations Correlated to ODDS Zones Land Use Designation
Max.

Density
ODDS Zones
Neighborhood
Medium
Neighborhood
Large
Mixed-Use
Corridor
Downtown
Edge
Downtown
Core
Low Density Residential 2-3 du/acre
Low Density Residential X
Medium Density Residential 12 du/acre
Medium Density Residential X
Office-Medium Density Residential X
Medium-High Density
Residential 27 du/acre
Medium High Density Residential X X X X X
Office-Medium High Density Residential X X
Commercial-Medium High Density Residential X X X X
Commercial Industrial-Medium High Density Residential X X X High Density Residential 36 du/acre
High Density Residential X
Office-High Density Residential X X
Commercial-High Density Residential X X X X
Priority Housing Overlay 63 du/acre
Priority Housing Overlay1 X X X X
Lots with more than one Land Use Designation: Apply the applicable ODDS Zone following the Land Use Designation boundaries.
1 Parcels with Priority Housing Overlay have an underlying Land Use Designation. 3 Introduction
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.01.040: Relationship to Santa Barbara General Plan

25.01.050 Relationship to Local Coastal Program
The Local Coastal Program establishes residential densities (dwelling units per acre) for applicable land use designations for parcels in the Coastal Zone that can use the ODDS. Applicants for projects in the Coastal Zone are responsible for complying with Coastal Land Use Plan residential densities through choice of unit sizes, building footprint/massing, and building types. Development in the Coastal Zone shall require approval of a Coastal Development Permit consistent with the requirements of the Coastal Land Use Plan policies, including protection of coastal resources. Table 25.01.050.A (Local Coastal Program Land Use Designations Correlated to ODDS Zones) shows how existing coastal land use designations correspond to ODDS Zones.

Table 25.01.050.A: Local Coastal Program Land Use Designations Correlated to ODDS Zones Land Use Designation
Max.

Density
ODDS Zones
Neighborhood
Medium
Neighborhood
Large
Mixed-Use
Corridor
Downtown
Edge
Downtown
Core
Medium Density Residential 12 du/acre
Medium Density Residential X
Medium-High Density
Residential 27 du/acre
Medium High Density Residential X X
Hotel & Residential X
Coastal-Oriented Commercial/Medium High Residential X
Hotel & Related Commerce II/Medium High Residential X
Coastal-Oriented Commercial/Hotel & Related Commerce II X Commercial/Medium High Residential X X
Lots with more than one Land Use Designation: Apply the applicable ODDS Zone following the Land Use Designation boundaries.

25.01.060 Relationship to City of Santa Barbara Municipal Code The ODDS work in conjunction with the entire Santa Barbara Municipal Code to implement State law that requires "applicable, objective general plan, zoning, and subdivision standards and criteria, including design review standards" per the Housing Crisis Act of 2019 (Senate Bill 330).

The ODDS provide most of the development standards for housing development projects in Title 25, except that subdivision standards in Title 27 (Subdivisions) apply and land use continues to be regulated by Title 28 (Zoning-Coastal) and Title 30 (Zoning-Inland). Where Title 25 is silent, the rest of the Municipal Code prevails.

Where a conflict exists between the standards in Title 25 and Title 28 (Zoning-Coastal) and Title 30 (ZoningInland), Title 25 shall prevail.

Table 25.01.060.A (Base Zones Correlated to ODDS Zones) shows how the ODDS corresponds to the existing Title 30 Base Zones.

Projects in the Coastal Zone will rely on certain portions of Title 28 (Zoning-Coastal) that remain in effect or are not included in Title 25 until Title 30 (Zoning-Inland) is certified as a Local Coastal Program Amendment by the California Coastal Commission.
4 Introduction
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.01.050: Relationship to Local Coastal Program
Table 25.01.060.A: Base Zones Correlated to ODDS Zones
Base Zones 1
ODDS Zones
Neighborhood
Medium
Neighborhood
Large
Mixed-Use
Corridor
Downtown
Edge
Downtown
Core
Residential
R-2 (Two-Unit Residential) X
R-M (Residential Multi-Unit) X X
R-MH (Residential Multi-Unit and Hotel) X
Nonresidential
O-R (Office Restricted) X X X
C-R (Commercial Restricted) X X
C-G (Commercial General) X X X X
M-C (Manufacturing Commercial) X X X X
CO-HV (Coastal-Oriented Hotel and Visitor-Serving) X X
CO-CAR (Coastal-Oriented Commercial, Arts, and Recreation) X Lots with more than one Base Zone: Apply the applicable ODDS Zone following the Base Zone boundaries. 1 All Base Zones listed are Inland Zones. See Section 30.05.010 (Zones Established) for Coastal Zone equivalencies.

25.01.070 Applicability
A. Rules for Construction of Language. The rules for construction of language in Chapter 30.10 (Rules for Construction of Language) apply to the text of the ODDS.

B. Standards. The applicable standards of the ODDS apply so as to not require stating the phrase "and all applicable standards" throughout the ODDS.

25.01.070: Applicability
D. New Construction. The ODDS is only applicable for new construction, not additions, expansions, alterations, or remodels. The ODDS shall not be used to add new buildings to sites with existing buildings to remain except as provided below.

1. The ODDS may be used to add a Cottage Court, Duplex Court, or Side Court building type on a site with an existing single-unit or two-unit residential building provided the development is consistent with density standards in Subsection 25.02.030.D (Density). The existing building is not required to comply with the ODDS standards unless exterior alterations are proposed.

E. Reference Illustrations. Images, figures, diagrams, and graphics are intended to provide a reference and are illustrative, not regulatory. They are not an exhaustive representation of applicable standards. In case of conflict between the text and a diagram or graphic, the text controls.

F. Definitions. See Chapter 25.08 (Definitions) for definitions of specialized terms used within the ODDS.

All other terms are defined in Chapter 30.300 (Definitions).

25.01.080 Procedures
Applications for development are to be processed in compliance with the City’s common procedures for reviewing all applications and processing permits and approvals identified in Chapter 30.205 (Common Procedures), consistent with State law, and the following:

A. Administrative Relief. Requests for administrative relief from certain standards in the ODDS are to be processed in compliance with the procedures and the required findings in Section 25.07.020 (Exceptions to Standards).

B. Affordable Housing Streamlined Approval (Senate Bill 35). Streamlined affordable housing projects as defined in Government Code § 65913.4 must select the Affordable Housing Streamlined Approval review process per Section 30.145.035 (Affordable Housing Streamlined Approval) at the time of initial application submittal.

C. Housing Development Projects (Senate Bill 330). Housing Development Projects as defined in Government Code § 65589.5(h)(2) must select Objective Design Review process per Section 30.220.050 (Objective Design Review) at the time of initial application submittal.

D. Exempt from Concept Review. Qualifying multi-unit housing development projects in compliance with the ODDS and constructed in accordance with the Average Unit-Size Density Incentive Program, are exempt from mandatory Pre-Application and Concept Review pursuant to Section 30.150.060 (PreApplication and Concept Review Required).

E. Amendments. All proposals to change the text of this Title or revise a zone or zoning boundary line shown on the Zone Map or architectural styles boundary as shown on the Architectural Styles Map must be made pursuant to a Zoning Amendment as described in Chapter 30.235 (General Plan and Zoning Amendments).
6 Introduction
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.01.080: Procedures

25.01.090 Zones Established
This Section identifies the zones, based on the intended physical form and character of the environments described in the ODDS. These zones focus on multi-unit residential and mixed-use environments and range in function and intensity from primarily residential areas (Neighborhood Medium and Neighborhood Large) to moderate-intensity centers (Mixed-Use Corridor), to higher intensity neighborhoods (Downtown Edge) and the highest intensity center (Downtown Core). The terminology reflects the intended physical form and hierarchy of different places. These zones are for the purpose of generating and supporting a variety of housing types and the physical character of existing and new walkable environments.

To reflect historic development patterns in the City of Santa Barbara, and to allow greater use of the ODDS on a wider variety of lots, the ODDS Zones build upon each other in building intensities by allowing small-tomedium footprint house-scale building types in all zones. To retain and create vibrant urban centers, certain portions of the Downtown Core along State Street requires ground floor nonresidential space.

25.01.100 Summary of Zones
The ODDS implements Santa Barbara’s General Plan vision and policies through a palette of zones described in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), coupled with building type choices, site planning, development standards, and architectural styles. These zones are applicable to residential and mixed-use projects of two or more units and consist of objective standards to facilitate development on those parcels.

A. Within the Downtown Core (DC) and Downtown Edge (DE) Zones, the ODDS:

1. Provides for large footprint, high-intensity, residential mixed-use buildings within easy access to all modes of travel; and

2. Facilitates transitions from the highest residential density and mixed-use areas to the adjacent nonresidential, mixed-use, and residential neighborhoods.

B. Within the Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC) Zone, the ODDS:

1. Supports medium-to-large footprint buildings with moderate intensity residential or mixed-use buildings along arterial streets; and

2. Provides infill residential development within a safe, comfortable walking distance of services and amenities.

C. Within the Neighborhood Large (NL) and Neighborhood Medium (NM) Zones, the ODDS:

1. Promotes small-to-medium footprint buildings with low-to-moderate intensity residential with limited neighborhood-serving mixed-use; and

2. Builds upon the existing character of Santa Barbara's walkable neighborhoods with a range of multi-unit or clustered housing types that are compatible in scale with single-unit or transitional neighborhoods.
7 Introduction
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.01.100: Summary of Zones

25.01.110 Zone Map
A. Zone Map. The zones established in this Section are mapped on the ODDS Zone Map (ODDS-ZM).

B. Zoning District Boundaries. The boundaries of the ODDS zoning districts shall be shown on the ODDS‑ZM as applicable. In the event a housing development project is proposed on a site without an assigned ODDS Zone (e.g., annexation, rezone, etc.), the ODDS Zone is assigned based on the General Plan Land Use Designation. Low Density Residential and Medium Density Residential Land Use Designations are assigned the Neighborhood Medium ODDS Zone. Medium-High Density Residential and High Density Residential Land Use Designations are assigned the Neighborhood Large ODDS Zone. Sites with more than one Land Use Designation shall apply the applicable ODDS Zone following the Land Use Designation boundaries.

25.01.120 Architectural Styles Map
A. Architectural Styles Map. The architectural style groups established in Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design) are mapped on the Architectural Styles Map (ODDS-ASM). The ODDS-ASM map designates areas that allow the Mediterranean style group, Mediterranean and Craftsman style groups, or Mediterranean, Craftsman, and Contemporary style groups.

B. Architectural Styles Map Boundaries. The boundaries of the ODDS architectural style districts shall be shown on the ODDS-ASM as applicable. In the event a housing development project is proposed on a site without an assigned ODDS architectural style (e.g., annexation, rezone, etc.), the Mediterranean style group is assigned.
8 Introduction
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.01.110: Zone Map
H:\Group Folders\GIS\Housing\ODS\ODS_2023\ODS_2023.aprx >Objective Design and Development Standards - Zones 11x17 Objective Design and Development Standards
Zone Map (ODDS-ZM)
Objective Design and Development
Standards Zones
Downtown Core (DC)
Downtown Edge (DE)
Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC)
Neighborhood Large (NL)
Neighborhood Medium (NM)
City of Santa Barbara Planning Division/IT GIS - November 2024 0 0.25 0.5 1 Miles
Scale: 1:28,000
HWY 101
HWY 101
HWY 101
De La Vina St
E Cabrillo Blvd
State St
Cliff Dr
E Gutierrez St
W Haley St
W Carrillo St
W Mission St
Las
Positas Rd
Castillo St W Cabrillo
Blvd
S Milpas St
N Milpas St
E Carrillo St
Chapala St
Anacapa St
E Mission St
E Haley St
Foothill Rd
H:\Group Folders\GIS\Housing\ODS\ODS_2023\ODS_2023.aprx >Objective Design and Development Standards - Architectural Styles 11x17 Objective Design and Development Standards
Architectural Styles Map (ODDS-ASM)
Architectural Style
Mediterranean style group
Mediterranean and Craftsman style groups
Mediterranean, Craftsman, and Contemporary style
groups
Industrial Sub-Style*
*Only Allowed in hatched area within the All Styles Group City of Santa Barbara Planning Division/IT GIS - January 2025 0 0.25 0.5 1 Miles
Scale: 1:28,000

25.01.130 Quick Code Guide
The following is intended as a summary guide to using the ODDS. Refer to Title 30 permit procedures and application standards and ODDS forms and applications for complete guidance.

Identify ODDS Zone Section 25.01.110 (Zone Map)
Select Building Type and Apply Design Site Size Chapter 25.02 (Zones) Subsection B (Building Types and Design Site Size) of the Zone
Apply Building Form and Placement Standards Chapter 25.02 (Zones) Subsection C (Building Form) and
Subsection D (Building Placement) of the Zone
Chapter 25.04 (Building Types)
Subsection C (Building Size and Massing) of the Building Type
Apply Vehicle Access and Parking Standards Chapter 25.02 (Zones) Subsection E (Parking) of the Zone
Section 25.03.100 (Parking Techniques)
Chapter 25.04 (Building Types)
Subsection E (Vehicle Access and Parking) of the Building Type
Apply Bicycle and Pedestrian Access Standards Chapter 25.02 (Zones) Subsection E (Parking) of the Zone
Chapter 25.04 (Building Types)
Subsection D (Pedestrian Access) of the Building Type
Apply Open Yard Standards Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards) Apply Landscape Standards Section 25.03.050 (Landscape) 1 Design Your Site
Identify the lot size, base zone, and, if mixed-use, verify nonresidential use is allowed in the base zone.

Identify the General Plan Land Use Designation and priority housing overlay to calculate maximum density for the site. 0 Before You Begin
11 Introduction
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.01.130: Quick Code Guide
Select Massing Type and Determine Building
Footprint
Chapter 25.04 (Building Type)
Subsection C (Building Size and Massing) of the Building Type
Section 25.04.150 (Massing Types)
Apply Massing and Façade Composition
Requirements
Section 25.04.160 (Massing and Façade Composition)
Incorporate Adjacency and Height Standards Section 25.04.170 (Adjacency and Height Standards) 2 Designing the Building Form
Document Exception Request Chapter 25.07 (Exceptions)
Submit a Planning Application and supplemental
checklist for objective design review
Chapter 30.205 (Common Procedures)
Section 30.220.050 (Objective Design Review)
5 Submit the Project
Select an Allowed Architectural Style Section 25.01.120 (Architectural Styles Map) Apply Standards for the Architectural Style Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design) Subsections A-Q of the Architectural Style
4 Apply the Architectural Style
Select the Frontage Type Chapter 25.02 (Zones)
Subsection F (Frontages) of the Zone
Apply Frontage Standards to Each Unit and Building
Entrance
Chapter 25.05 (Frontages)
Subsections A-C of the Frontage
3 Activate the Streetscape
12 Introduction
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.01.130: Quick Code Guide

25.02.010 Purpose
This Chapter establishes the palette of zones to implement the key characteristics that compromise the physical character of neighborhoods documented across Santa Barbara. The zones are for the purpose of generating and supporting the variety and physical character of existing and new pedestrian-oriented, walkable environments. These environments are described as walkable because of their interconnected streets and blocks with sidewalks, variety of housing choices, and proximity to services, shopping, and transit.

25.02.020 Overview
A. The ODDS uses a palette of five zone districts to regulate and generate the intended physical character.

Each zone district ("ODDS zone") regulates the following topics:

1. Intent: the intended physical character;

2. Building Type and Design Site Size: the menu of allowed building types and the associated minimum design site dimensions;

3. Building Form: the maximum overall building height or stories and minimum and maximum ground floor height;

4. Building Placement: the minimum to maximum building setbacks, stepbacks, and requirements for façade and frontage within or abutting the façade zone;

5. Parking: the required location and design requirements for parking and vehicle access;

6. Frontages: the menu of allowed frontage types required at building entries along rights-of-way and open yards; and

7. Open Yard: the required location and design requirements for open yard.

Chapter 25.02 Zones
Sections:

25.02.010 Purpose

25.02.020 Overview

25.02.030 General Requirements

25.02.040 Design Sites

25.02.050 Façade Zone

25.02.060 Neighborhood Medium (NM)

25.02.070 Neighborhood Large (NL)

25.02.080 Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC)

25.02.090 Downtown Edge (DE)

25.02.100 Downtown Core (DC)
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards 13

25.02.030 General Requirements
A. Main Building. Development standards in this Chapter apply to main buildings.

B. Accessory Structures. See Section 30.140.020 (Accessory Buildings).

C. Uses. Allowed uses are regulated by the Base Zone district (e.g., R-2). See Title 30 (Zoning-Inland) and Title 28 (Zoning-Coastal) of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code.

D. Density. The total number of units per lot must not exceed the maximum allowed by the General Plan or Coastal Land Use Plan land use designation for the site, expressed as a range of dwelling units per acre (du/ac). The maximum number of units identified for each building type is dependent on the design site being large enough to accommodate all the zone’s standards (e.g., setbacks, parking, open yard, etc.).

1. Minimum Unit Quantities. The ODDS requires a minimum of two residential units per project. (a) Projects of three or more residential units must exceed, by at least one unit, the maximum base residential density for the base zone (Section 30.20.030 (Development Standards), Section 30.25.030 (Development Standards), and Section 30.30.030 (Development Standards)) and comply with the maximum average unit size per Section 30.150.075 (Process to Establish Density Tier).

2. Density Bonus. ODDS projects may exceed General Plan maximum density by using State or City density bonus in compliance with Chapter 30.145 (Affordable Housing and Density Bonus Incentives) or Section 28.87.400 (Density Bonus and Development Incentives).

E. Inclusionary Units. All ODDS projects must comply with the inclusionary unit requirements.

1. If residential units in a rental housing project are developed using ODDS, the project shall comply with Section 30.150.110 (Inclusionary Requirements for Rental Housing Projects).

2. If residential units in an ownership housing project are developed using ODDS, the project shall comply with Section 30.150.080 (Inclusionary Housing Requirements for Ownership Housing Projects).

F. Prohibition Against Hotel Conversion. Residential units approved, permitted, or constructed under ODDS shall not be converted to a hotel or other similar use as delineated in Section 30.295.040.P (Commercial Use Classifications).

G. Nonresidential Growth Management. Nonresidential floor area is subject to the requirements of Chapter 30.170 (Nonresidential Growth Management Program).

H. Building Form and Placement. Standards for building height and setbacks are further limited in compliance with the following standards, as applicable, including but not limited to:

1. The requirements of Section 30.140.170 (Solar Access Height Limitations).

2. The requirements of Section 25.04.170 (Adjacency and Height Standards).

3. The requirements of Section 30.30.030 (Development Standards) for nonresidential portions of mixeduse buildings adjacent to residential zones.

4. The requirements of the Coastal Zone Special Treatment Area in Section 28.22.030 (Land Uses Permitted).

5. The requirements of Section 30.150.090 (Additional Development Incentives) for market rate ownership projects within the Upper State Street Area (USS) Overlay Zone (Chapter 30.85). 14 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.030: General Requirements
15 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.02.040: Design Sites
I. Encroachments. Encroachments are not allowed within the right-of-way unless approved by a separate encroachment permit in compliance with Chapter 22.21 (Encroachments Into Public Roads, Streets, Alleys And Rights-Of-Way As Public Nuisance).

1. Encroachments are not allowed across a design site line.

2. Frontages are allowed to encroach into the primary front and secondary front setbacks by a maximum of 10 feet in the Neighborhood Medium (NM), Neighborhood Large (NL), and Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC) zones.

3. For all other encroachments, see Section 30.140.090 (Encroachments into Setbacks and Open Yards).

25.02.040 Design Sites
A. Intent. A design site is a portion of land within a parcel, delineated from other design sites or parcels, to accommodate no more than one building type. The main purpose of a design site is to allow a parcel large enough to contain more than one building type to contain multiple building types while not requiring the legal subdivision of the parcel into additional parcels. Design sites provide flexibility for larger sites to develop with multiple buildings to align with existing development patterns, engage the public realm, and maximize the number of residential units.

B. Development Standards. One parcel can delineate a single or multiple design sites as long as maximum density per the General Plan is not exceeded for the entire parcel and design site minimum width and depth standards per Subsection B (Building Types and Design Site Size) of the Zone can be met. The following standards apply to all design sites. Also see Subsection 25.02.040.C for single design sites and Subsection 25.02.040.D for multiple design sites.

1. Design site depth shall be measured at the midpoint of the front design site line. Design site width shall be measured by a line connecting two points on opposite interior design site lines that will result in a line parallel to the front design site line.

2. Determining the Primary and Secondary Front. For the purpose of designating setbacks, façade zone, and frontage, design sites must have a designated front as follows:
(a) Design Site abutting only one right-of-way. Design sites must have a primary front. The primary front is the portion of the design site that fronts onto the adjacent right-of-way. Design sites facing a right-of-way shall be parallel to the right-of-way and contiguous with the right-of-way line.
(b) Design Site abutting two or more rights-of-way. Design sites must have a primary and secondary front. The primary front is the narrowest portion of the parcel and the secondary front is the widest portion of the parcel that fronts onto either right-of-way. If the portions of the design site fronting onto either right-of-way are equal, the primary front is where the building frontage will be placed.
(c) Design Site not abutting a right-of-way. Design sites must have a primary front. The primary front is the portion of the design site that fronts onto a pedestrian pathway, courtyard, or Community Open Space (See Section 25.03.160 (Large Site Standards)) where the building frontage will be placed.

3. A design site shall have only one main building type per Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection B (Building Types and Design Site Size) of the Zone, except for building types identified in Section 25.04.030 (General Requirements).

4. Design sites with sloped topography shall be developed in compliance with Section 25.03.110 (Sloped Parcels).

5. Where public improvements are required in compliance with Section 22.44.070 (Public Improvement Standards), design sites shall not include the area of the public improvements.

C. Single Design Site Development Standards. The following standards apply to a project with a single design site that covers the entire project area.

1. The existing lot lines are the design site lines. All portions of the parcel are included within the boundary of the design site.

D. Multiple Design Sites Development Standards. The following standards apply to a project with multiple design sites that cover the entire project area.

1. Multiple design sites are not required to be legally subdivided into individual lots. Subdividing requires a minimum lot size and street frontage for newly created lots that must be in compliance with Title 28 (Zoning-Coastal) or Title 30 (Zoning-Inland), and the standards for subdividing in Title 27 (Subdivisions).

2. Development standards apply to each individual design site, with the exception of the following, which are applied to the entire parcel:
(a) Solar access in compliance with Section 30.140.170 (Solar Access Height Limitations); (b) Number of units per General Plan maximum density; and (c) Public improvements.

3. Location and Orientation. See Figure 25.02.040.1 (Applying Design Sites on Existing Right-of-Way Network) for an example of a project site with multiple design sites abutting three rights-of-way. The size, location, and orientation of new design site lines shall meet the following standards:
(a) Each design site shall have a width and depth consistent with the minimum design site sizes in compliance with Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection B (Building Types and Design Site Size) of the Zone, unless approved as an exception due to site conditions per Chapter 25.07 (Exceptions). (b) There should be no remainder; all portions of the parcel must be included within the boundary of the design sites.
(c) Design site lines must be straight, unless there is a conflict with the natural environment, in which case the lines shall follow the course of the natural environment, such as top of creek bank.
(d) Interior design site lines abutting the right-of-way shall be at right angles perpendicular to the right-of-way on straight streets, or radial to the right-of-way on curved streets.

4. Parking, driveways, and pedestrian pathways may be shared with adjacent design sites within the same parcel, in compliance with City of Santa Barbara Access and Parking Design Standards.

5. Development projects on parcels of two or more acres are subject to Section 25.03.160 (Large Site Standards).
16 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.040: Design Sites
Figure 25.02.040.1: Applying Design Sites on Existing Right-of-Way Network Street Street
Street
Street
A. Identify Zone

1. See Zone Map.

2. See Section 25.02.040 (Design Sites) and
Subsection B (Building Types and Design Site Size)
of the Zone.

Street
Street
Street
MediumCourtyard
MediumCourtyard
Large
Multiplex
B. Apply Design Sites

1. Each design site is required to front onto the
adjacent right-of-way. Where public improvements
apply, design sites shall not include the right-ofway.

2. Select only one building type for each design site
from the allowed building types for the zone and
apply the required dimensional standards. (See
Subsection B (Building Types and Design Site Size)
of the Zone).

Street
Street
Street
C. Place Buildings

1. Place each main building on its design site in
compliance with the required setbacks and other
standards of the Zone.

2. Each building is required to front onto the
adjacent right-of-way.

3. Select and apply frontage types to each building
(see Subsection F (Frontages) of the Zone).
1 Identify Zone
2 Apply Design Sites
3 Place Buildings
Street
Street
Key
Project Site Main Building
Design Site Line
Vehicle Access and Parking
Example Zone Pedestrian Pathways
Landscape
17 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.02.040: Design Sites

25.02.050 Façade Zone
A. Intent. The façade zone is the area between the minimum and maximum front setbacks lines along the primary front, or primary and secondary front for a corner design site. Façade zones place the building and frontages close to the public realm to reinforce pedestrian-oriented development along the right-of-way.

B. Development Standards. Subsection D (Building Placement) of the Zone identifies how much of the building façade is required to be placed along the primary and secondary front.

1. The façade zone standards apply to new main buildings and their frontages along the primary front or secondary front of a design site.

2. Façades are allowed to be in any configuration if in compliance with the façade zone requirements in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection D (Building Placement) of the Zone, façade composition requirements in Section 25.04.160 (Massing and Façade Composition), selected frontage in Chapter 25.05 (Frontages), and the selected architectural style in Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design).

3. Only the front most buildings on a design site are subject to the façade zone. For building types that allow more than one building on a design site, see Chapter 25.04 (Building Types), Subsection D (Pedestrian Access) of the Building Type for fronting requirements.

4. The length of the building required to be in the façade zone is expressed as a minimum and maximum percentage in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection D (Building Placement) of the Zone. The same method for the primary front applies to the secondary front, using the front and interior building setbacks. See Figure 25.02.050.1 (Determining the Required Amount Subject to the Façade Zone). (a) Identify the width of the design site and apply required interior building setbacks. (b) Subtract the horizontal length between each interior setback from the total width of the design site. The result is the net buildable width of the design site. (c) Multiply the required minimum and maximum percentages in the zone standards by the net buildable width of the design site. The result is the minimum and maximum length, in feet, of building façade and frontage type that is required within or abutting the façade zone. Where no maximum is expressed, the façade may be up to 100 percent in the façade zone. See Figure 25.02.050.2 (Applying the Required Amount to the Façade Zone).

Figure 25.02.050.1: Determining the Required Amount Subject to the Façade Zone Primary Front
Design Site Width 50'
Interior Setback - 6'
Interior Setback - 6'
Net Buildable Width = 38'
Net Buildable Width 38'
x Zone Standard (e.g., 50%) x 50%
Façade Required In or Abutting the Façade Zone = 19'
18 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.050: Façade Zone
Figure 25.02.050.2: Applying the Required Amount to the Façade Zone A. Abutting Façade Only B. Within Façade Zone Only Secondary Front Primary Front
Secondary Front
Primary Front
C. Abutting and Within Façade Zone D. For Zones with 0' minimum Setbacks Secondary Front Primary Front
Secondary Front
Primary Front
Key
Primary Front Secondary Front
Façade Zone 55% min.1 45% min.1
Buildable Area for Building and
Frontage Type
1 See Subsection D (Building Placement) of the Zone.
19 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.02.050: Façade Zone
20 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 This page intentionally left blank

25.02.060 Neighborhood Medium (NM)
A. Intent
The intended physical character of the Neighborhood Medium Zone is to promote a walkable neighborhood comprised of low-to-moderate-intensity housing choices. This Zone serves as a transition between lower density, singleunit neighborhoods and higher density, multi-unit and commercial areas.

This Zone is characterized by detached buildings with small footprints and space between buildings. It allows buildings up to 30 feet in height and two and a half stories, with porches, dooryards, and stoops.
21 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards B. Building Types and Design Site Size
Allowed Building
Types
Design Site Standards
Width Depth
House-Scale
Duplex Side-by-Side 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.050
Duplex Stacked 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.060
Cottage Court 90' min. 120' min. 25.04.070
Medium Multiplex 50' min. 110' min. 25.04.080
Duplex Court 50' min. 110' min. 25.04.090
Each design site shall have only one main building type.

C. Building Form
Height
Main Building
Max. Stories See standards in Chapter 25.04
(Building Types)
Overall 30' max.

Ground Floor Finish Level
Residential 6" min.1
Nonresidential 6" max.

Ground Floor Ceiling
Residential 9' min.

Nonresidential 12' min.

Frontage See
Subsection F
(Frontages)
Design Site Coverage
Max. Building
Footprint
See standards in Chapter 25.04
(Building Types)
Depth, Ground-Floor Space
Cottage Court 12' min.2
All Building Types 25' min.2
1 Common entries may be set at grade in compliance with local and federal accessibility standards.
2 For occupiable space only.

Lot Line
Secondary Front
Primary Front
Interior
Design Site
Corner
Design Site
Interior
Design Site
Lot/Design Site Line
Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Key
22 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.060: Neighborhood Medium (NM)
D. Building Placement
Setback
Primary Front (Façade Zone) 15' min.; 20' max.

Secondary Front (Façade Zone) 15' min.; 20' max.

Front Stepback (portion of
structures more than 15' in height)
+5' min.

Interior 6' min.

Building Façade
Façade Zone Defined By Main
Building/Frontage Type
Primary
Front
Secondary
Front
Total length of façade required
within or abutting façade zone
55% min. 45% min.

Façade Design
All building façades shall be designed in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design).

Primary Front
Secondary Front
max.
min.
min.
max.

Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Buildable Area
Façade Zone
Key
23 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.02.060: Neighborhood Medium (NM)
E. Parking
Automobile Spaces Required
See Chapter 30.175 (Parking Regulations) for required spaces.

In the Coastal Zone, see Chapter 28.90 (Automobile Parking Requirements) for required spaces.

Bicycle Spaces Required
1 long-term space per residential unit3
For nonresidential uses, see Chapter 30.175 (Parking
Regulations) or Chapter 28.90 (Automobile Parking
Requirements) in the Coastal Zone for required spaces.

Setback
Primary Front 45' min.

Secondary Front
Non-street facing 15' min.

Street-facing 20' min.

Interior
Uncovered 5' min.
≤ 4 Covered Stalls 3' min.
5+ Covered Stalls 6' min.

See Section 25.03.100 (Parking Techniques) for general
requirements.

See Chapter 25.04 (Building Types), Subsection E (Vehicle Access and Parking) of the Building Type for allowed
parking techniques.
3 For projects of 3 or more units.

F. Frontages
Allowed Frontage Types Standards
House-Scale
Porch Projecting 25.05.040
Porch Recessed 25.05.050
Dooryard 25.05.060
Stoop 25.05.070
G. Open Yard
See Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards) for dimensions and
additional standards.

Primary Front
Secondary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Parking Area
Key
24 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.060: Neighborhood Medium (NM)

25.02.070 Neighborhood Large (NL)
A. Intent
The intended physical character of the Neighborhood Large Zone is to promote a walkable neighborhood of moderate-intensity housing choices. This Zone serves as a transition between medium-density areas and the commercial center.

This Zone is characterized by detached buildings with small to medium footprints and space between buildings. It allows buildings up to 45 feet in height and three stories, which is further refined by the building types, with porches, terraces, and shopfronts.
25 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards B. Building Types and Design Site Size
Allowed Building
Types
Design Site Standards
Width Depth
House-Scale
Duplex Side-by-Side 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.050
Duplex Stacked 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.060
Cottage Court 90' min. 120' min. 25.04.070
Medium Multiplex 50' min. 110' min. 25.04.080
Duplex Court 50' min. 110' min. 25.04.090
Side Court 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.100
Medium Courtyard 70' min. 150' min. 25.04.110
Each design site shall have only one main building type.

C. Building Form
Height
Main Building
Max. Stories See standards in Chapter 25.04
(Building Types)
Overall 45' max.

Ground Floor Finish Level
Residential 6" min.1
Nonresidential 6" max.

Ground Floor Ceiling
Residential 9' min.

Nonresidential 12' min.

Lot Line
Secondary Front
Primary Front
Interior
Design Site
Corner
Design Site
Interior
Design Site
Lot/Design Site Line
Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Key
26 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.070: Neighborhood Large (NL)
D. Building Placement
Setback
Primary Front (Façade Zone) 10' min.; 15' max.

Secondary Front (Façade Zone) 10' min.; 15' max.

Interior 6' min.

Front Stepback (portions of
structures more than 30' in height)
+5' min.

Interior Stepback (portions of
structures more than 30' in height)
+4' min.

Building Façade
Façade Zone Defined By Main
Building/Frontage Type
Primary
Front
Secondary
Front
Total length of façade required
within or abutting façade zone
60% min. 50% min.

Façade Design
All building façades shall be designed in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design).

Primary Front
Secondary Front
max. min.
min.
max.

Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Buildable Area
Façade Zone
Key
27 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.02.070: Neighborhood Large (NL)
E. Parking
Automobile Spaces Required
See Subsection 30.150.090.F (Additional Development
Incentives) for required spaces and additional standards.

In the Coastal Zone, see Chapter 28.90 (Automobile Parking Requirements) for required spaces and additional standards.

Setback
Primary Front 35' min.

Secondary Front
Non-street facing 10' min. if > 75' from
Primary Front
25' min. if ≤ 75' from
Primary Front
Street-facing 20' min.

Interior
Uncovered 5' min.
≤ 4 Covered Stalls 3' min.
5+ Covered Stalls 6' min.

E. Parking (Continued)
See Section 25.03.100 (Parking Techniques) for general
requirements.

See Chapter 25.04 (Building Types), Subsection E (Vehicle Access and Parking) of the Building Type for allowed
parking techniques.
3 For projects of 3 or more units.

F. Frontages
Allowed Frontage Types Standards
House-Scale
Porch Projecting 25.05.040
Porch Recessed 25.05.050
Dooryard 25.05.060
Stoop 25.05.070
Block-Scale
Shopfront 25.05.100
Terrace 25.05.110
G. Open Yard
See Section 25.04.030 (Open Yards) for dimensions and
additional standards.

Primary Front
Secondary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Parking Area
Key
28 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.070: Neighborhood Large (NL)

25.02.080 Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC)
A. Intent
The intended physical character of the Mixed-Use Corridor Zone is to promote a walkable neighborhood of moderate-to-high-intensity housing choices. This Zone serves as a neighborhood-serving commercial corridor that supports highdensity residential units connected with transit.

This Zone is characterized by detached, medium-to-large footprint buildings with space between buildings. It allows up to 45 feet height and four stories with shopfronts, forecourts, and courtyards.
29 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards B. Building Types and Design Site Size
Allowed Building
Types
Design Site Standards
Width Depth
House-Scale
Duplex Side-by-Side 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.050
Duplex Stacked 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.060
Cottage Court 90' min. 120' min. 25.04.070
Medium Multiplex 50' min. 110' min. 25.04.080
Duplex Court 50' min. 110' min. 25.04.090
Side Court 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.100
Medium Courtyard 70' min. 150' min. 25.04.110
Block-Scale
Large Multiplex 75' min. 110' min. 25.04.120
Large Courtyard 75' min. 120' min. 25.04.130
Each design site shall have only one main building type.

C. Building Form
Height
Main Building
Max. Stories See standards in Chapter 25.04
(Building Types)
Overall 45' max.

Ground Floor Finish Level
Residential 6" min.1
Nonresidential 6" max.

Ground Floor Ceiling
Residential 9' min.

Nonresidential 14' min.

Secondary Front
Primary Front
Interior
Design Site
Corner
Design Site
Interior
Design Site
Lot Line Street
Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Key
Lot/Design Site Line
30 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.080: Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC)
D. Building Placement
Setback
Primary Front (Façade Zone) 10' min.; 15' max.

Secondary Front (Façade Zone) 10' min.; 15' max.

Interior 0' min.3
Building Façade
Façade Zone Defined By Main
Building/Frontage Type
Primary
Front
Secondary
Front
Total length of façade required
within or abutting façade zone
70% min. 60% min.

Façade Design
All building façades shall be designed in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design).
3 A 6' interior building setback is required when adjacent to a residential base zone.

Primary Front
Secondary Front
max.
min.
min.
max.

Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Buildable Area
Façade Zone
31 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.02.080: Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC)
Primary Front
Secondary Front
E. Parking
Automobile Spaces Required
See Subsection 30.150.090.F (Additional Development
Incentives) for required spaces and additional standards.

In the Coastal Zone, see Chapter 28.90 (Automobile Parking Requirements) for required spaces and additional standards.

Setback
Primary Front 35' min.

Secondary Front
Non-street facing 10' min. if > 75' from
Primary Front
25' min. if ≤ 75' from
Primary Front
Street-facing 20' min.

Interior
Uncovered 5' min.
≤ 4 Covered Stalls 3' min.
5+ Covered Stalls 6' min.

E. Parking (Continued)
See Section 25.03.100 (Parking Techniques) for general
requirements.

See Chapter 25.04 (Building Types), Subsection E (Vehicle Access and Parking) of the Building Type for allowed
parking techniques.
3 For projects of 3 or more units.

F. Frontages
Allowed Frontage Types Standards
House-Scale
Porch Projecting 25.05.040
Porch Recessed 25.05.050
Dooryard 25.05.060
Stoop 25.05.070
Block-Scale
Forecourt 25.05.080
Maker Shopfront 25.05.090
Shopfront 25.05.100
Terrace 25.05.110
G. Open Yard
See Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards) for dimensions and
additional standards.

Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Parking Area
Key
32 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.080: Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC)

25.02.090 Downtown Edge (DE)
A. Intent
The intended physical character of the Downtown Edge Zone is to promote a walkable neighborhood of high-intensity housing choices. This Zone serves as a transition to Downtown with residential and nonresidential uses able to coexist in the same structure.

This Zone is characterized by both detached and attached buildings with medium-to-large footprints that are typically built up to the property line.

It allows buildings up to 48 feet in height and four stories, with shopfronts, courtyards, and arcades.
33 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards B. Building Types and Design Site Size
Allowed Building
Types
Design Site Standards
Width Depth
House-Scale
Duplex Side-by-Side 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.050
Duplex Stacked 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.060
Cottage Court 90' min. 120' min. 25.04.070
Medium Multiplex 50' min. 110' min. 25.04.080
Duplex Court 50' min. 110' min. 25.04.090
Side Court 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.100
Medium Courtyard 70' min. 150' min. 25.04.110
Block-Scale
Large Multiplex 75' min. 110' min. 25.04.120
Large Courtyard 75' min. 120' min. 25.04.130
Each design site shall have only one main building type.

C. Building Form
Height
Main Building
Max. Stories See standards in Chapter 25.04
(Building Types)
Overall 48' max.

Ground Floor Finish Level
Residential 6" min.1
Nonresidential 6" max.

Ground Floor Ceiling
Residential 9' min.

Nonresidential 14' min.

Secondary Front
Primary Front
Interior
Design Site
Corner
Design Site
Interior
Design Site
Lot Line Street
Key Key
Lot/Design Site Line Lot/ Design Site Line
34 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.090: Downtown Edge (DE)
D. Building Placement
Setback
Primary Front (Façade Zone) 0' min.; 10' max.

Secondary Front (Façade Zone) 0' min.; 10' max.

Interior 0' min.3
3 A 6' interior building setback is required when adjacent to a residential base zone.

Building Façade
Façade Zone Defined By Main
Building/Frontage Type
Primary
Front
Secondary
Front
Total length of façade required
within or abutting façade zone
75% min.;
90% max.
70% min.

Façade Design
All building façades shall be designed in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design).

Primary Front
Secondary Front
max.
min.
min.
max.

Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Buildable Area
Façade Zone
Key
35 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.02.090: Downtown Edge (DE)
Primary Front
Secondary Front
E. Parking
Automobile Spaces Required
See Subsection 30.150.090.F (Additional Development
Incentives) for required spaces and additional standards.

In the Coastal Zone, see Chapter 28.90 (Automobile Parking Requirements) for required spaces and additional standards.

Setback
Primary Front 35' min.

Secondary Front
Non-street facing 5' min. if > 75' from
Primary Front
35' min. if ≤ 75' from
Primary Front
Street-facing 20' min.

Interior
Uncovered 5' min.
≤ 4 Covered Stalls 0' min.
5+ Covered Stalls 0' min.

E. Parking (Continued)
See Section 25.03.100 (Parking Techniques) for general
requirements.

See Chapter 25.04 (Buildings Types), Subsection E (Vehicle Access and Parking) of the Building Type for allowed
parking techniques.
3 For projects of 3 or more units.

F. Frontages
Allowed Frontage Types Standards
House-Scale
Porch Projecting 25.05.040
Porch Recessed 25.05.050
Dooryard 25.05.060
Stoop 25.05.070
Block-Scale
Forecourt 25.05.080
Maker Shopfront 25.05.090
Shopfront 25.05.100
Terrace 25.05.110
Gateway 25.05.120
Arcade 25.05.130
G. Open Yard
See Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards) for dimensions and
additional standards.

Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Parking Area
Key
36 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.090: Downtown Edge (DE)

25.02.100 Downtown Core (DC)
A. Intent
The intended physical character of the Downtown Core Zone is to promote a walkable neighborhood of high-intensity housing choice with priority for housing that enhances and supports the core Central Business District. The Zone offers a mix of residential units and requires ground-floor nonresidential uses along State Street to serve the entire City.

This Zone is comprised of buildings with footprints that cover most of the site, creating a consistent street frontage. Smaller buildings are allowed on smaller lots. It is characterized by attached buildings with medium-to-large building footprints typically built to the property line. It allows buildings up to 48 feet in height and four stories, with shopfronts, arcades, and gateways. 37 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards B. Building Types and Design Site Size
Allowed Building
Types
Design Site Standards
Width Depth
Duplex Side-by-Side 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.050
Duplex Stacked 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.060
Cottage Court 90' min. 120' min. 25.04.070
Medium Multiplex 50' min. 110' min. 25.04.080
Duplex Court 50' min. 110' min. 25.04.090
Side Court 50' min. 100' min. 25.04.100
Medium Courtyard 70' min. 150' min. 25.04.110
Block-Scale
Large Multiplex 75' min. 110' min. 25.04.120
Large Courtyard 75' min. 120' min. 25.04.130
Downtown Building 25' min. 100' min. 25.04.140
Each design site shall have only one main building type.

C. Building Form
Height
Main Building
Max. Stories See standards in Chapter 25.04
(Building Types)
Overall 48' max.

Ground Floor Finish Level
Residential 6" min.1
Nonresidential 6" max.

Ground Floor Ceiling
Residential 9' min.

Nonresidential 14' min.

Interior
Design Site
Corner
Design Site
Interior
Design Site
Secondary Front
Primary Front
Lot Line Street
Key Key
Lot/Design Site Line Lot/Design Site Line
38 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.100: Downtown Core (DC)
D. Building Placement
Setback
Primary Front (Façade Zone) 0' min.; 10' max.

Secondary Front (Façade Zone) 0' min.; 10' max.

Interior 0' min.3
3 A 6' interior building setback is required when adjacent to a residential base zone.

Building Façade
Façade Zone Defined By Main
Building/Frontage Type
Primary
Front
Secondary
Front
Total length of façade required
within or abutting façade zone
80% min.;
90% max.
80% min.

Façade Design
All building façades shall be designed in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design).

Primary Front
Secondary Front
max.
min.
max.
min.

Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Buildable Area
Façade Zone
39 Zones
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.02.100: Downtown Core (DC)
Primary Front
Secondary Front
E. Parking
Automobile Spaces Required
See Subsection 30.150.090.F (Additional Development
Incentives) for required spaces and additional standards.

In the Coastal Zone, see Chapter 28.90 (Automobile Parking Requirements) for required spaces and additional standards.

Setback
Primary Front 35' min.

Secondary Front
Non-street facing 5' min. if > 75' from
Primary Front
35' min. if ≤ 75' from
Primary Front
Street-facing 20' min.

Interior
Uncovered 5' min.
≤ 4 Covered Stalls 0' min.
5+ Covered Stalls 0' min.

E. Parking (Continued)
See Section 25.03.100 (Parking Techniques) for general
requirements.

See Chapter 25.04 (Building Types), Subsection E (Vehicle Access and Parking) of the Building Type for allowed
parking techniques.
3 For projects of 3 or more units.

F. Frontages
Allowed Frontage Types Standards
House-Scale
Porch Projecting 25.05.040
Porch Recessed 25.05.050
Dooryard 25.05.060
Stoop 25.05.070
Block-Scale
Forecourt 25.05.080
Maker Shopfront 25.05.090
Shopfront 25.05.100
Terrace 25.05.110
Gateway 25.05.120
Arcade 25.05.130
G. Open Yard
See Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards) for dimensions and
additional standards.

Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Parking Area
Key
40 Zones
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.02.100: Downtown Core (DC)

25.03.010 Purpose
This Chapter provides site design standards which are applicable to all projects. Many of these standards focus on the concept of “livability”, as it pertains to a person's home and neighborhood. Desirable livability design features include landscape, access to light and air, attenuation of noise, safety, and privacy to and from neighboring properties. The standards ensure that new development makes a positive contribution to the development patterns of the area; and does not adversely affect neighboring properties, with "adversely affect" meaning to impact in a substantial, negative manner the livability of properties adjacent to new development.

25.03.020 General Requirements
A. Applicability. This Chapter includes development and site standards that apply to development in all ODDS zones. These standards are to be used in conjunction with Chapter 30.140 (General Site Regulations), Chapter 28.87 (General Provisions), and Title 22 (Environmental Policy and Construction), as applicable.

B. Storm Water. Storm water runoff requirements are site design element and best management practices to satisfy the Storm Water Management Program’s standards for peak runoff discharge management, runoff volume reduction, and water quality treatment as specified in the Storm Water Best Management Practices (BMP) Guidance Manual. Development shall comply with the Storm Water Runoff Requirements applicable to the activity as provided in the BMP Guidance Manual in compliance with Chapter 22.87 (Storm Water Management).

Chapter 25.03 General Site Design Standards
Sections:

25.03.010 Purpose

25.03.020 General Requirements

25.03.030 Habitat Buffers

25.03.040 Open Yards

25.03.050 Landscape

25.03.060 Lighting

25.03.070 Fences and Hedges

25.03.080 Screening

25.03.090 Trash Enclosures

25.03.100 Parking Techniques

25.03.110 Sloped Parcels

25.03.120 Retaining Walls

25.03.130 Privacy

25.03.140 Rooftop Decks

25.03.150 Ground Surfaces and Paving

25.03.160 Large Site Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards 41 C. Archaeological and Paleontological Resources. Development shall be designed and constructed wherever feasible to avoid destruction of archaeological and paleontological resources in compliance with Chapter 22.12 (Archaeological and Paleontological Resources).

D. Flood Plain Management. Notwithstanding the ground floor finish height standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection C (Building Form) of the Zone, or the frontage finish level above sidewalk in Chapter 25.05 (Frontages), Subsection B (Required Elements) of the Frontage, development in areas of special flood hazards shall be designed and constructed in compliance with Chapter 22.24 (Floodplain Management).

E. Undergrounding of Utilities. All service connections for utilities, except for distribution facilities, shall be installed underground, unless undergrounding of utilities is exempted in compliance with Chapter 22.38 (Undergrounding of Utilities).

25.03.030 Habitat Buffers
A. Intent. These standards are designed to protect areas of biological significance with the use of buffers and development restrictions.

B. Inland Creek Buffer Area. No development shall be located within the development limitation area in compliance with Section 30.140.050 (Development Along Mission Creek) or any other Inland Creek Buffer Area, as may be established by ordinance. Top of bank must be measured in compliance with Section 30.15.040 (Determining Creek Top of Bank) or any other ordinance which may be adopted establishing measurement of top of bank.

1. A project may not include a request for an exception to this standard by applying for a variance, modification, exception, waiver, or other approval.

C. Applicability. The Inland Creek Buffer Area standard shall be repealed and replaced with applicable creeks standards when adopted in Title 22 (Environmental Policy and Construction) of the Municipal Code.

D. Coastal Creek, Wetlands, and Environmentally Sensitive Habitat Area (ESHA) Buffer Areas.

Development in the Coastal Zone shall comply with coastal creek, wetlands, and ESHA habitat buffer area policies of the Coastal Land Use Plan in compliance with Section 25.01.050 (Relationship to Local Coastal Program).
42 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.03.030: Habitat Buffers

25.03.040 Open Yards
A. Intent. These standards provide space for recreational and leisure activities, allow for increased light and air, provide permeable surfaces for storm water retention, improve the visual environment, and increase livability.

B. Standards. All open yard minimum area and dimensions shall be in compliance with Section 30.140.140 (Open Yards) except as noted below.

1. The minimum common and private open yard must be located within the design site boundary for each building type.

2. Design sites developed with the Duplex Side-by-Side, Duplex Stacked, and Duplex Court Building Types must provide open yard in compliance with Section 30.140.140.C.1 (Open Yards).

3. Projects on design sites in the Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC), Downtown Edge (DE), and Downtown Core (DC) zones may provide an alternative common open yard in compliance with Section 30.150.090.G.2.B. (Additional Development Incentives).

4. All other Building Types must provide common and private open yard in compliance with Section 30.140.140.C.2 (Open Yards).

25.03.050 Landscape
A. Intent. These standards are intended to enhance the natural environment, create a successful pedestrian experience, and promote the efficient use of water resources. These standards are also intended to improve air quality, absorb storm water runoff, protect environmentally sensitive areas, and increase tree planting to provide shade and reduce the urban heat island effect.

B. Landscape Areas to be Unobstructed. Required landscape areas must be provided on the ground level and must be open, unenclosed, and unobstructed by structures from the ground upward, except as provided in Section 30.140.090 (Encroachments into Setbacks and Open Yards).

C. Minimum Percentage and Dimensions. Landscape shall be provided and maintained in compliance with Table 25.03.050.A (Minimum Landscaped Areas by Zone).

1. The minimum area of a design site to be landscaped can be combined with the minimum area of common or private ground level open yard in compliance with Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards) and setbacks.

Table 25.03.050.A: Minimum Landscaped Areas by Zone
Landscape Requirements
Zones
NM NL MUC, DE, and DC
Minimum Landscape Area (as
percent of Design Site)
20% 15% No minimum, except compliance with
Subsection 25.03.050.D (Required Landscape Areas)
Minimum Dimension of
Landscape Area
2 feet wide in any direction
43 General Site Design Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.03.050: Landscape
D. Required Landscape Areas. Each design site shall provide and maintain the following required landscape areas, even if there is no minimum percentage of design site area that must be landscaped pursuant to Table 25.03.050.A (Minimum Landscaped Areas By Zone). The following locations on a design site shall be landscaped on the ground level, and may count toward the minimum percentage of design site landscape:

1. Front Setback. All front setbacks, except areas used for exit, entry, and frontages shall be landscaped.
(a) Shade Trees. In the Neighborhood Medium (NM) zone, at least one 24-inch box tree shall be planted in the front setback, unless approved as an exception due to site constraints per Chapter 25.07 (Exceptions).

2. Driveways and Parking Lots. Driveways and parking areas shall be landscaped per Section 30.175.080 (Parking Area Landscape and Fence Standards).

3. Parkway Planting. In addition to on-site landscape, parkway planting consistent with Chapter 15.20 (Tree Planting and Maintenance) shall be provided.

4. Retaining Walls. Multiple terraced retaining walls shall be landscaped in the entire horizontal area between retaining walls.

E. Landscape Design Standards. Landscape shall comply with the following:

1. Plant Material.
(a) Landscape may consist of any combination of living groundcovers, shrubs, vines, and trees.

Plant size and spacing shall be based on the species selected and shall be installed to achieve intended coverage of the landscaped area within three years. (b) Landscape and ground cover shall consist of live plant material. The use of indoor/outdoor carpeting, synthetic turf, or artificial shrubs, flowers, trees, or vines instead of living plants is prohibited.
(c) Hardscape featuring pervious paver stones, gravel, sand, wood, and decomposed granite may be used to satisfy up to 50 percent of the required landscape area. Landscape may include benches and sculptures placed within the landscaped setting.

2. Species Selection. Plant species shall be selected in compliance with the City's Water Efficient Landscape Standards.

3. Existing Vegetation.
(a) Trees protected by Chapter 15.24 (Preservation of Trees) shall not be removed or adversely affected without a permit.
(b) Trees allowed to be removed with a permit must be replaced on site on a minimum one to one basis.

F. Landscape and Irrigation Plans. Landscape and irrigation plans must be prepared in compliance with the City’s Water Efficient Landscape Standards and submitted with each development application.

G. Storm Water Management. Landscape may be used for storm water Best Management Practices (BMPs) using biofiltration and retention and detention areas in compliance with Chapter 22.87 (Storm Water Management).
44 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.03.050: Landscape

25.03.060 Lighting
A. Intent. This Section provides standards to promote high quality exterior lighting and efficient use of energy to reduce light pollution, glare, and light trespass.

B. Exterior Lighting. Exterior Lighting shall be provided in compliance with the following:

1. Lighting body, mount, and shield materials shall be selected from Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection Q (Materials) of the Architectural Style.

2. All lighting shall be designed, located, and lamped with the light directed downward.

3. Uplighting of the building façade, internally illuminated fascia, wall, roof, awning or other building parts and spot lighting or broadcast lighting are prohibited.

4. Light fixtures shall use refractors, louvers, patterned, or translucent glass to obscure view of the lamp. Lamps that are not fully shielded shall not exceed 1,200 lumens.

5. All lighting shall use lower color temperature lamps of no more than 3000 Kelvin to minimize blue light emissions.

6. All parking lot lights shall be full cutoff luminaires, as certified by the manufacturer, with the light source directed downward and away from adjacent residences.

7. Bollard and other path light fixtures shall be black, bronze, or Malaga green (i.e., RAL 6012, also known as black green) in color.

25.03.070 Fences and Hedges
A. Intent. This Section provides standards for fences and hedges to support pedestrian-oriented development, protect property, enhance privacy, attenuate noise, and improve the visual environment.

B. Retaining Walls. Refer to Section 25.03.120 (Retaining Walls).

C. Height Limitations.

1. Fences and hedges shall not exceed 42 inches in height within the first 10 feet of the front design site line, and shall not exceed five feet in height within the front setbacks, the façade zone, and frontages.

2. Fences and hedges shall not exceed eight feet in height within interior setbacks.

3. Maximum height of fences and hedges may be further limited in compliance with Section 30.140.230 (Visibility at Driveways and Intersections).

D. Measuring the Height of Fences and Hedges. The height of fences and hedges must be measured consistent with Section 30.15.090 (Measuring Height).

1. In situations where a hedge is located above a retaining wall, or within five feet of a fence, the overall combined height shall be the same as the maximum allowed height of a hedge for that location. 45 General Site Design Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.03.070: Fences and Hedges
E. Fence Elements. Pilaster caps, finials, posts, and lighting fixtures shall not exceed the maximum height by more than 12 inches in compliance with the following:

1. Each element shall not exceed nine inch by nine inch wide.

2. Each element shall be spaced a minimum of six feet apart, measured on-center.

3. Elements must match the materials allowed for the architectural style.

F. Materials. Refer to Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection Q (Materials) of the Architectural Style.

G. Temporary Fencing. Temporary fencing may be used to provide security for construction sites, or vacant structures and land, which cannot otherwise be secured. All temporary fencing shall be in compliance with this section and the following standards:

1. Must be green mesh, wood, or chain link with vine planting;

2. Must not exceed six feet in height;

3. Must not include signage, banners, or graffiti; and

4. Must be removed when use is no longer required.

25.03.080 Screening
A. Intent. This Section provides standards for screening to minimize visual, noise, and privacy impacts to surrounding properties and rights-of-way and improve the overall visual environment.

B. Height Maximums. Fences and hedges used for screening shall not exceed the maximum heights identified in Section 25.03.070 (Fences and Hedges).

C. Landscape Screening. Landscape used for screening shall be installed in compliance with Section 25.03.050 (Landscape).

D. Trash Enclosures. All refuse bins, containers, and bundles must be within a walled or fenced enclosure with one or more gates for access in compliance with Section 25.03.090 (Trash Enclosures) or screened from public view by a fence or hedge in compliance with Section 25.03.070 (Fences and Hedges).

E. Mechanical and Other Equipment Screening

1. New or relocated mechanical equipment shall be located and screened in compliance with Section 30.140.130 (Mechanical and Other Equipment) and the following standards:
(a) Roof-Mounted Equipment. Building parapets or other architectural elements in the building’s architectural style shall screen roof-mounted equipment. (1) Buildings shall be designed to provide a parapet or other architectural element that is as tall or taller than the highest point on any mechanical equipment to be located on the roof of the building.
46 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.03.080: Screening
(b) Attached and Free-Standing Equipment.
(1) Attached equipment shall be screened or painted the color of the main building, unless a different color is required by code.
(2) Free-standing equipment screened by landscape shall be painted black or black green (i.e., RAL 6012) , unless a different color is required by code. (3) All screen devices shall be as high as the highest point of the equipment being screened.

2. The following mechanical equipment is exempt from screening:
(a) Free-standing or roof-mounted Solar Energy Systems; and (b) Electric Vehicle charging equipment.

25.03.090 Trash Enclosures
A. Intent. This Section provides standards for trash enclosures consistent with City standards for screening such facilities from public view; and providing space efficiency, sufficient capacity, and access.

B. Capacity and Design. All waste, recycling, and trash enclosure areas must comply with the City’s Trash and Recycling Enclosure Design Guide regarding distance from building, truck access point, siting considerations for driveways and parking lots, requirements for parking garages and indoor locations, capacity, size, and number of containers, container layout, and roof clearance and drainage.

C. Location. Trash enclosures must be located within 50 feet from the truck access point and shall not be located in any of the following:

1. Required setbacks;

2. Between the main building and the right-of-way;

3. Within any open yard, pedestrian pathway, or Community Open Space;

4. Within any frontage type; or

5. Within any parking space.

D. Screening. All waste, recycling, and trash enclosure areas shall comply with the requirements of Section 25.03.080 (Screening).

E. Height Limitations. Trash enclosures must comply with all height limitations pursuant to Section 30.140.230 (Visibility at Driveways and Intersections).

F. Maintenance. Trash enclosures must be maintained in good condition, free of visible debris, and shall not be used for anything other than storing waste and recycling receptacles. Trash enclosures storage areas shall not create a nuisance, hazard, or other objectionable condition, pursuant to Chapter 30.180 (Performance Standards).

G. Materials and Colors. Enclosure wall, roof materials, and colors shall be selected from the materials listed in Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection Q (Materials) of the Architectural Style.

Materials for enclosure floors and gates must be in compliance with the Trash and Recycling Enclosure Design Guide.
47 General Site Design Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.03.090: Trash Enclosures

25.03.100 Parking Techniques
A. Intent. This Section provides standards for functional parking techniques to enhance pedestrianoriented development and minimize the visual impact of automobiles and parking structures.

B. Number of Spaces and Location. Number of spaces is regulated by Chapter 30.175 (Parking Regulations) and Chapter 28.90 (Automobile Parking Requirements). All parking shall be located in compliance with Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E (Parking) of the Zone.

C. Bicycle Parking. Bicycle parking location and other standards shall be provided in compliance with Chapter 30.175 (Parking Regulations) and the City's Access and Parking Design Standards.

D. Type of Allowed Parking. See Chapter 25.04 (Building Types), Subsection E (Vehicle Access and Parking) of the Building Type.

E. Parking Techniques. The following techniques may be applied individually or in combination in compliance with Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E (Parking) of the Zone:

1. Minimum dimensions and maneuvering areas for all parking techniques shall be in compliance with the City’s Access & Parking Design Standards.

2. Visibility at driveways shall be maintained in compliance with Section 30.140.230 (Visibility at Driveways and Intersections).

3. Driveways and parking areas may be shared among adjacent design sites on the same lot or in an offsite facility in compliance with Section 30.175.060 (Location of Required Automobile and Bicycle Parking).

4. Design sites with alley access must be accessed from the alley unless approved as an exception per Chapter 25.07 (Exceptions).

5. Corner design site parking access must be from the secondary front unless access from the primary front can be approved as an exception per Chapter 25.07 (Exceptions).

6. Uncovered Parking.
(a) Uncovered parking areas shall be landscaped in compliance with Section 30.175.080 (Parking Area Landscape and Fence Standards).

7. Covered Parking.
(a) Any parking structure, including individual garages and carports, shall be designed in compliance with the architectural style described in Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design). (b) A stacked parking system may be allowed if within a fully enclosed structure, not publicly visible along the primary front, and designed in compliance with the Parking Lifts & Machines standards in the City’s Access & Parking Design Standards. (c) Tuck-under, subterranean, and podium parking shall not be publicly visible along the primary front and the automobile entry shall be setback a minimum 10 feet from the building façade. (d) Subterranean Parking.
(1) Subterranean parking is not counted as a story if in compliance with Determining the Number of Stories in a Building pursuant to Section 30.15.090 (Measuring Height). (2) Subterranean parking counted as a story in compliance with Section 30.15.090 (Measuring Height) must comply with building form and placement standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection C (Building Form) and Subsection D (Building Placement) of the Zone. 48 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.03.100: Parking Techniques

25.03.110 Sloped Parcels
A. Intent. This Section provides the standards for development in all zones on design sites with sloped topography consistent with City policies and standards for grading and development that considers visual impacts and geologic conditions such as erosion, landslides, and drainage.

B. Building Height.

1. Maximum Building Height. Building height is regulated by Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection C (Building Form) of the Zone. The maximum allowed height of a building shall follow the existing or finished grade of the design site in compliance with the allowed building height. (a) Figure 25.03.110.1 (Site Grading for House-Scale Building Forms) and Figure 25.03.110.2 (Site Grading for Block-Scale Building Forms) illustrate allowed and non-allowed site grading methods.

2. Exposed Basements. Basements are not counted as a story if in compliance with Determining the Number of Stories in a Building pursuant to Section 30.15.090 (Measuring Height).

Figure 25.03.110.1: Site Grading for House-Scale Building Forms The following examples apply to the following building types: Duplex Side-by-Side, Duplex Stacked, Cottage Court, Medium Multiplex, Duplex Court, Side Court, and Medium Courtyard.

Allowed. Grading that results in each new building reflecting the topography of the design site, connecting each building with the adjacent street.

Building footprint width is required to step with the slope.

Not Allowed. Grading that does not result in each new building reflecting the topography of the design site, disconnecting one or more buildings from the adjacent street.

Building footprint width does not step with slope.

Finished grade of terraced design site is more than four feet from the adjacent street/right-of-way.
49 General Site Design Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.03.110: Sloped Parcels
Figure 25.03.110.2: Site Grading for Block-Scale Building Forms Allowed Site Grading. The following examples apply to the following building types: Large Multiplex, Large Courtyard, and Downtown Building.

Allowed. Grading that results in each new building fronting on the adjacent street, connecting the building façades to the adjacent street, and avoiding retaining walls taller than four feet along a street or community open space.

Slope is used to express a partial ground story with
frontage and entries along adjacent street.

Building footprint steps with slope through a partial ground story.

Not Allowed. Grading that disconnects one or more new
building façades from the adjacent public realm, resulting in retaining walls taller than four feet along a street or community open space.

Height does not create building with frontage and entries along adjacent street; terraced design site is more than four feet from adjacent sidewalk/street/right-of-way.

Building footprint does not step with slope.
50 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.03.110: Sloped Parcels
C. Topography and Required Location of Main Building. Sloped topography can present issues with locating the main building on a design site in compliance with Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection D (Building Placement) of the Zone. Chapter 25.07 (Exceptions) provides administrative exceptions for sloped topography.

D. Parking on Slopes.

1. Parking lot slopes shall not exceed five percent (after grading).

2. Sloped topography can present issues with locating parking on a design site in compliance with Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E (Parking) of the Zone. Chapter 25.07 (Exceptions) provides administrative exceptions for parking location.

E. Grading or Regrading of Design Sites. When existing design site topography is proposed to be changed, grading shall not result in any of the following:

1. Creation of grade difference of more than four feet outside of any building footprint;

2. Terraced design sites that result in a vertical difference of more than four feet between the adjacent right-of-way and the finished grade of the design site;

3. Grading beyond the building pad and the required access drive;

4. Cut exceeding 16 feet in height from top to toe;

5. Cut slope exceeding two horizontal to one vertical;

6. Graded slopes exceeding 30 percent;

7. Graded slopes not contoured to blend with existing terrain, such that proposed cuts and fills exceed one foot of added/subtracted rise for each one and one-half feet of run;

8. Graded slopes not screened from view under or behind buildings with landscape or natural topographic features; or

9. Graded slopes not revegetated with a mixture of grass seed or shrubs as identified by Chapter 22.10 (Vegetation Removal) and Chapter 22.85 (Erosion and Sedimentation Control Standards for Construction).

F. Sloped Parcels Measurement Methods. The following methodology shall be used to identify slopes and steep slopes protected in compliance with this Section. An example of the methodology is shown in Figure 25.03.110.3 (Example for Defining Sloped and Steeply Sloped Design Sites). All areas not identified as steep slopes are considered "sloped".

Figure 25.03.110.3: Example for Defining Sloped and Steeply Sloped Design Sites 400
390
380
370
410
Key
Vertical Distance
Horizontal Distance
Design Site Line
Topography Line
Topography Analysis
51 General Site Design Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.03.110: Sloped Parcels

1. Use the methodology of Section 30.15.030 (Determining Average Slope) to calculate slopes.

2. To qualify as a steep slope, the slope shall be over 10 percent average with a 10-foot vertical drop over a 100-foot horizontal distance parallel to at least one common contour line. The horizontal measurement shall cross property lines to establish if a steep slope may exist on a design site (i.e., the 100-foot minimum width calculation shall cross a property line if necessary to Area Calculation).

Steep slope areas are calculated based on the linear feet (horizontal distance) of steep slope on the design site.
(a) First, calculate the linear feet of slopes with the greatest percentage from Table 25.03.110.A (Maximum Amount of Sloped Areas Allowed to be Developed) for the design site size. Determine the square footage of each area as well as the sum of these areas for the total site.

3. Based on the calculations in Subsection 25.03.110.F.2, above, Table 25.03.110.A (Maximum Amount of Sloped Areas Allowed to be Developed) shows the percentage of slope area that is allowed to be developed. The steep slope areas to be undeveloped shall be included in the survey.

Table 25.03.110.A: Maximum Amount of Sloped Areas Allowed to be Developed Portions of Existing Slope
Design Site Size
Less than 1 acre 1+ acres
0–5.99% 100% max. 100% max.
6–9.99% 100% max. 70% max.
10–14.99% 100% max. 50% max.
15–19.99% 75% max. 25% max.
20-29.99% 25% max. 5% max.
> 30% 0% max. 0% max.

Figure 25.03.110.4: Example for a Sloped Design Site (<1 acre) Primary Front
Key Existing Slope Developable Area1
0-5.99% 100% max.
6-9.99% 100% max.
10-14.99% 100% max.
15-19.99% 75% max.
20-29.99% 25% max.
> 30% 0% max.

Design Site Line
Slope Designations
1 In compliance with the setbacks of the zone, required community open space, this Section, and the maximum building footprint standards in Chapter 25.04 (Building Types). 52 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.03.110: Sloped Parcels

25.03.120 Retaining Walls
A. Intent. These standards are designed to minimize visual intrusion of retaining walls with requirements for length, height, and elements to reduce perception of height and bulk.

B. Grading. Retaining walls shall be in compliance with developable area on sloped parcels in Section 25.03.110 (Sloped Parcels).

C. Height. The height of retaining walls shall be measured in compliance with Subsection 30.15.090.B (Measuring the Height of Fences and Hedges) and limited as follows.

1. Retaining walls within any front setback, façade zone, or publicly visible shall not exceed three feet in height.

2. All other retaining walls shall not exceed six feet in height.

D. Design. Retaining walls must:

1. Include buttress or pilasters spaced a minimum of six feet apart, for the full length of the wall, if over 50 feet in length;

2. Include a landscape planter in front of the wall when not within the building. The planter shall be at least three feet deep measured perpendicular to the wall; and

3. Be comprised of materials consistent with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection Q (Materials) of the Architectural Style.

E. Terraced Retaining Walls. In addition to the maximum heights as specified above, multiple terraced retaining walls, in compliance with Subsection 30.15.090.B.1 (Multiple Fences and Hedges), shall also be limited to the following cumulative heights:

1. Fill Slope Retaining Walls. Measure no more than 12 cumulative feet as measured from the lowest finished grade to the top of the upper wall, with a single retaining wall being no more than six feet as measured from the lower finished grade to the top of wall; or

2. Cut Slope Retaining Wall. Measure no more than 16 cumulative feet as measured from the lowest finished grade to the top of the upper wall, with a single retaining wall being no more than six feet as measured from the lower finished grade to the top of wall; and

3. Have a minimum horizontal distance, as measured perpendicular to the walls, that is at least equal to the average height of the vertical walls; and

4. Include landscape in the entire horizontal area between retaining walls in compliance with Section 25.03.050 (Landscape).
53 General Site Design Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.03.120: Retaining Walls

25.03.130 Privacy
A. Intent. These standards are designed to locate upper-story windows, balconies, and decks to minimize loss of privacy for neighboring properties.

B. Windows/Glazed Openings. All upper-story windows/glazed openings within 15 feet of an interior lot line must comply with one of the following:

1. A minimum sill height of 42 inches; or

2. Window is placed at an angle of at least 30 degrees, measured perpendicular to the adjacent interior property line; or

3. Oriented toward the front or rear of the building or offset horizontally at least 12 inches edge to edge so that they do not face directly opposite any existing upper-story window on an adjacent residential structure.

C. Landings, Decks, and Balconies.

1. Facing Adjoining Property. Upper-story unenclosed landings, decks, and balconies greater than 20 square feet, that face or overlook the adjoining property, shall be located a minimum of 15 feet from the interior lot lines.

2. Not Facing Adjoining Property. Upper-story unenclosed landings, decks, and balconies, that do not face or overlook the adjoining property due to orientation or topography, may be located at the minimum interior setback line if an architectural screening element such as enclosing walls, trellises, awnings, or perimeter planters with a five-foot minimum height is incorporated into the unenclosed landing, deck, or balcony.

Figure 25.03.130.1: Sill Height Standards along Interior Lot Line Privacy Standards Diagram
Interior Lot Line
Key
Interior Lot Line
Privacy Standards Diagram
Area Within 15' of Interior Lot Line
Window without Privacy Restrictions
Window with Sill Height Limit
Window with Angle Limit
54 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.03.130: Privacy

25.03.140 Rooftop Decks
A. Intent. These standards are designed to provide functional outdoor space while minimizing visual, noise, and privacy impacts to surrounding properties and rights-of-way.

B. General Standards.

1. Rooftop decks are only allowed on block-scale buildings.

2. Rooftop decks shall not be enclosed or covered, except with the following:
(a) Trellises can be 12 feet maximum in height, measured from floor-to-top of trellis. (b) Guardrails, surrounding walls, or solid windscreens shall not exceed 42 inches in height. A transparent windscreen shall not exceed six feet in height.

3. Materials for walls, trellis, pergola, windscreens, and lighting shall match those used for the main building.

C. Deck Placement.

1. Rooftop deck shall be located on roof of main building, not including cupolas or towers.

2. Rooftop deck shall be located 15 feet minimum from building edge on primary and secondary front and 10 feet minimum from building edge on interior.

3. The rooftop deck footprint shall be maximum of 25 percent of total roof area at level of rooftop deck.

4. The finish floor deck height shall not exceed one foot above the roof surface.

Figure 25.03.140.1: Rooftop Deck Placement and Elements Rooftop Deck
Primary Front
Secondary Front
Key
Roof
Deck
Min. distance from building edge, Primary
or Secondary Front
Min. distance from building edge, Interior
Rooftop deck max. footprint
55 General Site Design Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.03.140: Rooftop Decks
D. Stair Penthouse, including Roof Hatches.

1. Stair penthouses shall follow the rooftop deck setbacks from the building edge.

2. Overall height of stair penthouses shall be no greater than 10 feet. Stair penthouses are exempt from building height limitations, consistent with Subsection 30.140.100.A (Architectural Elements).

3. The penthouse must be attached to the delineated area for the rooftop deck.

4. The penthouse shall be designed in the same style, materials, and finishes as the main building. See Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection Q (Materials) of the Architectural Style.

E. Windscreen.

1. Glass or other reflective materials used on windscreens or guardrails shall be oriented or treated to prevent glare that may affect streets, pedestrians, or surrounding structures.

2. Windscreens shall be located only within or along the edges of the maximum allowed area for the rooftop deck.

F. Furniture and Elements.
(a) Furnishings (e.g., chairs, tables, stoves, barbecues, swimming pools, hot tubs) are allowed only within the delineated area for the rooftop deck.
(b) Permanent items (such as pergola, trellis, shade devices, and/or swimming pools) are allowed. (c) Temporary items (such as fabric awnings and umbrellas) are not allowed.

G. Compliance with Building and Fire Codes. All rooftop decks shall be designed in compliance with building and fire safety requirements.

25.03.150 Ground Surfaces and Paving
A. Intent. This Section provides standards to support pedestrian-oriented development and improve the visual environment.

B. Applicability. Ground surfaces and paving are required for plazas, forecourts, courtyards, terraces, gateways, arcades, paseos, pedestrian pathways, and vehicle circulation areas.

1. Vehicular parking and circulation areas shall be paved in compliance with the City’s Access & Parking Design Standards.

2. Paved public improvements shall comply with Section 22.44.070 (Public Improvement Standards).

C. Allowed Materials.

1. Ground surfaces and paving may be brick, stone, colored and textured concrete, terra-cotta tile, or buff colored permeable pavers.

2. Pedestrian pathways may be untextured, poured concrete. (a) Shared vehicle driveway and pedestrian pathways in the Side Court building type shall consist of a maximum 20 percent asphalt or untextured, poured concrete. 56 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.03.150: Ground Surfaces and Paving

25.03.160 Large Site Standards
A. Intent. This Section provides standards for development on large sites to ensure development delineates existing and proposed blocks, streets, and open space to preserve and enhance sense of place, provide opportunities for healthy living, increase connectivity and accessibility, add open space, and create a compact, walkable neighborhood. Streets within large sites are intended to generate one contiguous pedestrian network throughout the development site and adjacent public rights-of-way.

B. Applicability.

1. Projects on sites of two or more acres shall set aside a minimum of 10 percent of the net developable lot area as community open space, in compliance with Subsection 25.03.160.D (Community Open Space).

2. Projects on sites of four or more acres are subject to the requirements for a Sustainable Neighborhood Plan, in compliance with Subsection 25.03.160.C (Sustainable Neighborhood Plan).

C. Sustainable Neighborhood Plan (SNP).

1. Each SNP shall show the proposed physical character of the development, in plan view:
(a) Boundaries of the proposed development;
(b) Existing and proposed blocks and streets within a 1,500 foot radius of the development boundaries, in compliance with Subsection 25.03.160.C.3 (Block and Street Standards); (c) Existing trees and other natural features;
(d) New or modified community open space, in compliance with Section 25.03.160.D (Community Open Space);
(e) Proposed trees and landscape along streets and in community open spaces; and (f) Identification of the proposed design sites, building types, and frontage types on each design site in compliance with the zone standards.

2. Access and Visibility Standards. Public access and visibility is required in and along existing natural open spaces, including creeks and storm water management areas, and the community open space.

These areas shall be fronted by:
(a) Single-loaded frontage streets (those with development on one side and open space on the other);
(b) Bike and pedestrian pathways; or
(c) Other methods of frontage that provide similar access and visibility to the open space, as zone standards allow, such as through public easements.

3. Block and Street Standards.
(a) New blocks and streets shall be designed in compliance with the streets and roads standards pursuant to City Council Resolution No. 8096.
(b) Individual block lengths and the total block perimeter shall be in compliance with the standards in Table 25.03.160.A (Block Size Standards).
(1) An attached half-block is allowed to adjoin an existing half-block. 57 General Site Design Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.03.160: Large Site Standards
Table 25.03.160.A: Block Size Standards
Block Length Block Perimeter Depth of Attached Half-Block1 500' max. 1,800' max. Min. is min. design site depth for the selected building type for the zone; 250' max.
1 Distance from street or right-of-way to shared property line Figure 25.03.160.1: Block Size
Block Length
Half-Block Half-Block
Key
Block Perimeter
Design Site
(c) The new street network shall connect to the existing street network through multi-modal connections. (1) New streets shall align with and continue existing or proposed streets by extending to or along adjoining property boundaries. New dead-end streets and cul-de-sacs are not allowed. See Section 30.140.180 (Street Frontage and Access). (2) New streets shall provide connecting pedestrian and bicycle routes to all adjacent public, non-limited-access right-of-ways, and dead-end streets. (3) The pedestrian network shall be composed of sidewalks as provided in Chapter 22.44 (Streets Dedication and Improvement Requirements for Building Permits) and Chapter 22.60 (Streets and Sidewalks) and community open spaces as provided in Subsection 25.03.160.D (Community Open Space). The pedestrian network shall incorporate crosswalks as provided in Chapter 10.32 (Crosswalks) where pedestrian pathways intersect vehicular travel lanes.

4. Design Site Standards. New design sites shall be delineated in accordance with Section 25.02.040 (Design Sites) and the following standard:
(a) Design sites must front onto a street, pedestrian pathway, courtyard, or Community Open Space.

5. Building Types and Frontage Types Standards.
(a) The SNP shall maintain a mix of at least two different building types within each block, using only the types allowed in the zone. Half-blocks adjoining existing development are exempt from the requirement for mixed building types.
(b) Along each block face containing more than one building entrance, the SNP shall maintain a mix of at least two different frontage types, using only the types allowed in the zone.

6. Revisions to a SNP. As individual needs of a development may change over time, a request for a change to the approved building types specified in the SNP may be made in compliance with the zone standards. Such request shall require approval by the original Review Authority and shall be processed in the same manner as the original approval.
58 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.03.160: Large Site Standards
Divide development area to
create smaller blocks and a
network of interconnected
streets, see Table 25.03.160.A
(Block Size Standards).

Introduce new streets
from the allowed types in
Subsection 25.03.160.C.3 (Block
and Street Standards). If rear
vehicular access is desired,
introduce alleys to provide access
to design sites and maintain a
continuous streetscape without
the interruption of driveways.

Identify at least 10% of the net
developable area as community
open space (calculated after
subtracting street and alley ROWs).

The community open space
is allowed to be distributed
throughout the development in
compliance with requirements
in Table 25.03.160.B (Community
Open Space Types Overview).
1 Blocks 2 Circulation Network 3 Open Space
Identify building types, and
introduce design sites within
each block based on the
minimum required design
site width and depth for each
selected building type.

Show the building types in
each block, and identify the
selected frontage types for each
design site. See Chapter 25.02
(Zones), Subsection B (Building
Types and Design Site Size) and
Subsection F (Frontages) of the
Zone.
4 Design Sites 5 Buildings
Figure 25.03.160.2: Sustainable Neighborhood Plan Design Process Overview Street Street
Street
Street
Property Boundary
Street
Street
Street
New Street
New Street
Alley
Alley Alley
Alley
Street
Street
Street
Street
New Street
New Street
Street
Street
StreetStreet
New Street
New Street
Street
Street
StreetStreet
New Street
New Street
Duplex Stacked
Medium Multiplex
Medium Courtyard
Large Courtyard
Downtown Building
59 General Site Design Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.03.160: Large Site Standards
D. Community Open Space. Community open spaces provide pedestrian-oriented amenities in connection with the City's established network of pedestrian facilities and open spaces; promote the health benefits of walkable environments; and reinforce the unique identity of Santa Barbara.

1. One or more community open spaces shall be used to satisfy the minimum community open space area requirement, in compliance with Table 25.03.160.B (Community Open Space Types Overview).

Table 25.03.160.B: Community Open Space Types Overview
Specific
Standards
Zones

NM NL MUC DE DC
Green 25.03.160.D.6 A A A — —
Plaza 25.03.160.D.7 — — — A A
Paseo 25.03.160.D.8 A A A A A
Key A = Allowed — = Not Allowed

2. Public access and visibility are required in and along community open spaces. Community open spaces may be closed after business hours or at night consistent with City park hours of operation.

3. Colors, materials of outdoor furniture, and barriers shall be in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection Q (Materials) of the Architectural Style.

4. Hardscape areas and pedestrian pathways shall be in compliance with Section 25.03.150 (Ground Surfaces and Paving).

5. All community open spaces shall be on grade and shall be level with the right-of-way and not enclosed with fences or other obstructions.

6. Green. A mostly landscaped area to provide access to shade, resting areas, and plants within the built environment.
(a) A Green must by a minimum of 3,000 square feet with one dimension at least 50 feet. At least one entire side of the Green shall abut and be accessible from the right-of-way. (b) More than 50 percent shall consist of landscape in compliance with Section 25.03.050 (Landscape) with pedestrian pathways.
(c) Up to 50 percent of the area may double as storm water retention. (d) Shade from canopy trees or trellis and seating must be provided.

7. Plaza. A mostly hardscaped area that provides pedestrians a gathering space away from the street. (a) A Plaza must be a minimum of 2,500 square feet in area with a minimum 30 feet clear dimension in length and width.
(b) The Plaza shall be accessible from the sidewalk, Paseo, or Gateway. (c) Pedestrians shall be separated from adjacent vehicular activity by any combination of at least two of the following: walls up to 30 inches tall, landscape, street furniture, curbside parking. (d) A minimum of 50 percent of the Plaza must be hardscape area and a minimum of ten percent landscape area, in the ground or as potted plants.
(e) Seating must be provided as individual or group seating. 60 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.03.160: Large Site Standards

8. Paseo. A part of a network of pedestrian pathways that extend from the public right-of-way. The pedestrian pathway is lined by shopfronts or residential ground floors and pedestrian entries as required by the zone.
(a) A Paseo must be a minimum of 12 feet wide between buildings, or through buildings as a breezeway, with an 8 foot minimum unobstructed through pedestrian pathway, and a minimum of 8 feet vertical clearance.
(b) A Paseo may be up to 150 feet long. A Paseo length may be unlimited if extending from one public sidewalk or community open space to another.
(c) Paseos are required to connect from a street to another street, to a public parking lot, or to community open space.
(d) An entrance transition to the Paseo is required, through an entry arch, accent paving, signage, or Gateway.
(e) No more than 25 percent of the Paseo surface may consist of untextured poured concrete. (f) A minimum of 10 percent of the Paseo must be landscape, in the ground or as potted plants. (g) Paseos are required on any project that includes an area identified as a proposed or future paseo connection on the City's Paseos Plan Maps in the Pedestrian Master Plan. (h) Edges of the Paseo must be lined by ground floor façades in compliance with façade zone in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection D (Building Placement) of the Zone or frontages allowed in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection F (Frontages) of the Zone. (i) Paseos shall not include trash enclosures or public utility equipment. (j) Paseos may include benches/seating, awnings, outdoor dining, or other elements to activate that do not infringe on the unobstructed pedestrian pathway. (1) Areas within the public right-of-way proposed for outdoor dining are required to be in compliance with Chapter 9.95 (Use of City Sidewalks and Rights-of-Way for Dining Purposes). 61 General Site Design Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.03.160: Large Site Standards
62 General Site Design Standards
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 This page intentionally left blank

25.04.010 Purpose
This Chapter provides the standards for development of main building types that can be developed using the ODDS. The building type options are selected to maintain the existing and intended physical character of each zone, offer housing choices and affordable housing opportunities, and encourage a mix of land uses to include retail and workplace centers, residential living in commercial centers with easy access to grocery stores and recreation, connectivity and civic engagement, and public space for pedestrians.

25.04.020 Overview
A. Building types are used to articulate size, scale, and massing according to the intent of each zone.

B. Building types are categorized into two groups: House-Scale Buildings and Block-Scale Buildings. See Figure 25.04.020.1 (Examples of House-Scale and Block-Scale Buildings).

1. House-Scale Buildings. Buildings with the appearance of a single-unit house and scaled to fit within low-to-moderate intensity neighborhoods . House-scale buildings are up to 30 feet in height, ranging in width and depth from 32 feet up to 130 feet on deeper lots.

2. Block-Scale Buildings. Buildings that individually, or when arranged together, comprise a typical City block. They are scaled to fit within moderate-to-high intensity neighborhoods, standing up to 48 feet in height, and ranging in width and depth from 60 feet up to 200 feet.

Chapter 25.04 Building Types
Sections:

25.04.010 Purpose

25.04.020 Overview

25.04.030 General Requirements

25.04.040 Allowed Building Types

25.04.050 Duplex Side-by-Side

25.04.060 Duplex Stacked

25.04.070 Cottage Court

25.04.080 Medium Multiplex

25.04.090 Duplex Court

25.04.100 Side Court

25.04.110 Medium Courtyard

25.04.120 Large Multiplex

25.04.130 Large Courtyard

25.04.140 Downtown Building

25.04.150 Massing Types

25.04.160 Massing and Façade Composition

25.04.170 Adjacency and Height Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards 63 Figure 25.04.020.1: Examples of House-Scale and Block-Scale Buildings House-Scale Buildings
Block-Scale Buildings
64 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.04.020: Overview

25.04.030 General Requirements
A. Main Buildings on a Design Site. Each design site shall have only one main building, except as follows, in compliance with the standards:

1. The Cottage Court (Section 25.04.070) may consist of up to nine individual buildings;

2. The Duplex Court (Section 25.04.090) may consist of up to three individual buildings;

3. The Side Court (Section 25.04.100) may consist of up to two buildings;

4. The Medium Courtyard (Section 24.04.110) may consist of up to two buildings; and

5. The Large Courtyard (Section 25.04.130) may consist of up to two buildings.

B. Design. Buildings shall be designed in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design).

C. Pedestrian Access. Pedestrian pathways must connect each unit or building to the right-of-way and onsite parking in compliance with Chapter 25.04 (Building Types), Subsection D (Pedestrian Access) of the Building Type and the City's Access & Parking Design Standards. Lots with multiple design sites may share pedestrian pathways.

D. Open Yard. Open yard shall be designed in compliance with Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

E. Parking. Parking shall be designed and located in compliance with Section 25.03.100 (Parking Techniques). Parking may be designed as uncovered (surface) or covered (individual detached or attached garage/carport, tuck-under, podium, subterranean), in compliance with the setbacks in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E (Parking) of the Zone.

F. Wings. Wings are a secondary component of building form that allow the overall building footprint to increase beyond the maximum size of the main body. To further this objective, the standards identify specific requirements for wings:

1. Wings shall be less in length than the main body;

2. Wings that are aligned with the façade of the main body shall be one-story less in height than the main body; and

3. Wings that are offset from the façade plane of the main body by at least five feet are allowed at the same height as the main body.

G. Density. The number of units identified for each building type is dependent on the design site being large enough to accommodate all the zone's standards (e.g., parking). The total number of units is as allowed by the General Plan maximum density. See Section 25.02.030 (General Requirements). 65 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.030: General Requirements
H. Measuring Building Types.

1. Main Body. The width and depth of the main body shall be measured as follows:
(a) The width shall be parallel to the primary front in compliance with the façade zone requirements.
(b) The depth shall be perpendicular to the primary front.

BUILDING TYPE: DUPLEX, STACKED
Secondary Front
Primary Front
Figure 25.04.030.1:

Main Body
Key
Width
Depth

2. Wings. The width and depth of wings shall be measured as follows:
(a) The width shall be the greater of the two dimensions of the footprint. (b) The depth shall be the lesser of the two dimensions of the footprint.

TACKED
Secondary Front
Primary Front
Figure 25.04.030.2:

Wings
Key
Width
Depth
66 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.04.030: General Requirements

25.04.040 Allowed Building Types
Table 25.04.040.A (Building Types Overview) provides an overview of the allowed building types in each zone.

The house-scale buildings allowing in the Neighborhood Medium (NM) and Neighborhood Large (NL) zones are also allowed in Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC), Downtown Edge (DE), and Downtown Core (DC) zones subject to design site dimensions and all other standards for those building types.

Table 25.04.040.A: Building Types Overview
Specific
Standards
Zones

NM NL MUC DE DC
House-Scale
Duplex Side-by-Side 25.04.050 A A A A A
Duplex Stacked 25.04.060 A A A A A
Cottage Court 25.04.070 A A A A A
Medium Multiplex 25.04.080 A A A A A
Duplex Court 25.04.090 A A A A A
Side Court 25.04.100 — A A A A
Medium Courtyard 25.04.110 — A A A A
Block-Scale
Large Multiplex 25.04.120 — — A A A
Large Courtyard 25.04.130 — — A A A
Downtown Building 25.04.140 — — — — A
Key A = Allowed — = Not Allowed
67 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.040: Allowed Building Types

25.04.050 Duplex Side-by-Side
Local example in the West Downtown neighborhood
Local Example in the Oak Park neighborhood
Local Example in the West Beach neighborhood
A. Description
A small-to-medium-sized, detached, House-Scale Building.

The building consists of two side-by-side units, both facing the street and within a single building massing. The type has the appearance of a single-unit house and is scaled to fit within lower-intensity neighborhoods.

B. Number of Units/Buildings
Units per Building 2 max.

Buildings per Design Site 1 max.
68 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

BUILDINGBTUYIL
PDEI:NDGUTPYLEPXE,: S

DIUDPEL-BEYX-,SSIDIDEE-BY-SIDE
D. Pedestrian Access
Main Entrance Location Primary Front
Each unit shall have an entry facing the street on or within 25' of the front façade.

On corner design sites, each unit shall front a different street.

E. Vehicle Access and Parking
Driveway and parking location shall comply with
standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E
(Parking) of the Zone.

Parking may be surface or garage/carport as allowed by
the zone.

F. Open Yard
Open yard shall comply with standards in
Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

C. Building Size and Massing
Height
Stories 2.5 max.

Main Body
Width 48' max.

Depth 36' max.

Wings
Width 15' max.

Depth 24' max.

Separation between Wings 10' min.

Offset from Main Body façade plane
along primary front, secondary front, or
community open space
5' min. if 2 stories;
0' min. if 1 story
Massing Types
Wide Bar Table 25.04.150.A.2
"L" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.3
Wide "T" Table 25.04.150.A.4
"U" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.5
Primary Front Primary Front Secondary Front
Secondary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Frontage
Common Open Yard
Key
BUILDING TYPE: HOUSE, SMALL
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Building
Wing
Key
BUILDING TYPE: DUPLEX, STACKED
69 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.050: Duplex Side-by-Side

25.04.060 Duplex Stacked
Local example in the West Beach neighborhood
Local example in the West Beach neighborhood
Local example in the West Beach neighborhood
A. Description
A small-to-medium-sized, detached, House-Scale Building.

The building consists of two stacked units, both facing the street and within a single building massing. The type has the appearance of a single-unit house and is scaled to fit within lower-intensity neighborhoods.

B. Number of Units/Buildings
Units per Building 2 max.

Buildings per Design Site 1 max.
70 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.04.060

BUILDBIUNI
GLDTIYNPGET: YDPUEP:LDEUXP, SLETAXC, SKTEADCKED
D. Pedestrian Access
Main Entrance Location Primary Front
Each unit shall have an entry facing the street on or within 25' of the front façade.

On corner design sites, each unit shall front a different street.

E. Vehicle Access and Parking
Driveway and parking location shall comply with
standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E
(Parking) of the Zone.

Parking may be surface or garage/carport.

F. Open Yard
Open yard shall comply with standards in
Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

C. Building Size and Massing
Height
Stories 2.5 max.

Main Body
Width 36' max.

Depth 48' max.

Wings
Width 15' max.

Depth 24' max.

Separation between Wings 10' min.

Offset from Main Body façade plane
along primary front, secondary front,
or community open space
5' min. if 2 stories;
0' min. if 1 story
Massing Types
Narrow Box Table 25.04.150.A.1
Wide Bar Table 25.04.150.A.2
"L" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.3
Primary Front Primary Front Secondary Front
Secondary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Frontage
Common Open Yard
Key
BUILDING TYPE: HOUSE, SMALL
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Building
Wing
Key
BUILDING TYPE: DUPLEX, STACKED
71 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.060: Duplex Stacked

25.04.070 Cottage Court
Local example in West Beach neighborhood
Local example in the Upper East neighborhood
Local example in the Laguna neighborhood
A. Description
A group of up to nine small, detached, House-Scale
Buildings arranged to define a shared court open to and visible from the street. The shared court is common open yard, thus becoming an important community-enhancing
element. The type is scaled to fit within low-to-moderateintensity neighborhoods and in nonresidential contexts.

B. Number of Units/Buildings
Units per Building 1 max.

Total Buildings per Design Site 3 min.; 9 max.1
1 The rearmost Cottage may contain up to 2 units, for a total of 10 units.
72 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.04.070
BUILBDUINILGDTINYGPET:YCPOET: TCAOGTETACGOEUCROTURT
C. Building Size and Massing
Height
Stories 1.5 max.2
Main Body (per Cottage)
Width 32' max.

Depth 32' max.

Width, Rearmost Building 48' max.

Depth, Rearmost Building 36' max.

Separation between Buildings 10' min.

Wings
Not Allowed
Massing Types (per Cottage)
Narrow Box Table 25.04.150.A.1
"L" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.3
2 The rearmost Cottage may be 2.5 stories max.

D. Pedestrian Access
Main Entrance Location Shared Court3
Shared court must be accessible from primary front.

Pedestrian Pathway Setback
from Bldg. Entry
5' min.

A pedestrian pathway must connect all unit main entrances to either shared court or right-of-way.

D. Pedestrian Access(Continued)
Frontage Area along Common Open Yard
Frontages shall not encroach into the shared court.
3 Design sites on a corner may have unit entrances on the secondary front.

E. Vehicle Access and Parking
Driveway and parking location shall comply with
standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E
(Parking) of the Zone.

Parking may be surface or garage/carport.

Spaces may be individually accessible by the units and/or common parking areas at interior of design site.

F. Open Yard
Open yard shall comply with standards in
Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

G. Fencing
Fencing only allowed around or between individual buildings.

Fences shall not bisect the shared court or exceed 42"
height. Fence materials shall be in compliance with the materials for the style.

Primary Front Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Building
Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Frontage
Common Open Yard
Key
BUILDING TYPE: HOUSE, SMALL
73 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.070: Cottage Court

25.04.080 Medium Multiplex
Local example in the Upper East neighborhood
Local example in the West Beach neighborhood
Local example in the Oak Park neighborhood
A. Description
A small-to-medium-sized, detached, House-Scale Building that consists of three to four stacked units, typically with one shared entry or individual entries along the primary front. The type has the appearance of a single-unit house and is scaled to fit within low-to-moderate-intensity
neighborhoods.

B. Number of Units/Buildings
Units per Building 3 min., 41
Main Buildings per Design Site 1 max.
1 Up to the maximum number of units allowed by General
Plan density.
74 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 BBUUILILDDININGGTTYYPPEE::FFOOUURRPPLLEEXX
D. Pedestrian Access
Main Entrance Location Primary Front2
Each unit may have an individual entry.
2 Design sites on a corner may have unit entrances on the secondary front only if min. 50% individual units accessed from the primary front.

E. Vehicle Access and Parking
Driveway and parking location shall comply with
standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E
(Parking) of the Zone.

Parking may be surface, garage/carport, or tuck-under.

F. Open Yard
Open yard shall comply with standards in
Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

C. Building Size and Massing
Height
Stories 2.5 max.

Main Body
Width 48' max.

Depth 48' max.

Wings
Width 15' max.

Depth 24' max.

Separation between Wings 10' min.

Offset from Main Body façade
plane along primary front,
secondary front, or community
open space
5' min. if 2 stories;
0' min. if 1 story
Massing Types
Narrow Box Table 25.04.150.A.1
Wide Bar Table 25.04.150.A.2
"L" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.3
"U" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.5
Primary Front Primary Front Secondary Front
Secondary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Frontage
Common Open Yard
Key
BUILDING TYPE: HOUSE, SMALL
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Building
Wing
Key
BUILDING TYPE: DUPLEX, STACKED
75 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.080: Medium Multiplex

25.04.090 Duplex Court
Local example in the Oak Park neighborhood
Local example in the Laguna neighborhood
Local example in the Laguna neighborhood
A. Description
A group of small, detached House-Scale duplex buildings which may be added to one or more existing buildings
on the lot. The new buildings are arranged to define a
shared court. The shared court is common open yard.

The type is scaled to fit within low-to-moderate intensity neighborhoods.

B. Number of Units/Buildings
Units per Building 2 max.

Total Buildings per Design Site 2 min., 3 max.

C. Building Size and Massing
Height
Stories 2.5 max.

Main Body (per Building)
Width 48' max.

Depth 48' max.

Separation between Buildings 10' min.
76 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 MUMULLTIPLE BUILDINGS ON A SITE TIPLE BUILDINGS ON A SITE C. Building Size and Massing (Continued) Wings
Width 15' max.

Depth 24' max.

Separation between Wings 10' min.

Offset from Main Body
Façade plane along primary
front, secondary front, or
community open space
5' min. if 2 stories;
0' min. if 1 story
Massing Types (per Building)
Narrow Box Table 25.04.150.A.1
Wide Bar Table 25.04.150.A.2
"L" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.3
"U" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.5
D. Pedestrian Access
Pedestrian Pathway Setbacks 5'
The frontmost building shall be accessed from the primary front.

D. Pedestrian Access (Continued)
All buildings not fronting a street must front the shared court; except that design sites on a corner may have unit entrances on the secondary front. All buildings fronting the shared court must provide a frontage type along and take access from the shared court.

Pedestrian pathways must connect directly to the rightof-way, be visually or physically separate from vehicular circulation (may occur on same surface), and shall not
bisect the shared court.

Frontage Area along Common Open Yard
Frontages shall not encroach into the shared court.

E. Vehicle Access and Parking
Driveway and parking location shall comply with
standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E
(Parking) of the Zone.

Parking may be surface, garage/carport, or tuck-under.

F. Open Yard
Open yard shall comply with standards in
Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Building
Wing
Key
BUILDING TYPE: DUPLEX, STACKED
Primary Front Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Frontage
Common Open Yard
Key
BUILDING TYPE: HOUSE, SMALL
77 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.090: Duplex Court

25.04.100 Side Court
Local example in the Laguna neighborhood
Local example in the Westside neighborhood
Local example in the Laguna neighborhood
A. Description
A House-Scale Building fronting a shared pedestrian
pathway and vehicular driveway with decorative paving.

The foremost units face the street. This type is intended for narrow and deep parcels and is typically located within lowto-moderate-intensity neighborhoods.

B. Number of Units/Buildings
Units per Building 81
Total Buildings per
Design Site
2 max.
1 Up to the maximum number of units allowed by General
Plan density.
78 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 BUBUILIDLDININGGTYTPYEP:ES: ISDIDEECCOOUURTRTBUBUILIDLDININGG C. Building Size and Massing
Height NL MUC; DE
Stories 2.5 max.2 3 max.
2 Up to 1/2 of each building footprint is allowed up to 3 stories, if located at least 35' behind the primary front façade.

Main Body (per Building)
Width 48' max
Overall Length 60' max. 80' max.

Separation between
Buildings
10' min.

Wings
Not Allowed
Massing Types (per Building)
Narrow Box Table 25.04.150.A.1
"L" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.3
"U" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.5
At least 50% of ground floor space shall be occupiable.

D. Pedestrian Access
Pedestrian pathway shall be visually or physically
delineated from vehicular access (may occur on same surface).

The frontmost unit shall be accessed from the primary
front; other units shall be accessed from the shared
vehicle access area.

Each primary entrance shall include a frontage type, as allowed in the Zone, within an area at least 7' deep.

E. Vehicle Access and Parking
Driveway and parking location shall comply with
standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E
(Parking) of the Zone.

Parking may be surface, garage/carport, or tuck-under.

Shared Vehicular Access Area
Width 20' min. (building façade to property line)
Depth Up to rearmost building, in compliance
with fire access requirements.

F. Open Yard
Open yard shall comply with standards in
Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

Primary Front Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Building
Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Frontage
Shared Vehicle Access
Key
BUILDING TYPE: HOUSE, SMALL
79 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.100: Side Court

25.04.110 Medium Courtyard
Local example in the Laguna neighborhood
Local example in the West Downtown neighborhood
Local example in the Laguna neighborhood
A. Description
A detached, House-Scale Building that consists of up to 18 attached or stacked units, accessed from a shared
courtyard. The shared courtyard is common open yard.

The type is typically integrated in low-to-moderateintensity neighborhoods.

B. Number of Units/Buildings
NL; MUC DE
Units per Building 151 181
Buildings per Design Site 2 max.
1 Up to the maximum number of units allowed by General
Plan density.
80 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 BUILDING TYPE: BUILDING COURTYARD TYPE: COURTYARD APARTMENT APARTMENT , Neighborhood, Neighborhood D. Pedestrian Access
Main Entrance Location3 Courtyard or Primary
Front
3 The main entry of ground floor units shall be directly off of a courtyard, primary front, or secondary front, whichever is closer.

E. Vehicle Access and Parking
Driveway and parking location shall comply with
standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E
(Parking) of the Zone.

Parking may be surface, garage/carport, tuck-under, or
podium.

F. Open Yard
Open yard shall comply with standards in
Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

C. Building Size and Massing
Height NL MUC; DE; DC
Stories 2.5 max.2 3 max.
2 Up to 1/2 of each building footprint is allowed up to 3 stories, if located at least 35' behind the primary front façade.

Main Body
Width 100' max.

Depth 60' max. 80' max.

Separation between
Buildings
10' min.

Wings
Not Allowed
Massing Types
"L" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.3
"U" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.5
Secondary Front
Secondary Front
Primary Front Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Building
Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Frontage
Common Open Yard
Key
BUILDING TYPE: HOUSE, SMALL
81 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.110: Medium Courtyard

25.04.120 Large Multiplex
Local example in the West Downtown neighborhood
Local example in the Lower State neighborhood
Local example in the Laguna neighborhood
A. Description
A large-sized, detached, Block-Scale Building that consists of up to 18 attached or stacked units, typically with one shared entry. The type is scaled to fit within moderateintensity neighborhoods.

B. Number of Units/Buildings
MUC DE
Units per Building 121 181
Main Buildings per
Design Site
1 max.
1 Up to the maximum number of units allowed by General
Plan density.
82 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 BUILDING TYPE: MULTIPLEX
At smaller scale (1"=50', others are 1"=40')
BUILDING TYPE: MULTIPLEX
At smaller scale (1"=50', others are 1"=40')
D. Pedestrian Access
Main Entrance Location Primary Front
Units located in the main body shall be accessed by a
common entry along the primary front.

On corner design sites, units in a wing may enter from the secondary front.

E. Vehicle Access and Parking
Driveway and parking location shall comply with
standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E
(Parking) of the Zone.

Parking may be surface, garage/carport, tuck-under,
podium, or subterranean.

F. Open Yard
Open yard shall comply with standards in
Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

C. Building Size and Massing
Height MUC DE; DC
Stories 3.5 max. 4 max.

Main Body
Width 60' max. 80' max.

Depth 60' max. 100' max.

Wings
Width 24' max.

Depth 40' max.

Separation between
Wings
10' min. up to 2 stories
15' min. for over 2 stories
Offset from Main Body
Façade plane along
primary front, secondary
front, or community open
space
5' min. if 2 or more stories;
0' min. if 1 story
Massing Types
Wide Bar Table 25.04.150.A.2
"L" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.3
Wide "T" Table 25.04.150.A.4
"U" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.5
Secondary FrontSecondary Front
Primary Front Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Building
Wing
Key
BUILDING TYPE: DUPLEX, STACKED
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Frontage
Common Open Yard
Key
BUILDING TYPE: HOUSE, SMALL
83 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.120: Large Multiplex

25.04.130 Large Courtyard
Local example in the West Downtown neighborhood
Local example in the Upper East neighborhood
Local example in the Laguna neighborhood
A. Description
A detached or attached, Block-Scale Building that consists of stacked units, accessed from one or more shared
courtyards. The shared courtyard is common open
yard. The type is typically integrated into moderateto-high-intensity neighborhoods and on streets with a nonresidential ground floor.

B. Number of Units/Buildings

MUC DE DC
Units per Design Site 241 501 501
Main Buildings per
Design Site
2 max.
1 Up to the maximum number of units allowed by General
Plan density.
84 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 BUILDING TYPE:BCUOIULDRITNYGARTYDPAEP:ACROTUMRETNYTA,RUDrbAaPnARTMENT, Urban E. Vehicle Access and Parking
Driveway and parking location shall comply with
standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E
(Parking) of the Zone.

Parking may be surface, garage/carport, tuck-under,
podium, or subterranean.

F. Open Yard
Open yard shall comply with standards in
Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

C. Building Size and Massing
Height
Stories 4 max.

Main Body 2
Width 200' max. 3
Depth 200' max. 3
Separation between Buildings 10' min.

Wings
Not Allowed
Massing Types
"L" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.3
"U" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.5
"O" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.6
2 May be designed as two adjacent buildings, at least 15' but not more than 30' apart, in compliance with the standards of this Subsection.
3 Façades along a primary or secondary front or along a community open space may be designed as multiple
façades not exceeding 75 feet.

D. Pedestrian Access
Main Entrance Location4, 5 Courtyard or Primary
Front
Distance between Unit Entries 30' max.
4 Ground floor units shall be entered directly off of a courtyard, primary front, or secondary front.
5 The Courtyard shall be accessible and visible from
the primary front via a Gateway (25.05.130) with an "O" Courtyard Massing Type.

Primary Front Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Building
Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Frontage
Common Open Yard
Key
BUILDING TYPE: HOUSE, SMALL
85 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.130: Large Courtyard

25.04.140 Downtown Building
Local example in the Lower State neighborhood
Local example in the Downtown neighborhood
Local example in the Downtown neighborhood
A. Description
A Block-Scale Building, typically attached, but sometimes detached. The type is intended to provide a vertical mix of uses with ground-floor retail, office, or service uses and upper-floor residential uses. Ground floor residential can occur behind retail, office, or services uses on the primary front, and along secondary front.

B. Number of Units/Buildings
Units per Building Unrestricted1
Main Buildings per Design Site 1 max.
1 As allowed by General Plan maximum density.
86 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 BUILDING TYPE: MIXED-USE BUILDING TYPE: MIXED-USE
D. Pedestrian Access
Main Entrance Location Primary
Front2
Distance between Entries
along primary front, secondary front,
open yard, community open space, or
Paseo
50' max.
2 Design sites on a corner may have unit entrances on the Secondary Front
E. Vehicle Access and Parking
Driveway and parking location shall comply with
standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection E
(Parking) of the Zone.

Parking may be surface, garage/carport, tuck-under,
podium, or subterranean.

F. Open Yard
Open yard shall comply with standards in
Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards).

C. Building Size and Massing
Height
Stories 4 max.

Main Body
Width 200 max.

Depth 200 max.

Wings
Not Allowed
Massing Types
Narrow Box Table 25.04.150.A.1
Wide Bar Table 25.04.150.A.2
"L" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.3
Wide "T" Table 25.04.150.A.4
"U" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.5
"O" Courtyard Table 25.04.150.A.6
Primary Front Primary Front Secondary Front
Secondary Front
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Frontage
Key
Lot/Design Site Line
Building Setback Line
Building
Key
87 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.140: Downtown Building

25.04.150 Massing Types
A. Main Body. The main body massing type serves as an organizational framework for the building form in Table 25.04.150.A (Main Body Massing Types).

1. Allowed massing types for building types are listed in Chapter 25.04 (Building Types), Subsection C (Building Size and Massing) of the Building Type.

2. Each massing type has a regulated main body width, projecting volumes, and recessed volumes.

Façades of intersecting volumes shall be offset by a minimum of three feet.

3. Each massing type may be rotated to any site orientation, provided the main body is consistent with Subsection C (Building Size and Massing) of the Building Type as measured consistent with Subsection 25.04.030.H (Measuring Building Types).

B. Architectural Massing Features. A massing type does not preclude the incorporation of secondary architectural features such as bay windows, balconies, gables, dormers, tower elements, projections, recesses, stepbacks, or exterior stairs in compliance with Section 25.04.160 (Massing and Façade Composition) and the applicable zone standards.

Figure 25.04.150.1: Example of Massing Types
"L" Courtyard Wide "T" "U" Courtyard
Primary Front
Primary Front
Primary Front
Key
Main Body Width Regulated by Subsection C (Building Size and Massing) of the Building Type.

Projecting Volume Regulated by the massing type.

Recessed Volume Regulated by the massing type.
88 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.04.150: Massing Types
Table 25.04.150.A: Main Body Massing Types

1. Narrow Box
Primary Front
This massing type is a simple rectilinear form.

Main Body
Main Body Width Max. allowed by Subsection C (Building
Size and Massing) of the Building Type
Projecting Volume No min.

Recessed Volume No min.

Main Body Depth Max. allowed by Subsection C (Building
Size and Massing) of the Building Type

2. Wide Bar
Primary Front
This massing type is a simple rectilinear form.

Main Body
Main Body Width Max. allowed by Subsection C (Building
Size and Massing) of the Building Type
Projecting Volume No min.

Recessed Volume No min.

Main Body Depth Max. allowed by Subsection C (Building
Size and Massing) of the Building Type

3. "L" Courtyard
Primary Front
This massing type divides the façade into two parts, with one part projecting and one part recessed to create a courtyard.

Main Body
Main Body Width Max. allowed by Subsection C (Building
Size and Massing) of the Building Type
Projecting Volume 1 bay min.; 5 bays max.1
Recessed Volume 1 bay min.; 7 bays max.1
Main Body Depth Max. allowed by Subsection C (Building
Size and Massing) of the Building Type
1 No max. for Block-Scale Buildings.
89 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.150: Massing Types
Table 25.04.150.A: Main Body Massing Types

4. Wide "T"
Primary Front
This massing type divides the façade into three parts, with the middle part projecting.

5. "U" Courtyard
Primary Front
This massing type divides the façade into three parts, with the middle part recessed slightly to create a forecourt.

Main Body
Main Body Width Max. allowed by Subsection C (Building
Size and Massing) of the Building Type
Projecting Volume 1 bay min.; 5 bays max.1
Recessed Volume 1 bay min.; 9 bays max.1
Main Body Depth Max. allowed by Subsection C (Building
Size and Massing) of the Building Type

6. "O" Courtyard
Primary Front
This massing type fronts a courtyard with building façades on all four sides. The courtyard is separated from the right-of-way by the mass of the building.

Main Body
Main Body Width Max. allowed by Subsection C (Building
Size and Massing) of the Building Type
Projecting Volume No min.

Recessed Volume No min.

Main Body Depth Max. allowed by Subsection C (Building
Size and Massing) of the Building Type
1 No max. for Block-Scale Buildings.
90 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.04.150: Massing Types

25.04.160 Massing and Façade Composition
A. Intent. Santa Barbara's architecture reflects traditional design principles that contribute to a pleasant, human-scale environment. These include a clear representation of each building's relationship to the ground and sky, as well as how openings such as doors and windows establish an interface between the inside, the outside, and the building structure itself. Table 25.04.160.A (Massing and Façade Composition Overview) provides an overview of massing and façade composition standards that support these principles.

Table 25.04.160.A: Massing and Façade Composition Overview Massing, Façade Composition and Architectural Elements Standards Standard Applicable Buildings

25.04.160.B (Tripartite Design) Buildings of at least 2 stories.

25.04.160.C (Bay Composition) Buildings of at least 2 stories.

25.04.160.D (Parapet Roof Distribution) Buildings of at least 2 stories.

25.04.160.E (Architectural Massing Features) Block-scale buildings of at least 2 stories and over 80' in length1, measured along an adjacent right-of-way.
1 Include main body and wings.

B. Tripartite Design. Buildings of at least two stories have a base, middle, and top as required by Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection C (Wall) of the Architectural Style. See Figure 25.04.160.1 (Example of Base, Middle, and Top Divisions).

1. Base. See Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection C (Wall) for base standards and required articulation between base and middle, if applicable. If no base is required by the selected style or included as an optional element, base is considered to coincide with the building's foundation unless otherwise indicated by the applicant.

2. Middle. See Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection C (Wall) for middle standards.

3. Top. See Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection D (Roof), for top standards. Top includes all elements regulated by Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection E (Rake), Subsection F (Eave), Subsection G (Parapet), and Subsection J (Dormers).

Figure 25.04.160.1:

Example of Base, Middle,
and Top Divisions
Top
Middle
Base
91 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.160: Massing and Façade Composition
C. Bay Composition. The pattern of openings in the wall of a building is one of its most easily recognizable features, instantly providing a sense of scale, defining the relationship between the interior and the exterior, and providing both order and visual interest along a building face.

1. Each façade shall be arranged according to a pattern of vertical bays. See Figure 25.04.160.3 (Examples of Bay Compositions within a Massing Type) for examples that are consistent with the intent of this standard.

2. For each volume/façade of main body massing, identify and apply a number of bays within the allowed range.

3. Standards.
(a) Each bay shall be at least 4 feet wide and no wider than 17 feet; except that in the Downtown Edge (DE) and Downtown Core (DC) zones, bays within the building's base may be up to 25 feet wide.
(b) Bays are not required to be equal in width.
(c) Within each façade plane, the base, middle, or top may use a different horizontal rhythm of bays.

Within the base, middle, or top, the horizontal rhythm of bays must be consistent. See Figure

25.04.160.2 (Example of Bay Composition).
(d) Walls without fenestration, material changes, or details shall not exceed 10 feet in length, measured horizontally from the edge of each opening to the nearest opening or façade edge.

4. Measurement.
(a) Bay width shall be measured horizontally from one boundary to the opposite boundary. (b) Bay boundary is the midpoint between successive openings unless marked by a projecting or recessed volume on the façade.
(c) Boundaries of each bay shall extend vertically from the lower boundary of the base, middle, or top to the upper boundary of the same division and shall not intersect any opening. (d) Where applicable, bay boundary shall coincide with the boundary of any massing feature type identified in accordance with Subsection 25.04.160.E (Architectural Massing Features).

Figure 25.04.160.2:

Example of Bay Composition
Bay Composition: Base
Bay Composition:

Middle
Stepped-back
façade plane may
have different bay
composition from
foremost façade plane
Tower element is
treated independently
92 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.04.160: Massing and Façade Composition
Figure 25.04.160.3: Examples of Bay Compositions within a Massing Type "L" Courtyard Wide "T" "U" Courtyard
Top Top Top
Sloped Roof Flat Roof Sloped Roof
Middle Middle Middle
5-Bay Composition (2 + 3) 3-Bay Composition (1 + 1 + 1) 6-Bay Composition (2 + 2 + 2) Base Base Base
5-Bay Composition (2 + 3) 3-Bay Composition (1 + 1 + 1) 3-Bay Composition (1 + 1 + 1) Top Top Top
Sloped Roof Flat Roof Sloped Roof
Middle Middle Middle
3-Bay Composition (1 + 2) 3-Bay Composition (1 + 1 + 1) 6-Bay Composition (2 + 2 + 2) Base Base Base
2-Bay Composition (1+1) 4-Bay Composition (1 + 2 + 1) 3-Bay Composition (1 + 1 + 1) Key
Building Base See Subsection 25.04.160.B (Tripartite Design). 93 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.160: Massing and Façade Composition
D. Parapet Roof Distribution. Application of parapets to roofs is regulated according to Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection D (Building Roof) of the Architectural Style.

1. Roof Form Terminations. See Figure 25.04.160.4 (Example of Parapet Roofs). (a) Where sloped roof parapet adjoins a side wall or shared lot line, sloped profile shall terminate at lot line or side wall and shall not wrap the corner. Flat roof parapet may extend to the rear along lot line or side wall.
(b) A flat roof parapet adjacent to a sloped roof parapet shall extend or return to establish continuity between the two.

Figure 25.04.160.4:

Example of Parapet Roofs
Allowed length of flat
roof parapet along each
primary or secondary
front elevation
Rooftop deck
(Section 25.03.140)
Sloped roof parapet
Roof Form Termination:

Sloped roof parapet
adjoining side wall
Roof Form Termination:

Flat roof parapet
returning to link with
sloped roof parapet
94 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.04.160: Massing and Façade Composition
E. Architectural Massing Features. Block-Scale Buildings shall include massing features to add interest and improve the legibility of the streetscape.

1. Block-Scale Buildings of at least two stories in height and greater than 80 feet in length shall meet the standards in this Subsection for each primary front and secondary front elevation. For housescale buildings, refer to the standards in Section 25.04.150 (Massing Types).

2. For the purpose of satisfying the required number of massing features, separate instances may be counted toward the required minimum number.

Table 25.04.160.B: Required Architecture Massing Features by Elevation Length Elevation Length Quantity of Massing Features Required1 Up to 80' None required
Greater than 80', up to 120' 1 min.

Greater than 120', up to 160' 2 min.

Over 160' 3 min.
1 A single elevation may include more than one instance of an architectural massing feature type.

Figure 25.04.160.5: Example of Massing Features by Elevation Length Up to 80'
long
Up to 120'
long
Up to 160'
long
Over 160'
long
Tower
Element
Recessed
Volume
Additional
Massing
Stepback
95 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.160: Massing and Façade Composition

3. Projecting Volume. A projecting volume extends outward from the building to create a visual focal point on the buildings façade.
(a) Projecting Volumes must project three feet min. from the adjacent façade. (b) Projecting Volumes must be a minimum of 10 feet wide and no longer than 40 feet. (c) Projecting Volumes shall extend vertically throughout the building's middle and may also extend through the top and/or base.
(d) The roof form of a Projecting Volume shall correspond to that of the volume from which it projects and shall maintain the same eave height. Gable or hip roofs shall include a ridge running perpendicular to the projecting façade.

4. Recessed Volume. A recessed volume adds visual interest and creates depth and variation to the buildings façade.
(a) Recessed Volumes must recess three feet min. from the adjacent façade. (b) Recessed Volumes must be a minimum of eight feet wide and no longer than 40 feet. (c) Recessed Volumes shall extend vertically throughout the building's middle and top and may also extend through the base.
(d) Gable or hip roofs shall break at Recessed Volumes by maintaining the same eave height on all sides of the recessed volume where eaves occur.
(e) When extending to the ground plane, Recessed Volumes shall incorporate landscape, outdoor seating, and/or an extension of the sidewalk pavement.
(f) Recessed Volume may coincide with a frontage type such as the dooryard or forecourt. See Chapter 25.05 (Frontages).
(g) Where a Recessed Volume is identified, adjacent façades from which the recess is measured may not be counted as a Projecting Volume.

5. Tower Element. A tower element adds interest to the roofline and further shapes the public realm. (a) Tower Elements must project or recess a minimum of three feet from adjacent façades. (b) Tower Elements must have a minimum footprint of 10 feet by 10 feet and maximum footprint of 30 feet by 30 feet.
(c) When the highest story of the building is at the maximum height allowed by the zone, Tower Element may exceed maximum height allowed by the zone by up to 10 feet unless further limited in height in compliance with Section 25.02.030 (General Requirements). (1) A Tower Element exceeding maximum height allowed by the zone shall not add occupiable floor area to the structure, in compliance with Subsection 30.140.100.A (Exceptions to Height Limitations).
(d) Where a Tower Element is identified, adjacent façades may not be counted as a Projecting Volume or Recessed Volume.
96 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.04.160: Massing and Façade Composition
Figure 25.04.160.6:

Example of Tower Element
Tower element footprint
Projection or recess
Height allowance

6. Additional Massing Stepback. An additional massing stepback creates depth and variation to the upper stories of a building.
(a) Additional Massing Stepbacks must stepback a minimum of 10 feet from the primary façade. (b) Additional Massing Stepbacks must be a minimum of 30 feet wide and no longer than 80 feet. (c) Additional Massing Stepbacks shall modify the building's uppermost story and may also modify the second-highest story.
(d) The elevated area created by the Additional Massing Stepback shall be roofed in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design), Subsection D (Building Roof) of the Architectural Style. (e) The Additional Massing Stepback may overlap with the front stepback required by the zone, provided the required front stepback portion does not include a deck. In zones where there is no required front setback, the Additional Massing Stepback may include a deck and can be used for open yard in compliance with Section 25.03.040 (Open Yards). (f) A corner element that is at least five feet lower in height than the surrounding building volume in compliance with Subsection 25.04.170.C (Specific to Corner Parcels) may be counted as an Additional Massing Stepback in fulfillment of this Subsection.

Figure 25.04.160.7:

Example of Upper-Story
Stepback
Stepback from Primary
Façade
Length of Stepback
97 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.160: Massing and Façade Composition

25.04.170 Adjacency and Height Standards
A. Intent. This Section establishes adjacency standards to ease transitions from newer buildings to existing buildings in relation to the site and surrounding neighborhood and height standards to protect public views at corner parcels.

B. Block-Scale Buildings Adjacent to House-Scale Buildings. A 20-foot minimum Transition Area is required along the length of the shared interior property line where a new Block-Scale Building is proposed adjacent to an existing House-Scale Building that is 30 feet or less in height and 80 feet or less in length. See Figure 25.04.170.1 (Transition to House-Scale Building Size).

1. Within 20 feet of the shared interior property line:
(a) The new Block-Scale Building height shall not exceed 30 feet; and (b) The new Block-Scale Building volume shall be no longer than the longest existing House-Scale Building dimension. Multiple volumes of this or smaller size are allowed within the 20-foot Transition Area provided they are separated with a minimum 15 foot distance between each volume.

Primary Front
Figure 25.04.170.1:

Transition to House-Scale Building Size
New Building (Max. height allowed by zone—
e.g., 4 stories)
Required Min. Interior Setback
Required Transition Area: 20' min.

Existing Building: Height and longest
dimension along adjacent interior property line
New building massing not to exceed existing
building's height and length
15' min. Separation Between Volumes
C. Specific to Corner Parcels. Buildings shall not exceed 30 feet in height within a minimum 25 feet of a corner measured along both of the intersecting streets extending to a 25-foot min. depth from each right-of-way. Parcels with a street frontage of less than 60 feet along the primary front are exempt from this height limit. See Figure 25.04.170.2 (Height Limit at Corners).

Secondary Front Primary Front
Figure 25.04.170.2:

Height Limit at Corners
New Building (Max. height allowed by zone—
e.g., 4 stories)
25' min. x 25' min. Area at Corner
Height Limit: 30' max.
98 Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.04.170: Adjacency and Height Standards
D. New Building Adjacent to Historic Resource. The following historic sensitivity standards are required when at least one historic resource building is located within 20 feet of the shared interior lot line of a new building:

1. Front Setback. The front setback of the new building shall be the minimum front setback of the zone or equal to the smallest front setback of the historic resource, whichever is greater. At no point shall the front setback exceed 20 feet, regardless of the setback of the historic resource.

2. Expression Line. The façade of the new building along the primary or secondary front shall have a ground floor expression line or entablature at the same height as the ground floor expression line or entablature on the existing adjacent historic resource building. The top of the expression line or entablature shall be used for the purpose of determining this height. Where two existing historic resource buildings abut the site, the resource with the taller expression line applies. See Figure 25.04.170.3 (Required Ground Floor Expression Line Alignment).

3. Transition Area. Within a Transition Area measured 20 feet inward from the front façade of the existing historic resource and 20 feet inward from the shared interior lot line, the new building volume shall not exceed the height, width, and length of the adjacent existing historic resource or 30 feet, whichever is greater, in compliance with the zone standards. Multiple volumes of this or smaller size are allowed within the Transition Area provided they are separated with a minimum 15 foot distance between each volume. See Figure 25.04.170.4 (Transition to Historic Resource Building Size).

Reference of Bay Diagrams
New Building Existing Historic Building
(Landmark or Merit Building) Existing Historic
Building
(Landmark or
Merit Building)
Figure 25.04.170.3:

Required Ground Floor Expression Line
Alignment
Ground Floor Expression Line
Ground Floor
Primary Front
Figure 25.04.170.4:

Transition to Historic Resource
Building Size
New Building (Max. height allowed by
zone—e.g., 4 stories)
Existing 1- to 2-story Historic
Resource Footprint along primary
front
Required Transition Area: 20'
New building massing not to exceed
existing Historic Resource width,
length, and height, or 30 feet,
whichever is greater
99 Building Types
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.04.170: Adjacency and Height Standards
100
Building Types
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 This page intentionally left blank

25.05.010 Purpose
This Chapter provides the standards for frontages to create pedestrian-oriented environments that are attractive, functional, safe, and accessible to all people. Frontages are the components of a building that provide the transition and interface between the public realm (street and sidewalk) and the private realm (setback or building at/near the sidewalk).

25.05.020 General Requirements
A. Names. The names of the frontage types indicate their particular configuration or function and are not intended to limit uses within the associated building. For example, a Porch may be used by nonresidential uses including, but not limited to, a restaurant or office, as allowed by the zone.

B. Location.

1. Each building is required to include at least one frontage type to provide access to the ground floor occupiable/usable space along the primary front. Buildings with entries along a secondary front or community open space are required to include at least one frontage type on those façades.

2. Each frontage type shall be located in compliance with the façade zone per Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection D (Building Placement) of the Zone.

3. Frontages can encroach into the primary and secondary front setbacks by a maximum of 10 feet in the Neighborhood Medium (NM), Neighborhood Large (NL), and Mixed-Use Corridor (MUC) zones and Chapter 25.05 (Frontages), Subsection B (Required Elements) of the Frontage. See Section

30.140.090 (Encroachments into Setbacks and Open Yards) for other allowed encroachments.

Chapter 25.05 Frontages
Sections:

25.05.010 Purpose

25.05.020 General Requirements

25.05.030 Allowed Frontage Types

25.05.040 Porch Projecting

25.05.050 Porch Recessed

25.05.060 Dooryard

25.05.070 Stoop

25.05.080 Forecourt

25.05.090 Maker Shopfront

25.05.100 Shopfront

25.05.110 Terrace

25.05.120 Gateway

25.05.130 Arcade
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards 101 C. Multiple and Combined Frontages. Buildings may include more than one frontage type in compliance with the allowed types in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Subsection F (Frontages) of the Zone and may assemble more than one frontage type together, such as a forecourt with a shopfront, in compliance with Table 25.05.030.B (Allowed Combinations of Frontage Types).

D. Coverings. An awning or recessed entry may be required or allowed in compliance with the frontage type and standards in Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design) for the Architectural Style and shall provide a minimum eight foot vertical clearance above the side walk and a minimum two foot setback from curb.

E. Design. Frontage types shall be designed in compliance with the standards in Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design) for the Architectural Style.

F. Ramps. Ramps connecting a frontage type and right-of-way shall be designed in compliance with the following:

1. Located along the side of the building; or

2. Parallel to the front façade and not exceed 18 inches in rise; ramp shall include a wall up to 36 inches tall that includes a landscape planter at least two feet wide or a bench. The wall shall be designed using any of the wall materials on the main building.
102
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.05.020: General Requirements

25.05.030 Allowed Frontage Types
A. Table 25.05.030.A (Allowed Frontage Types) provides a summary of frontage types allowed in each zone.

Table 25.05.030.A: Allowed Frontage Types
Frontage
Specific
Standards
Zones

NM NL MUC DE DC
House-Scale
Porch Projecting 25.05.040 A A A1 A1 A1
Porch Recessed 25.05.050 A A A1 A1 A1
Dooryard 25.05.060 A A A A2 A2
Stoop 25.05.070 A A A A A
Block-Scale
Forecourt 25.05.080 — — A A A3
Maker Shopfront 25.05.090 — — A3 A3 A3
Shopfront 25.05.100 — A3 A3 A3 A3
Terrace 25.05.110 — A A A3 A3
Gateway 25.05.120 — — — A A
Arcade 25.05.130 — — — A A
Key A = Allowed — = Not Allowed
1 Frontage only allowed on House-Scale Buildings.
2 Only on secondary front and at least 60 feet back from the primary front design site line. 3 Only for ground floor nonresidential frontages.

B. Table 25.05.030.B (Allowed Combinations of Frontage Types) provides a summary of which frontage types can be combined, consistent with the frontages allowed by zone.

Table 25.05.030.B: Allowed Combinations of Frontage Types Frontage
Porch ProjectingPorch RecessedDooryardStoopForecourtMaker ShopfrontShopfrontTerraceGatewayArcade Porch Projecting — — — — — — — — — —
Porch Recessed — — — — — — — A — —
Dooryard — — — A — A A — — —
Stoop — — A — A — — — — —
Forecourt — — — A — A A A — A
Maker Shopfront — — A — A — — A — —
Shopfront — — A — A — — A A A
Terrace — A — — A A A — — —
Gateway — — — — — — A — — —
Arcade — — — — A — A — — —
Key A = Allowed — = Not Allowed
103
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.030: Allowed Frontage Types

25.05.040 Porch Projecting
Local example in the West Downtown neighborhood
Local example in the Upper State neighborhood
Local example in the Oak Park neighborhood
A. Description
A Projecting Porch is a covered structure extending from the front façade of the building and may encroach into the front setback. It is one story and open on three sides. 104
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 B. Required Elements
Width, Clear 15' min.1 ; 100%
façade length, max.

Depth, Clear 6' min.; 10' max.

Height, Clear 8' min.

Stories 1 story max.

Finish Level above Sidewalk 12" min.2 ; 4' max.

Pedestrian Access 3' wide min.

Distance between Porch Elements
and ROW/Design Site Line
5' min.3
1 Reduce to 6' min. when applied to Cottage Court Building Type (Section 25.04.070).
2 Common entries may be set at grade per local and federal accessibility standards.
3 Outside porch steps may be located 2' min. from ROW.

C. Additional Requirements
Porch shall be open on three sides and have a roof.

Pedestrian access allowed at the front or end side of Porch.

Setback Lot Primary Front Setback Lot Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line Setback Line
Key
105
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.040: Porch Projecting

25.05.050 Porch Recessed
Local example in the West Downtown neighborhood
Local example in the Oak Park neighborhood
Local example in the Laguna neighborhood
A. Description
A Recessed Porch is a covered structure embedded within the front façade. It is one or two stories and has one or two open sides.

The Recessed Porch may be combined with a Terrace
(25.05.110).
106
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 B. Required Elements
Width, Clear 8' min.1 ; 50%
façade length, max.

Depth, Clear 6' min.; 10' max.

Height, Clear 8' min.

Stories 2 stories max.

Finish Level above Sidewalk 12" min.2; 4' max.

Pedestrian Access 3' wide min.

Distance between Porch Elements
and ROW/Design Site Line
5' min. 3
1 Reduce to 6' min. when applied to Cottage Court Building Type (Section 25.04.070).
2 Common entries may be set at grade per local and federal accessibility standards.
3 Outside porch steps may be located 2' min. from ROW.

C. Additional Requirements
Porch shall be engaged with the building on a minimum of two sides, open on at least one side, and have a roof.

Pedestrian access allowed at the front or end side of Porch.

Setback Lot Primary Front Setback Lot Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line Setback Line
Key
107
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.050: Porch Recessed

25.05.060 Dooryard
Local example in the Eastside neighborhood
Local example in the Lower West neighborhood
Local example in the East Beach neighborhood
A. Description
A Dooryard is a small private area between the right-of-way and the front façade. It is separated from the right-of-way and adjacent dooryards by a low wall or hedge and may be raised or at grade.

The Dooryard may be combined with a Stoop (25.05.070),
Maker Shopfront (25.05.090), or Shopfront (25.05.100).
108
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 B. Required Elements
Depth, Clear Minimum front setback
per zone, or 5' min.,
whichever is greater;
10' max.

Length, Clear 15' min.; 100% façade
length max.

Distance between Glazing 4' max.

Pedestrian Access 3' wide min.

Finish Level above Sidewalk 12" max.1
Height of Dooryard Fence/Wall 42" max.

Vertical Clear Height 8' min.

Distance Between Covered
Entry and ROW/Design Site
Line
2' min.
1 Common entries may be set at grade per local and federal accessibility standards.

C. Additional Requirements
Each Dooryard shall provide access to only one ground
floor entry.

Dooryard shall include a covered entry.

Setback Lot Primary Front Setback Lot Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line Setback Line
Key
109
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.060: Dooryard

25.05.070 Stoop
Local example in the West Beach neighborhood
Local example in the Lower Riviera neighborhood
Local example in the Eastside neighborhood
A. Description
A Stoop is a small, covered entrance with a stair or ramp from the right-of-way to the unit entrance. It may be
recessed or projecting.

The Stoop may be combined with a Dooryard (25.05.060)
or Forecourt (25.05.080).
110
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 B. Required Elements
Width, Clear 4' min.; 10' max.

Projecting Stoop Depth, Clear 3' min.; 8' max.

Height, Clear 8' min.

Finish Level above Sidewalk 4' max.

Recessed Stoop, Depth 5' max.

Distance Between Stoop Stair and
ROW/Design Site Line
3' min.

C. Additional Requirements
Stairs are perpendicular or parallel to the building façade.

Stoop shall include a covered entry.

Gates are not allowed.

All doors shall face the street.

Setback Lot Primary Front Setback Lot Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line Setback Line
Key
111
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.070: Stoop

25.05.080 Forecourt
Local example in the Downtown neighborhood
Local example in the Oak Park neighborhood
Local example in the West Beach neighborhood
A. Description
A Forecourt is embedded in the front façade to create an uncovered and shared space for a main building entrance or serving multiple unit entrances. It is open to the sky except for allowed encroachments and can include a low
fence or wall that separates it from the right-of-way. The Forecourt is distinct from a Community Open Space (Plaza) in that it occurs only once per design site and may not overlap with a Plaza.

A Forecourt may be combined with a Stoop (25.05.070),
Maker Shopfront (25.05.090), Shopfront (25.05.100),
Terrace (25.05.110), or Arcade (25.05.130).
112
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 B. Required Elements
Width, Clear 25' min. if 3 stories;
35' min. if 4 stories;
50' max.

Depth, Clear 15' min.; 50' max.

Finish Level above Sidewalk 12" max.

Along the ground floor of the Forecourt, the following
are allowed to encroach a total of 1/3 of the Forecourt's width: Stoop, Shopfront, Maker Shopfront, or Arcade.

C. Additional Requirements
Forecourts may be utilized to group several entries at a common elevation in compliance with the zones' ground
floor finish level standards.

A 42" max. height fence or wall is allowed, using materials consistent with the main building.

The Forecourt is not required to be open to the public.

The Forecourt is included in the length of façade required within or abutting the façade zone.

Setback Lot Primary Front Setback Lot Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line Setback Line
Key
113
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.080: Forecourt

25.05.090 Maker Shopfront
Local example in the Lower State neighborhood
Local example in the Lower State neighborhood
Local example in the Lower State neighborhood
A. Description
The Maker Shopfront is a nonresidential entrance from the right-of-way to the primary front or secondary front façade.

It is intended for nonresidential uses to showcase their activity to pedestrians with large, transparent glazed areas.

Alternatively, transparency can be accommodated with an overhead or sliding door.

A Maker Shopfront may be combined with a Dooryard
(25.05.060), Forecourt (25.05.080), or Terrace (25.05.110). 114
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 B. Required Elements
Distance between Glazing or Door 12' max.

Ground Floor Glazing between
Sidewalk and Finished Ceiling
Height
30% min.

Depth of Recessed Entries No max.

Shopfront Base/Bulkhead 48" max.

C. Additional Requirements
The type is only allowed in the Contemporary Style Group.

Overhead, folding, or sliding doors or operable windows that roll up and allow the space to open to the street are allowed.

Lot Line Primary Front Lot Line Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line Setback Line
Key
115
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.090: Maker Shopfront

25.05.100 Shopfront
Local example in the Downtown neighborhood
Local example in the Lower State neighborhood
Local example in the Downtown neighborhood
A. Description
The Shopfront is a nonresidential entrance from the rightof-way to the primary front or secondary front façade. It is intended for nonresidential uses to show their activity to pedestrians with a high level of transparency through substantial glazing.

A Shopfront may be combined with a Dooryard (25.05.060), Forecourt (25.05.080), Terrace (25.05.110), Gateway
(25.05.120), or Arcade (25.05.130).
116
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 B. Required Elements
Distance between Glazing 2' max.

Ground Floor Glazing between
Sidewalk and Finished Ceiling
Height
75% min.

Depth of Recessed Entries 5' max.

Shopfront Base/Bulkhead1 6" min.; 24" max.
1 Not applicable to doors.

C. Additional Requirements
Operable doors and windows that do not roll up, but allow the space to open to the street, are allowed in compliance with Chapter 25.06 (Architectural Design).

Lot Line Primary Front Lot Line Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line Setback Line
Key
117
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.100: Shopfront

25.05.110 Terrace
Local example in the Oak Park neighborhood
Local example in the Oak Park neighborhood
Local example in the Downtown neighborhood
A. Description
A Terrace is an elevated area abutting the right-of-way that provides pedestrian circulation to a main entrance along the primary front or secondary front façade or serving
multiple unit entrances. It is accessible from the sidewalk corridor via stairs and ramps.

A Terrace may be combined with a Recessed Porch
(25.05.050), Forecourt (25.05.080), Maker Shopfront
(25.05.090), or Shopfront (25.05.100).
118
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 B. Required Elements
Depth of Terrace 6' min. residential;
10' min.
nonresidential;
15' max.

Finish Level above Sidewalk 36" max.

Distance between Stairs 25' max.

C. Additional Requirements
All nonresidential ground floor Shopfronts that front onto the Terrace shall be accessed from the Terrace.

A covered entry is allowed but not required.

Lot Line Primary Front Lot Line Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line Setback Line
Key
119
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.110: Terrace

25.05.120 Gateway
Local example in the East Beach neighborhood
Local example in the Upper East neighborhood
Local example in the Downtown neighborhood
A. Description
A Gateway links the right-of-way to an uncovered interior courtyard by way of a covered passage. Building entrances may occur in the interior courtyard or along the covered passageway.

A Gateway may be combined with a Shopfront (25.05.100). 120
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 B. Required Elements
Portal (into Passageway)
Width, Clear 6' min.; 12' max.

Height, Clear 10' min.; 20' max.

Finish Level above Sidewalk 24" max.

Passageway (into Courtyard)
Depth, Clear 10' min.; 40' max.

Height, Clear 10' min.; 20' max.

Width, Clear 6' min.

Courtyard
As required by Section 25.04.130 (Large Courtyard).

C. Additional Requirements
Occupiable space is required between the Courtyard
and right-of-way.

Lighting is required within the Gateway in compliance
with Section 25.03.060 (Lighting).

Sidewalk Sidewalk
Lot Line
Lot Line Primary Front
Primary Front
Lot/Design Site Line Setback Line
Key
121
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.120: Gateway

25.05.130 Arcade
Local example in the Oak Park neighborhood
Local example in the Downtown neighborhood
Local example in the Downtown neighborhood
A. Description
An Arcade is a recessed, one-story pedestrian circulation area provided at grade that is articulated with a colonnade or arches that span the majority of the façade. It provides access to the main entrance along the primary front or
secondary front façade.

An Arcade may be combined with a Forecourt (25.05.080)
or Shopfront (25.05.100).
122
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 B. Required Elements
Depth, Clear 10' min.; 20' max.

Ground Floor Height, Clear 12' min.

Height 1 story max.

Columns & Openings
Column Proportions
(width to height)
1:4 min.1
; 1:8 max.

Column Diameter 1' min.; 2'-6" max.

Opening Proportions
(width to height)
1:1.6 min.; 1:2 max.

Spacing Between Columns 10'-0" min.';
15'-0" max. on center
The distance from the top of the arch to bottom of the next structural floor plate above shall be greater than the width of any supporting column and less than the radius of any arch.
1 1:5 min. for columns expressed with entasis.

C. Additional Requirements
Occupiable space
Arcades shall have a consistent depth across the entire primary front and/or secondary front façade.

Arcades shall occupy at least 50% of façade on lots over 50 feet wide; no minimum for lots 50 feet wide or less.

Lighting is required within the Arcade in compliance with Section 25.03.060 (Lighting).

Sidewalk Sidewalk
Lot Line Lot Line
Primary
Front
Primary
Front
Lot/Design Site Line Setback Line
Key
123
Frontages
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.05.130: Arcade
124
Frontages
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 This page intentionally left blank

25.06.010 Purpose
This Chapter sets forth architectural design standards to further refine intended building form and physical character. The styles were created to be harmonious with Santa Barbara's distinctive built environment and were selected to represent the most prevalent existing architectural styles. The Architectural Styles Map requires certain styles in areas of the city including those that are highly visible to the public or adjacent to sensitive historic resources. These standards supplement the standards in Chapter 25.02 (Zones), Chapter 25.04 (Building Types), and Chapter 25.05 (Frontages).

25.06.020 General Requirements
A. Façades. All façades shall be designed in compliance with the standards of this Chapter, Chapter 25.05 (Frontages), and Section 25.04.160 (Massing and Facade Composition).

1. Unless stated otherwise, all subsections within each architectural style group ('style') identified in this Chapter apply to all façades of a building, including primary front façades, secondary front façades, interior façades, and interior courtyard façades.

B. Architectural Styles.

1. One architectural style shall be selected for each new building in compliance with Section 25.01.120 (Architectural Styles Map).

2. Projects located in Historic Districts, Landmark Districts, or Potential Historic Districts are limited to the architectural styles required for that district, as described in either Chapter 30.57 (Landmark District and Historic District Overlay Zone), or the City’s Historic Resource Design Guidelines, as applicable.

If an architectural style is required in a Historic District, Landmarks District, or Potential Historic District, but is not available in this Chapter, it is not allowed to be approved under this Title.

3. Projects using styles not included in this Chapter are not allowed to be approved under this Title.

4. The Industrial sub-style is limited to projects in the M-C Manufacturing Commercial or CO-CAR Coastal-Oriented Commercial, Arts, and Recreation base zones as shown on the Architectural Styles Map.

5. All buildings on a single design site shall use the same style.

Chapter 25.06 Architectural Design
Sections:

25.06.010 Purpose

25.06.020 General Requirements

25.06.030 Quick Code Guide: Architectural Design Standards

25.06.040 Craftsman Style Group

25.06.050 Mediterranean Style Group

25.06.060 Contemporary Style Group
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards 125 C. Elements.

1. Within each style, the standards for architectural elements apply to each architectural element wherever that element appears on a new building.

2. Individual element types (e.g., balconies, storefronts) or components (e.g., cornice, brackets) may be included or omitted on any given façade, but where included shall comply with the standards for the selected style, including the stated nominal dimensional standards.

3. Elements and components are required only where explicitly indicated.

D. All Styles Requirements. The following standards apply to each architectural style group.

1. Walls.
(a) Structural expansion joints shall be concealed by placement, color selection, or use of façade plane change.
(b) Stucco wall finish shall extend below the weep screed, flush with the wall surface above, and continue for a minimum of two inches below finish grade. (c) Wall flashing to be anodized or painted to match wall, trim, or other main color of the building.

2. Skylights.
(a) Skylights shall be curb or deck mounted in line with the roof pitch. Domed skylights are not allowed.
(b) Skylights shall not be publicly visible. Skylights may be screened by the building form, landscape, or parapet.

3. Windows
(a) Glazing divisions shall be positioned exterior to glass panes.

4. Dimensions. Lumber dimensions for trellises and carports are nominal.

5. Materials and Colors
(a) Wood and composite wood shall be stained, sealed, or painted. (b) Where used, metal shall be painted or treated to prevent shiny or reflective finishes. (c) Paint, textile, and metal colors shall be selected from the Santa Barbara Guide: A Guide to Painting Buildings.
(d) Wrought iron shall have a minimum one-half-inch cross section. 126
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.020: General Requirements
Before you begin
Identify your zone. If you have not done this yet, go back to the Quick Code Guide:

Development Standards (Section 25.01.130).

Identify the architectural styles that
are allowed at your project location.

Section 25.01.120 (Architectural Styles Map)
Identify your architectural style
group and select one of the 2 substyles within that group to apply.

Subsections A-B of 25.06.040 (Craftsman Style
Group), 25.06.050 (Mediterranean Style Group),
or 25.06.060 (Contemporary Style Group)
Comply with wall and building roof
form standards of selected sub-style.

Subsections C-G of Architectural Style
Comply with external elements standards
and material standards of selected substyle
Subsections L up to Q of Architectural Style
Comply with window and door standards
of selected sub-style.

Subsections H-K of Architectural Style
Instructions Location

25.06.030 Quick Code Guide: Architectural Design Standards Comply with the applicable
standards for massing and façade
composition.

Section 25.04.160 (Massing and Façade
Composition)
127
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.030: Quick Code Guide: Architectural Design Standards A. General Description
Craftsman Sub-Style
The Craftsman style emerged in the American west and was inspired by the English Arts and Crafts movement. The Craftsman bungalow house was prevalent from the 1900s to the 1940s. Since that time, it has been adapted to multi-unit and mixed-use prototypes.

Cottage Sub-Style
Prevalent in the early 20th century, the Cottage style, like Craftsman, was influenced by the English Arts and Crafts movement and its affinity for pre-industrial models. In Santa Barbara, the Cottage style accommodates a range of primarily Northern European vernacular expressions. Windows, bay windows, balconies, porches, and materials are based on elements used in these traditions.

25.06.040 Craftsman Style Group
128
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
B. Character Description: Craftsman
Massing of two and a half stories or less
Low-pitched roofs with deep eaves and exposed rafter tails Horizontally proportioned openings made from ganged
vertical windows
Emphasis on natural-appearing materials, including
composite wood shingles
Asymmetrical composition with wall plane broken by
projecting gable ends
Wall plane broken by projecting and/or recessed elements B. Character Description: Cottage
Massing of two and a half stories or less
Asymmetrical massing with front-facing gables
Steeply-pitched shingle roof with low eaves; minimal
projection at eave and rake
Windows with evenly-spaced divided lites
Stucco walls with or without half-timbering
Mix of arched doors and square, though occasionally
segmented arched, windows
129
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
Elements of Craftsman Style
Example Building Elevation: Craftsman
C.1 Wall: Craftsman
Height Limitation
Building Height 2.5 stories max.

Trim1
Width 6" min.
1 Trim not required on portions of buildings where stucco, masonry, or stone is the primary wall material.

Storefront (Subsection N)
Window (Subsection H)
Base (Subsection C)
Entry Door (Subsection K)
Roof (Subsection D)
Rake (Subsection E)
Wall (Subsection C)
Eave (Subsection F)
Dormer (Subsection J)
Awning (Subsection O)
Base Middle Top
C.1. Wall: Craftsman (Continued)
Base
Height 1'-0" min.; 1 story max.

Required
Articulation
Projecting Profile/Molding
Base is required for this sub-style.
130
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
Elements of Cottage Style
Example Building Elevation: Cottage
Storefront (Subsection N)
Window (Subsection H)
Base (Subsection C)
Entry Door (Subsection K)
Roof (Subsection D)
Rake (Subsection E)
Wall (Subsection C)
Eave (Subsection F)
C.2. Wall: Cottage
Height Limitation
Building Height 2.5 stories max.

Trim2
Edge Trim Width 4" min.

Half-Timbering Width 8" min.

Dormer (Subsection J)
Base Middle Top
C.2. Wall: Cottage (Continued)
Base
Height 1 story max.

Required Articulation Projecting Profile/Molding
Base is not required for this sub-style.
2 Trim not required on portions of buildings where stucco, masonry, or stone is the primary wall material.
131
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
Gable End Elevation
D.1. Building Roof: Craftsman
Roof Form
Type Gable, Hip, Shed3
Pitch 3:12 min.; 8:12 max.
3 High side of shed roof must terminate into wall.

Rake Section: Cottage
Rake Section: Craftsman with Bracket
E.1. Rake: Craftsman
Height
Fascia 10" min.

Bracket Bracing Member 4" min.

Horizontal Projection
To Fascia: Main Roof Form 1'-8" min. 3'-0" max;
To Fascia: Dormer 8" min. 1'-2" max;
Bracket Projection Beyond
Fascia
No min.; 1'-0" max.

E.2. Rake: Cottage
Height
Fascia 8" min.

Horizontal Projection
Projection to Fascia 8" min.

D.2. Building Roof: Cottage
Roof Form
Type Gable, Shed4
Pitch 8:12 min.
4 High side of shed roof must terminate into wall.
132
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
Open Eave Elevation: Craftsman Open Eave Elevation: Cottage Closed Eave Elevation: Cottage
F.2. Eave: Cottage
Standards Open Eave Closed Eave
Height
Rafter 8" min. N/A
Horizontal Projection6
Overall 1'-0" min. 1'-0" min.
6 Horizontal projection includes gutter, where occurs.

F.1. Eave: Craftsman
Standards Open Eave Closed Eave
Height
Rafter 8" min. N/A
Horizontal Projection5
Main Roof Form 2'-6" min. N/A
Dormer 8" min. N/A
5 Horizontal projection includes gutter, where occurs.

G. Parapet: All
Flat roofs with parapets are not allowed in this style
group. See Subsection E (Rake) and Subsection F (Eave)
for standards applicable to sloped roofs.
133
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
H. Windows: All
Opening Proportion, Height to Width
Typical Window
Ground Floor 2:1 min.

Typical Upper Floor 7:4 min.

Accent Window
Rectangle 3:2 min. (2'-6" max. width)
Square 1:1 min. (3'-0" max. width)
Ganged Window 3:5 min.

Picture Window 6:5 min.

Dormer Window 7:4 min.

Window
Sash Widths
Rail 2" min.

Stile 2" min.

Trim Widths7
Head 6" min.

Jamb 6" min.

Apron 3" min.

H. Windows: All (Continued)
Window Frame Recess
Depth 2" min. from face of surround
to face of sash
Sill Projection
Depth 2" min. from face of surround
Pediment
Allowed No
Mullions
Mullions required between ganged windows.
7 Trim required for windows only on buildings or parts of buildings with lap siding.

Typical Window Elevation:

Craftsman (Shown with 6 over 1
Glazing Division)
Typical Window Elevation:

Cottage (Shown with 20
Parts Glazing Division)
Ganged Window Elevation: Craftsman with 4 over 1 and 6 over 1 Glazing Divisions
134
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
I. Bay Windows: All
Form
Type Square, Chamfered
Interior Angle for
Chamfered Form
30 degrees min.;
55 degrees max.

Continuous horizontal articulation on building shall wrap bay window form.

Dimensions
Width 6'-0" min.; 12'-0" max.

Depth 1'-0" min.; 4'-0" max.

Bay window that does not extend to grade shall be
supported on brackets.

Bay window form shall be vertically continuous from lowest bay window to highest bay window.

Allowed Cornice Treatments
Bay window stops below building eave (provide roof or
cornice for bay window).

Corner Placement
At building corner, square bay window may be rotated 45 degrees.

When wrapping a corner, chamfered bay window may
incorporate up to five faces instead of the typical three.

Bay Window Plan: Chamfered Bay Window Elevation
H.1. Windows: Craftsman
Opening
Shape Rectangular
Window
Operation Double-Hung, SingleHung, Awning, Casement,
Fixed
Glazing Divisions 4 over 1, 6 over 1, or 10 over 1
Width of lites shall be no greater than their height.

H.2. Windows: Cottage
Opening
Shape Rectangular, Arched
Window
Operation Double-Hung, SingleHung, Awning, Casement,
Fixed
Glazing Divisions 6 parts min.;
24 parts max.

Width of lites shall be no greater than their height.

Bay Window Plan: Square
Brackets
135
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
J.1. Dormers: Craftsman
Roof Form
Type Shed
Pitch 3:12 min.; 7:12 max.

Horizontal Projection
Rake See Subsection E.1 (Rake)
for rake standards.

Eave See Subsection F.1 (Eave)
for eave standards.

Placement
Setback from Side Façade 3'-0" min.

Setback from Façade to
Face of Dormer
1'-0" min.

Dormers shall not interrupt continuity of main building roof eave.

Window
See Subsection H (Windows) for window standards.

J.2. Dormers: Cottage
Roof Form
Type Gable, Hip
Pitch 6:12 min.; 10:12 max.

Horizontal Projection
Rake See Subsection E.2 (Rake)
for rake standards.

Eave See Subsection F.2 (Eave)
for eave standards.

Placement
Setback from Side Façade 3'-0" min.

Setback from Façade to
Face of Dormer
1'-0" min.

Dormers shall not interrupt continuity of main building roof eave.

Window
See Subsection H (Windows) for window standards.

Dormer Elevation: Craftsman Dormer Elevation: Cottage Shown with Gable Roof 136
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
K.1. Entry Doors: Craftsman
Door
Number of Panels 2 min.8
Lite Types/Glazing Divisions
Vision Glass 3 parts min.

Half Glass 6 parts min.

Full Glass 3 parts min. over 1
Surround
Span Type Lintel
Head Width 6" min.

Jamb Width 4" min.

Glazed Openings
Transom Allowed
Sidelights Allowed
Placement
No portion of door shall be allowed within 1'-6" of outside corners of building.

Doors shall be centered along width of balconies and
arches, where occurs.
8 Panels not required for full glass lite type.

K.2. Entry Doors: Cottage
Door
Number of Panels 2 min.9
Lite Types/Glazing Divisions
Vision Glass 4 parts min.

Half Glass 8 parts min.

Full Glass 16 parts min.

Surround
Span Type Lintel, Arch
Head Width 6" min.

Jamb Width 4" min.

Glazed Openings
Transom Allowed
Sidelights Allowed
Placement
No portion of door shall be allowed within 1'-6" of outside corners of building.

Doors shall be centered along width of balconies and
arches, where occurs.
9 Panels not required for full glass lite type.

Vision Glass Door Elevation
with Two Panels and Square Span
Half Glass Door Elevation
with Three Panels and Sidelights
Full Glass Door Elevation
with Transom: Craftsman
137
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
L.1. Columns/Pilasters: Craftsman
Columns + Pilasters
Shape Square, Square Tapered
Width/Diameter 9" min. each
Spacing 9'-6" min., 12'-0" max. on center
Pedestal Height10 3'-0" min.

Entablature/Beam
Connection
Capital, Mortise and Tenon
Columns may be paired.

Columns must not span multiple stories.

Additional Features
Paneling Allowed
Fluting Not Allowed
Entablature Height
Topmost Floor 1'-6" min.

Intermediate Floor 10" min.

Guard/Railing
Allowed Types Square, Flat Sawn
Width Between
Posts
3'-0" min. on center
10 Pedestal may be omitted.

L.2. Columns/Pilasters: Cottage
Columns + Pilasters
Shape Square
Width/Diameter 6" min. each
Spacing 8'-0" max. on center
Pedestal Height11 3'-0" min.

Entablature/Beam
Connection
Capital, Mortise and Tenon
Columns may be paired.

Columns must not span multiple stories.

Additional Features
Paneling Allowed
Fluting Not Allowed
Entablature
Topmost Floor 1'-6" min.

Intermediate Floor 10" min.

Guard/Railing
Allowed Types Square, Flat Sawn
Width Between
Posts
3'-0" min. on center
11 Pedestal may be omitted.

One-Story Porch with Paired Square Columns on Pedestals and Mortise and Tenon Connection: Cottage
One-Story Porch with Square Tapered Column and Capital
Connection: Craftsman
138
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
Occupiable Balcony with Flat Sawn Railing, Front Elevation Handrail
Post
Railing
Fascia
Brackets
Juliet Balcony with Flat Sawn Railing, Front Elevation
M. Balconies: All
Allowed Types
Type 1 - Juliet Balcony
Inward-swinging door with full glazing required
Base Height 3" min.

Base Projection 4" min.; 2'-0" max.

Type 2 - Occupiable Balcony
Clear Depth 6'-0" min.

Area 48 sq. ft. min.

Recess into Façade 4'-6" max.

Overall Width 10'-0" max.

Occupiable Balcony with Square Railing, Front Elevation M. Balconies: All (Continued)
Guard/Railing
Allowed Types Square, Flat Sawn
Height Per Building Code
Width Between Posts 3'-0" min. on center
Brackets/Supports
Allowed Types Brackets, Cantilevered Beams
Depth 80% of projection depth
at bracket, min.

Height 50% of bracket depth,
min.

Spacing 6'-0" on center, max.

Handrail
Post
Railing
Fascia
Brackets
139
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
N. Storefronts: All
Width
Storefront Module12 10'-0" min.; 25'-0" max.

Display Window 3'-0" min.; 6'-0" max.

Distance Between
Storefront Modules
1'-0" min.; 6'-0" max.

Height
Overall 13'-0" min.

Head Height 10'-0" min.

Cornice 10" min.

Signage Band 1'-6" min.

Bulkhead 1'-0" min.; 2'-0" max.

Horizontal Recess
Depth 6" min.; 1'-0" max.13
Bulkhead shall be continuous, unless divided by pilaster, and align with base height of building (if any).

Cornice shall be continuous.
12 May be expressed as a pilaster. See Subsection L
(Columns/Pilasters)
13 No max. depth for residential entries.

Storefront Section Storefront Elevation
140
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
Awning Section: Craftsman Awning Elevation: Craftsman
O. Awning: All
Awning
Eave Height 6" min.

Horizontal Projection14 3'-0" min.

Required Support
Elements
Brackets
Bracket Width 4" min.

Roof Pitch 3:12 min.
14 Horizontal projection includes gutter, where occurs.

P. Trellises and Carports: All
Dimensions
Post 8" x 8" min.

Main and Cross Beam 4" x 8" min.15
Rafter 2" x 4" min.

Purlin or Lattice 2" x 2" min.

Overhang
Beams 3'-0" max.

Purlin or Lattice 2'-0" max.

Trellis 1'-6" max.
15 Paired 2" x 8" members are allowed when placed on both sides of the supporting posts.

Trellis Diagram
Bracket
141
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
Q.1. Materials: Craftsman
Element Allowed Materials
Building Walls
Cladding Shingle or lap siding (wood,
composite wood, fiber cement),
stucco
Base or Foundation Stucco, stone, cast stone,
colored or painted concrete
Roof and Roof Elements
Roofing Shingles (composite wood, slate,
dimensional or luxury asphalt
shingles to mimic the look of
wood or slate); standing seam
metal (black, white, or reflective
metal finishes are prohibited)
Rake and Eave Wood, composite wood
Cornice Wood, composite wood
Brackets Wood, composite wood,
fiberglass
Gutter Half-round copper, metal
Windows, Bay Windows, and Entry Doors
Trim or Surround Wood, composite wood, fiber
cement
Entry Door Wood, composite wood,
aluminum-clad wood, fiberglass
Window Frames Wood, aluminum-clad wood
Glazing Clear glass; shall not be tinted,
mirrored, or colored
Garages
Garage Door16 Wood, composite wood,
fiberglass
Balconies
Post, Handrail, Fascia,
and Support Members
Wood, composite wood, solid
metal
Railing Wood, composite wood, metal
Porches
Columns Wood, composite wood,
sandstone, metal
Railing Wood, composite wood, solid
metal
Q.1. Materials: Craftsman (Continued)
Element Allowed Materials
Storefronts
Storefront Module Wood, composite wood, metal,
fiberglass
Storefront Base
(Bulkhead)
Wood, brick, stone, tile, fiber
cement
Chimneys
Cap Copper, steel
Body Brick, stone, cast stone
(including veneers of any of the
above)
Exterior Building Lighting
Body and Mount Wrought iron, metal
Shield Clear, translucent, punched,
louvers
Stairs and Ramps
Treads and Risers Wood, composite wood, stucco,
brick, stone
Handrails Wood, composite wood, stucco,
stone, wrought iron, metal
Trellises and Carports
Spanning Members Wood, composite wood
Trellis Posts Wood, composite wood
Carport Support Posts Wood, composite wood, stucco
Trash Enclosure
Walls Wood, composite wood, stucco
Fences and Hedges
Walls Stucco, brick, stone (faux
manufactured stone veneer
is prohibited), concrete
block (coated and painted or
pigmented to match the main
building)
Fences17 Wood, composite wood, wrought
iron, metal, chain link (vinylcoated black or green)
16 Metal roll up doors are allowed only if not publicly visible.

Metal security grilles are allowed for parking structures. 17 Publicly visible fences may not be chain link unless screened with vines.
142
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group
Q.2. Materials: Cottage
Element Allowed Materials
Building Walls
Cladding Wood, composite wood, stucco,
brick, stone, fiber cement
Base or Foundation Stucco, brick, stone, cast stone,
colored or painted concrete
Roof and Roof Elements
Roofing Shingles (composite wood, slate,
dimensional or luxury asphalt
shingles to mimic the look of
wood or slate)
Rake and Eave Wood, composite wood
Cornice Wood, composite wood
Brackets Wood, composite wood,
fiberglass
Gutter Half-round copper, metal
Windows, Bay Windows, and Entry Doors
Trim or Surround Wood, composite wood, fiber
cement
Entry Door Wood, composite wood,
aluminum-clad wood, fiberglass
Window Frames Wood, aluminum-clad wood
Glazing Clear glass; shall not be tinted,
mirrored, or colored
Garages
Garage Door18 Wood, composite wood,
fiberglass
Balconies
Post, Handrail, Fascia,
and Support Members
Wood, composite wood, solid
metal
Railing Wood, composite wood, metal
Porches
Columns Wood, composite wood, metal,
fiberglass
Railing Composite wood, wood, solid
metal
Storefronts
Storefront Module Wood, composite wood, metal
Storefront Base
(Bulkhead)
Wood, stucco, brick, fiber cement
Q.2. Materials: Cottage (Continued)
Element Allowed Materials
Chimneys
Cap Copper, steel
Body Brick, stone, cast stone
(including veneers of any of the
above)
Exterior Building Lighting
Body and Mount Wrought iron, metal
Shield Clear, translucent, punched,
louvers
Stairs and Ramps
Treads and Risers Wood, composite wood, stucco,
brick, stone
Handrails Wood, composite wood, stucco,
stone, wrought iron, metal
Trellises and Carports
Spanning Members Wood, composite wood
Trellis Posts Wood, composite wood
Carport Support Posts Wood, composite wood, stucco
Trash Enclosure
Walls Wood, composite wood, stucco
Fences and Hedges
Walls Stucco, brick, stone (faux
manufactured stone veneer
is prohibited), concrete
block (coated and painted or
pigmented to match the main
building)
Fences19 Wood, composite wood, wrought
iron, metal, chain link (vinylcoated black or green)
18 Metal roll up doors are allowed only if not publicly visible.

Metal security grilles (including roll up function) are allowed for parking structures.
19 Publicly visible fences may not be chain link unless screened with vines.
143
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.040: Craftsman Style Group

25.06.050 Mediterranean Style Group
A. General Description
Spanish Colonial Revival Sub-Style
The Spanish Colonial Revival style is a reflection of Santa Barbara's Spanish architectural tradition. The sub-style adheres to simple building massing, the impression of traditional masonry construction, prominence of clay tile roof forms, and craftsmanship with an emphasis on raw materials.

Italian Mediterranean Sub-Style
While similar to the Spanish Colonial Revival style in terms of cladding and materials, the Italian Mediterranean style is expressed through the symmetrical and formal composition of openings, the cornice detailing at rakes and eaves, and the types of columns and pilasters used.
144
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
B.1. Character Description: Spanish Colonial Revival
Flat roofs or low-pitched gabled and/or hipped roofs, often stepped and with simple eave and cornice details
Red cap-and-pan, terra-cotta clay roof tile installed with a scattered field pattern, random mortar lifts, and selectively placed booster tile
Flat, rectilinear wall plane with symmetrical or
asymmetrical compositions of vertically proportioned
punched openings without trim
Stucco as primary façade material with stucco or wood
attached elements, and decorative tile at surrounds/stairs Architectural details and materials display influence of Spanish and Moorish architecture
Ornamental elements, such as chimneys, vents, and gutters B.2. Character Description: Italian Mediterranean
Low-pitched hipped roofs clad in red tile with boxed eaves, often bracketed
Flat, rectilinear wall plane with vertically proportioned punched openings without trim
Stucco as primary façade material with stucco, wood, or metal attached elements
Formal and/or symmetrical composition of doors and
windows
Use of classical orders, including columns and pilasters, to accentuate entrances and openings
145
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Base Middle Top
Elements of Spanish Colonial Revival Style
Example Building Elevation: Spanish Colonial Revival
Storefront (Subsection N)
Window (Subsection H)
Entry Door (Subsection K)
Roof (Subsection D)
Rake (Subsection E)
Wall (Subsection C)
Eave (Subsection F)
C. Wall: All
Base
Base is not required for this style group.

C. Wall: All (Continued)
Wall Projections
Wall projections are allowed, but not required.

Depth 1'-0" min.

Provide lintel for full width of projection.

Balcony (Subsection M)
Awning (Subsection O)
Projecting Profile serving as
articulation between base and
middle (allowed; not required)
146
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Base Middle Top
Example Building Elevation: Italian Mediterranean
Storefront (Subsection N)
Window (Subsection H)
Entry Door (Subsection K)
Roof (Subsection D)
Wall (Subsection C)
Eave (Subsection F)
Elements of Italian Mediterranean Style
Awning (Subsection O)
Projecting Profile serving as
articulation between base and
middle (allowed; not required)
147
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Gable End Elevation Rake Section (with Ornamental Scored Scallop Pattern) Rake Elevation (with Ornamental Scored Scallop Pattern) D. Building Roof: All
Standards Sloped Roof Flat Roof
Roof Form
Type Gable, Hip, Shed1 Flat2,3
Pitch 3:12 min.; 6:12 max. N/A
Applicable Subsections
E. Rake Applies N/A
F. Eave Applies N/A
G. Parapet N/A Applies
Roof Tile Installation Standards
Starter course shall be double tiled, min.

Unpigmented mortar required at birdstops, hips, and
ridges.

Attic Vents
Placement Centered within gable
E. Rake: All
Allowed Ornament4
Height 1'-0" min.

Projection to Rake Tile 3" min.
4 Scored scallop pattern shall align with tile breaks, where occurs.

D. Building Roof: All (Continued)
1 High side of shed roof must terminate into wall.
2 Flat roof parapets that are publicly visible cannot
exceed 25% of the building length, or 25' max.,
whichever is greater.
3 In the El Pueblo Viejo Landmark District, flat roof
parapets cannot be publicly visible.
148
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Open Eave Elevation: Italian Mediterranean
Returned Eave Elevation: Italian Mediterranean
Closed Eave Section: Spanish Colonial Revival Closed Eave Section: Italian Mediterranean Open Eave Section: Italian Mediterranean
Returned Eave Section: Italian Mediterranean
F.2. Eave: Italian Mediterranean
Standards Closed Open Returned
Horizontal Projection6
Overall 1'-0" min. 3'-0" min. 2'-6" min.

Fascia/Cornice Molding
Height 1'-0" min. N/A 6" min.

Allowed Rafter Tails and Supports
Type N/A Shaped,
Plumb Cut
Shaped
Height N/A 8" min. 1'-0" min.

Width N/A 3" min. 3" min.

Spacing N/A 2'-0" max. on
center
2'-0" max.
on center
Placement N/A Below
decking
Below
fascia
6 Horizontal projection includes gutter.

F.1. Eave: Spanish Colonial Revival
Standards Closed Open Returned
Horizontal Projection5
Overall 3" min. N/A N/A
5 Horizontal projection includes gutter.

Support
Rafter Tail
149
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
G. Parapet: All
Allowed Ornament
Type Wall Moulding at Top of
Parapet
Height 2'-0" max.

Projection 1'-0" max.

Placement Continuous with Parapet Cap
Parapet Section: Spanish Colonial Revival Parapet Elevation: Spanish Colonial Revival 150
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Sloped Roof Parapet Section: Spanish Colonial Revival Sloped Roof Parapet Section: Italian Mediterranean Sloped Roof Parapet Elevation: Spanish Colonial Revival Sloped Roof Parapet Elevation: Italian Mediterranean G.2. Parapet: Italian Mediterranean
Sloped Roof with Parapet
Eave
Projection,
Profile, and
Supports
See Subsection F.2 (Eave) for eave
standards.

Parapet Height 2'-6" min.

Sloped roof shall extend to reach full height of parapet.

Sloped roof portion shall comply with all standards
applicable to sloped roofs in Subsection D (Building Roof).

G.1. Parapet: Spanish Colonial Revival
Sloped Roof with Parapet
Eave Projection See Subsection F.1 (Eave) for eave
standards.

Parapet Height 2'-6" min.

Sloped roof shall extend to reach full height of parapet.

Sloped roof portion shall comply with all standards
applicable to sloped roofs in Subsection D (Building Roof). 151
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Typical Window Elevation with 8 Parts Glazing Divisions:

Spanish Colonial Revival
H. Windows: All
Opening Proportion, Height to Width
Typical Window
Ground Floor 2:1 min.

Typical Upper Floor 7:4 min.

Accent Window
Rectangle 3:2 min. (2'-6" max. width)
Square 1:1 min. (3'-0" max. width)
Ganged Window 3:5 min.

Picture Window 6:5 min.

Dormer Window 7:4 min.

Opening
Shape Rectangular, Arched
Window
Operation Casement, Fixed
Glazing Divisions7 6 or 8 parts
Width of lites shall be no greater than their height.

Sash Widths
Rail 2" min.

Stile 2" min.

Moulding Widths
Head 2" min.

Jamb 2" min.

Apron None
Window Frame Recess
Depth 2" min. from face of surround
to face of sash.

H. Windows: All (Continued)
Sill Projection
Depth 2" min. from face of surround.

Pediment
Allowed Italian Mediterranean only
Mullions
Mullions required between ganged windows.

Placement
No portion of window shall be allowed within 1'-6" of
outside corners of building.
7 Glazing divisions for picture and accent windows may be one part. Italian Mediterranean may also have 10, 12, or 15 equal parts.

Ganged Window Elevation with 6 Parts Glazing Divisions:

Italian Mediterranean
152
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
J. Dormers: All
Roof Form
Type Gable
Pitch 3:12 min.; 6:12 max.

Horizontal Projection
Rake See Subsection E (Rake) for
rake standards.

Eave See Subsection F (Eave) for
eave standards.

Placement
Setback from Side Façade 3'-0" min.

Setback from Façade to
Face of Dormer
1'-0" min.

Dormers shall not interrupt continuity of main building roof eave.

Window
See Subsection H (Windows) for window standards.

Bay Window Elevation
I. Bay Windows: All
Form
Type Square
Continuous horizontal articulation on building shall wrap bay window form.

Dimensions
Width 6'-0" min.; 12'-0" max.

Depth 1'-0" min.; 4'-0" max.

Height
Bay window may extend from second story to top story.

Bay window may occupy first story on buildings less than 3 stories tall.

Bay window that does not extend to grade shall be
supported on brackets.

Bay window form shall be vertically continuous from lowest bay window to highest bay window.

Allowed Cornice Treatments
Building parapet wraps bay window.

Bay window stops below building eave (provide roof or
cornice for bay window).

Bay window terminates into building eave (bay window shall not project vertically or horizontally beyond building eave).

Dormer Elevation with Gable Roof
Bay Window Plan
Brackets
153
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
K. Entry Doors: All
Door
Number of Panels 2 min.8
Frame Recess 4" min. from face of door to face
of surround.

Lite Types/Glazing Divisions
Vision Glass 0 parts min.; 4 parts max.

Half Glass 6 parts
Full Glass 8 parts min.; 15 parts max.

Surround
Span Type Square, Arch
Glazed Openings
Transom Allowed
Sidelights Allowed
Entablature Italian Mediterranean only
Pediment Italian Mediterranean only
Placement
No portion of door shall be allowed within 1'-6" of outside corners of building.

Doors shall be centered along width of balconies and
arches, where occurs.
8 Panels not required for full glass lite type.

Vision Glass Door Elevation
with Two Panels and Arched Span
Half Glass Door Elevation
with Two Panels and Sidelights
Full Glass Door Elevation with
Transom and Entablature:

Italian Mediterranean
154
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
L.1. Columns/Pilasters: Spanish Colonial Revival
Columns + Pilasters
Shape Square, Round
Width/Diameter 8" min. each
Spacing 9'-0" max. on center
Pedestal Height9 3'-0" min.

Entablature/Beam
Connection
Capital, Bracket, Corbel
Columns must not span multiple stories.

Additional Features
Paneling Allowed
Fluting Not Allowed
Entablature Height
Topmost Floor 1'-6" min.

Intermediate Floor 10" min.

Guard/Railing
Allowed Types Square, Turned (includes balustrade),
Wall
Width Between
Posts
3'-0" min. on center
9 Pedestal may be omitted.

L.2. Columns/Pilasters: Italian Mediterranean
Columns + Pilasters
Shape Square, Round, Tuscan (Tapered)
Width/Diameter 8" min. each
Spacing 9'-0" max. on center
Pedestal Height10 3'-0" min.

Entablature/Beam
Connection
Capital
Columns must not span multiple stories.

Additional Features
Paneling Allowed
Fluting Not Allowed
Entablature Height
Topmost Floor 1'-6" min.

Intermediate Floor 10" min.

Guard/Railing
Allowed Types Square, Turned (includes balustrade),
Wall
Width Between
Posts
3'-0" min. on center
10 Pedestal may be omitted.

One-Story Porch with Round Column and Capital Connection:

Italian Mediterranean One-Story Porch with Square Column and Capital Connection:

Spanish Colonial Revival
155
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Balcony with Square Railing, Front Elevation Balcony with Turned Railing, Front Elevation Recessed Balcony with Stucco Wall, Front Elevation
Handrail
Post
Railing
Fascia
Brackets
Handrail
Post
Railing
Fascia
Brackets
Coping
Wall
Inset Panel
Juliet Balcony with Decorative Metal Railing, Front Elevation M. Balconies: All
Allowed Types
Type 1 - Juliet Balcony
Inward-swinging door with full glazing required
Base Height 3" min.

Base Projection 4" min.; 2'-0" max.

Type 2 - Occupiable Balcony
Clear Depth 6'-0" min.

Area 48 sq. ft. min.

Recess into Façade 6'-8" max.

Overall Width 10'-0" max.

M. Balconies: All (Continued)
Guard/Railing
Allowed Types Square, Turned (includes
balustrade), Wall11
Height Per Building Code
Width Between Posts 3'-0" min. on center
Brackets/Supports
Allowed Types Brackets, Cantilevered Beams
Depth 80% of projection depth
at bracket, min.

Height 50% of bracket depth,
min.

Spacing 4'-0" on center, max.
11 Wall is allowed only for recessed balconies and shall not be used for Juliet Balcony.

Recess
156
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Storefront Section Storefront Elevation
N. Storefronts: All
Width
Storefront Module12 10'-0" min.; 25'-0" max.

Display Window 3'-0" min.; 6'-0" max.

Distance Between
Storefront Modules
1'-6" min.; 6'-0" max.

Height
Overall None
Head Height 10'-0" min.

Cornice None
Signage Band None
Bulkhead 1'-0" min.; 2'-0" max.

Horizontal Recess
Depth 1'-0" min.; 2'-0" max.13
Bulkhead shall be continuous, unless divided by pilaster, and align with base height of building (if any).

For arched storefronts, see Section 25.05.130 (Arcades). 12 May be expressed with pilasters. See Subsection L
(Columns/Pilasters)
13 No max. depth for residential entries.
157
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
O. Awning: All
Awning Design
Horizontal Projection 3'-0" min.

Offset from Opening 6" max.

Surface Shape14 Angled Surface with Open
Sides
Valance Shape Straight
Required Support
Elements
Finials15
The bottom edge of the valance shall fall below the
window or door head height, unless this conflicts with
minimum clear height standards.

Supports shall not be installed horizontally, and shall angle up from the point of wall attachment at an angle
equal to the slope of the awning surface.
14 Horizontally segmented, curved, and domed awnings are prohibited, except that curved awnings are allowed for an arched opening if placed within the arch such that the form and depth of the arch are still visible.
15 Finials must be spear points in the Spanish Colonial Revival sub-style.

Awning Section Awning Elevation with
Straight Valance
Support
Element
with
Finial
P. Trellises and Carports: All
Dimensions
Post 8" x 8" min.

Main and Cross Beam 4" x 8" min.16
Rafter 2" x 4" min.

Purlin or Lattice 2" x 2" min.

Overhang
Beams 3'-0" max.

Purlin or Lattice 2'-0" max.

Trellis 1'-6" max.
16 Paired 2" x 8" members are allowed when placed on
both sides of the supporting posts.

Trellis Diagram
158
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Q.1. Materials and Colors: Spanish Colonial Revival
Element Allowed Materials
Building Walls
Cladding Stucco
Accent Materials Stone, tile
Projection Materials Wood, cast-stone
Roof and Roof Elements
Roofing 17 Two-piece (cap-and-pan) terracotta clay barrel tiles Rake and Eave Wood, composite wood, stucco
Cornice Wood, composite wood, stucco
Brackets and Corbels Wood, composite wood, stucco,
fiberglass
Parapet Cap Stucco, two-piece (cap-and-pan)
terra-cotta clay barrel tiles
Finials Metal (copper, cast iron, steel)
Attic and Mechanical Vents
Vent Masonry, terra-cotta clay barrel
tiles, wood louvers, wrought iron
grill
Gutters, Downspouts, and Leaderheads
Gutter Profile Half-round
Downspout Profile Round
Materials Copper18, metal
Windows, Bay Windows, and Entry Doors
Entry Door Wood, composite wood,
aluminum-clad wood, fiberglass
Window Frames Wood, aluminum-clad wood,
steel
Door/Window
Surrounds
Stucco, stone, cast stone, tile
Sill Stucco, stone, cast stone
Glazing Clear glass; shall not be tinted,
mirrored, or colored
Garages
Garage Door19 Wood, composite wood,
fiberglass
Balconies
Post, Handrail, Fascia,
Railing, and Brackets
Wood, composite wood, wrought
iron, metal20
Deck Soffit Wood, composite wood, stucco,
wrought iron, tile (glazed, terracotta), metal
Q.1. Materials and Colors: Spanish Colonial Revival (Con't) Element Allowed Materials
Porches
Columns Wood, composite wood, stucco
fiberglass, metal
Railing Wood, composite wood, wrought
iron
Storefronts
Storefront Module Wood, composite wood, metal
Storefront Base
(Bulkhead)
Stucco, tile
Chimneys
Cap Stucco, terra-cotta clay barrel
tiles, copper, steel
Body Stucco, brick, stone, cast stone
(including veneers of any of the
above)
Exterior Building Lighting
Body and Mount Wrought iron, metal
Shield Clear, translucent, punched,
louvers
Stairs and Ramps
Treads and Risers Wood, composite wood, stucco,
brick, stone, tile, concrete20
Handrails Wood, composite wood, stucco
stone, wrought iron, metal
Trellises and Carports
Spanning Members Wood
Trellis Posts Wood
Carport Support Posts Wood, composite wood, stucco,
Connections Steel, iron
Trash Enclosure
Walls Wood, composite wood, stucco
Fences and Hedges
Walls Stucco, stone (faux
manufactured stone veneer is
prohibited)
Fences21 Wood, composite wood, wrought
iron, metal, chain link (vinylcoated black or green)
Stucco wall finish shall be smooth trowel, with 1/2" to 3/4" bull-nosed corners.

Accent tile shall be 6" x 6" minimum.
159
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Q.1. Materials and Colors: Spanish Colonial Revival (Con't) Element Allowed Materials
Where used, "metal" and "wrought iron" shall be solid
metal (not hollow tube).
17 Applies to pitched roof forms; visible birdstops not allowed.
18 Required on façades facing rights-of-way and community open spaces.
19 Metal roll up doors are allowed only if not publicly visible.

Metal security grilles are allowed for parking structures. 20 Allowed on façades not facing streets and community
open spaces.
21 Chain link fences are prohibited within the El Pueblo Viejo Landmark District. In other locations, publicly visible chain link fences are prohibited unless screened with vines.

Q.2. Materials and Colors: Italian Mediterranean
Element Allowed Materials
Wall
Cladding Stucco
Accent Materials Tile, stone
Roof and Roof Elements
Roofing22 Two-piece (cap-and-pan) terracotta clay barrel tiles Rake and Eave Wood, composite wood, stucco
Cornice Wood, composite wood, stucco,
cast stone, fiberglass
Brackets and Corbels Wood, composite wood, stucco,
fiberglass
Parapet Cap Stucco, two-piece (cap-and-pan)
terra-cotta clay barrel tiles
Finials Metal (copper, cast iron, steel)
Attic and Mechanical Vents
Vent Masonry, terra-cotta clay barrel
tiles, wood louvers, wrought iron
grill
Gutters, Downspouts, and Leaderheads
Gutter Profile Half-round
Downspout Profile Round
Materials Copper23, metal
Windows, Bay Windows, and Entry Doors
Entry Door Wood, composite wood
aluminum-clad wood, steel,
fiberglass
Window Frames Wood, aluminum-clad wood,
steel
Door/Window
Surrounds
Stucco, stone, cast stone, tile
Sill Stucco, stone, cast stone
Glazing Clear glass; shall not be tinted,
mirrored, or colored
Garages
Garage Door24 Wood, composite wood,
fiberglass
Balconies
Post, Handrail, Fascia,
Railing, and Brackets
Wood, composite wood, cast
stone, wrought iron, metal,
fiberglass
160
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group
Q.2. Materials and Colors: Italian Mediterranean (Con't) Element Allowed Materials
Deck Soffit Wood, composite wood, stucco,
tile (glazed, terra-cotta), wrought
iron, metal
Porches
Columns Wood, composite wood, stucco,
cast stone, metal, fiberglass
Railing Wood, composite wood, cast
stone, wrought iron , fiberglass
Storefronts
Storefront Module Wood, composite wood, metal
Storefront Base
(Bulkhead)
Stucco, tile
Chimneys
Cap Stucco, terra-cotta clay barrel
tiles, copper, steel
Body Stucco, brick, stone, cast stone
(including veneers of any of the
above)
Exterior Building Lighting
Body and Mount Wrought iron, metal
Shield Clear, translucent, punched,
louvers
Stairs and Ramps
Treads and Risers Stucco, brick, stone, tile,
concrete25
Handrails Wood, composite wood, stucco,
stone, wrought iron, metal
Trellises and Carports
Spanning Members Wood
Trellis Posts Wood
Carport Support Posts Wood, composite wood,stucco,
Connections Steel, iron
Trash Enclosure
Walls Wood, composite wood, stucco
Fences and Hedges
Walls Stucco, stone (faux
manufactured stone veneer is
prohibited)
Fences26 Wood, composite wood, wrought
iron, metal, chain link (vinylcoated black or green)
Q.2. Materials and Colors: Italian Mediterranean (Con't) Element Allowed Materials
Stucco wall finish shall be smooth trowel, with 1/2" to 3/4" bull-nosed corners.

Accent tile shall be 6" x 6" minimum.

Where used, "metal" and "wrought iron" shall be solid
metal (not hollow tube).
22 Applies to pitched roof forms; visible birdstops not allowed.
23 Required on façades facing streets and community open spaces.
24 Metal roll up doors are allowed only if not publicly visible.

Metal security grilles (including roll up function) are allowed for parking structures.
25 Allowed on façades not facing streets and community
open spaces.
26 Chain link fences are prohibited within the El Pueblo Viejo Landmark District. In other locations, publicly visible chain link fences are prohibited unless screened with vines.
161
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.050: Mediterranean Style Group

25.06.060 Contemporary Style Group
A. General Description
Contemporary Sub-Style
Contemporary style buildings have a sleek aesthetic and minimal ornamentation. This style focuses on combining simple rectilinear massing forms with changes in material and color. The use of glass and cantilevered elements imbues buildings with a sense of lightness and simplicity.

Industrial Sub-Style
The Industrial style similarly uses simple building forms, but utilizes gabled roof forms as well as flat roofs. Openings are simple and laid out in a rational manner. Thoughtful aging of industrial material, often metal, is allowed.

B.1. Character Description: Contemporary
Simple rectilinear massing volumes
Limited pushing and pulling of massing forms, delineated by changes in materials, colors, and finishes
Limited ornamentation and simple punched openings
Bay windows, awnings, balconies, and trellises used to
break down façade and volume
B.2. Character Description: Industrial
Low- and medium-pitched or flat roofs with shallow eave or parapet
Simple gable roof forms
Horizontally proportioned opening made from ganged
vertical windows
163
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
Base Middle Top
Elements of Contemporary Style
Example Building Elevation: Contemporary
C.1. Wall: Contemporary
Base
Base is not required for this sub-style.

Middle and Top
Cantilever without
visually supportive
column
6'-0" max. projection
Material changes may only occur at convex corners both
vertical and horizontal.

Storefront (Subsection N)
Awning (Subsection O)
Window (Subsection H)
Entry Door (Subsection K)
Parapet (Subsection G)
Bay Window (Subsection I)
Wall (Subsection C)
Material Change serving as
articulation between base and
middle (allowed; not required)
164
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
Base Middle Top
Elements of Industrial Style
Example Building Elevation: Industrial
Storefront (Subsection N)
Window (Subsection H)
Bay Window (Subsection I)
Base (Subsection C)
Entry Door (Subsection K)
Parapet (Subsection G)
Rake (Subsection E)
Wall (Subsection C)
Eave (Subsection F)
C.2. Wall: Industrial
Trim1
Width 3" min.
1 Trim not required on buildings or portions of buildings where stucco or stone is the primary wall material.

Base
Height 1'-0" min.; 1/2 story max.

Required Articulation Change in finish material
Base is required for this sub-style.

C.2. Wall: Industrial (Continued)
Middle and Top
Cantilever without
visually supportive
column
6'-0" max. projection
Material changes may only occur at convex corners both
vertical and horizontal.
165
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
Projecting Rake Section
Flush Rake Section
Shed Roof Elevation
D. Building Roof: All
Building Roof
Standards
Sloped Roof Flat Roof
Roof Form
Type Shed, Gable Flat
Pitch 2:12 min.;
8:12 max.

N/A
Applicable Subsections
E. Rake Applies N/A
F. Eave Applies N/A
G. Parapet N/A Applies
E.1. Rake: Contemporary
Standards Flush Profile Projecting
Profile
Horizontal Projection No min.;
2" max.
2'-6" min.;
6'-0" max.

See Subsection F (Eave) for height standards.

E.2. Rake: Industrial
Standards Flush Profile Projecting
Profile
Horizontal Projection No min.;
2" max.
6" min.;
1'-6" max.

See Subsection F (Eave) for height standards.
166
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
Open Eave Section
Closed Eave Section
F. Eave: All
Standards Open Eave Closed Eave
Height
Fascia 6" min. 6" min.

Horizontal Projection2
Overall 1'-6" min. N/A
2 Horizontal projection includes gutter.

G.1. Parapet: Contemporary
Parapet Cap/Molding
Height 0" min.; 1'-0" max.

Horizontal Projection 0" min.; 3" max.

G.2. Parapet: Industrial
Parapet Cap/Molding
Height 0" min.; 6" max.

Horizontal Projection 0" min.; 3" max.

Parapet Section
167
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
Typical Window Elevation: Contemporary Ganged Window Elevation: Contemporary H.1. Windows: Contemporary
Opening Proportion, Height to Width
Typical Window
Ground Floor 11:5 min.

Typical Upper Floor 2:1 min.

Accent Window
Rectangle 3:2 min. (2'-6" max. width)
Square 1:1 min. (3'-0" max. width)
Ganged Window 3:5 min.

Picture Window 11:10 min.

Dormer Window 2:1 min.

Opening
Shape Rectangular
Window
Operation Double-Hung, SingleHung, Awning, Casement,
Fixed
Glazing Divisions None required
Sash Widths
Rail 2" min.

Stile 2" min.

Trim Widths3
Head 2" min.

Jamb 2" min.

Apron 2" min.

H.1. Windows: Contemporary (Continued)
Window Frame Recess
Depth 2" min. from face of sash
Sill Projection
Depth 2" min. from face of trim or
surround
Pediment
Allowed No
Mullions
Mullions required between ganged windows.
3 Trim required for windows only on buildings or parts of buildings with lap siding.
168
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
H.2. Windows: Industrial
Opening Proportion, Height to Width
Typical Window
Ground Floor 11:5 min.

Typical Upper Floor 2:1 min.

Accent Window
Rectangle 3:2 min. (2'-6" max. width)
Square 1:1 min. (3'-0" max. width)
Ganged Window 3:5 min.

Picture Window 11:10 min.

Dormer Window 2:1 min.

Opening
Shape Rectangular
Window
Operation Double-Hung, SingleHung, Awning, Casement,
Fixed
Glazing Divisions4 6 equal parts min.;
12 equal parts max.

Sash Widths
Rail 2" min.

Stile 2" min.

Trim Widths5
Head 2" min.

Jamb 2" min.

Apron None
Typical Window Elevation with 12 Parts Glazing Division:

Industrial
Ganged Window Elevation with 8 Parts and 12 Parts
Glazing Divisions: Industrial
H.2. Windows: Industrial (Continued)
Window Frame Recess
Depth 2" min. from face of sash
Sill Projection
Depth 2" min. from face of trim
or surround
Pediment
Allowed No
Mullions
Mullions required between ganged windows.
4 Glazing divisions for picture windows may be one part. 5 Trim required for windows only on buildings or parts of buildings with lap siding.
169
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
I. Bay Windows: All
Form
Type Square
Dimensions
Width 6'-0" min.; 12'-0" max.

Depth 8" min.; 4'-0" max.

Height Standards
Bay window may extend from second story to top
story.

Bay window may occupy first story on buildings less than 3 stories tall.

Bay window form shall be vertically continuous from lowest bay window to highest bay window.

Allowed Cornice Treatments
Building parapet wraps bay window form.

Bay window stops below building eave (provide roof or
cornice for bay window).

Bay window terminates into building eave (bay window
form shall not project vertically or horizontally beyond building eave).

J. Dormers: All
Roof Form
Type Shed
Pitch 2:12 min.; 6:12 max.

Horizontal Projection
Rake See Subsection E (Rake) for rake
standards.

Eave See Subsection F (Eave) for eave
standards.

Placement
Setback from
Façade to Face of
Dormer
1'-0" min.

Dormers shall not interrupt continuity of main building roof eave.

Window
See Subsection H (Windows) for window standards.

Bay Window Elevation Dormer Elevation
Bay Window Plan
170
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
K.1. Entry Doors: Contemporary
Door
Number of Panels 0 min.

Lite Types/Glazing Divisions
Vision Glass 0 min.

Half Glass 0 min.

Full Glass 0 min.

Surround
Span Type Square
Glazed Openings
Transom Allowed
Sidelights Allowed
K.2. Entry Doors: Industrial
Door
Number of Panels 0 min.

Lite Types/Glazing Divisions
Vision Glass 0 parts min.; 4 parts max.

Half Glass 4 parts min.

Full Glass 8 parts min.

Surround
Span Type Square
Head Width 2" min.

Jamb Width 2" min.

Glazed Openings
Transom Allowed
Sidelights Allowed
Vision Glass Door Elevation
with Square Span
Half Glass Door Elevation
with Sidelights
Full Glass Door Elevation
with Transom
171
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
L.1. Columns/Pilasters: Contemporary
Columns + Pilasters
Shape Square, Steel Section
Width/Diameter 6" min.; 4" min. for Steel Section
Spacing 8'-0" max. on center
Pedestal Height6 3'-0" min.

Columns must not span multiple stories.

Additional Features
Paneling Not Allowed
Fluting Not Allowed
6 Pedestal may be omitted.

L.2. Columns/Pilasters: Industrial
Columns + Pilasters
Shape Square, Steel Section
Width/Diameter 6" min.; 4" min. for Steel Section
Spacing 9'-6" min., 12'-0" max. on center
Pedestal Height7 3'-0" min.

Columns must not span multiple stories.

Additional Features
Paneling Not Allowed
Fluting Not Allowed
Entablature Height
Topmost Floor 1'-6" min.

Intermediate Floor 10" min.
7 Pedestal may be omitted.

One-Story Porch: Contemporary One-Story Porch with Square Columns on Pedestals: Industrial 172
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
Balcony with Horizontal Railing, Front Elevation
Balcony with Mesh Railing, Front Elevation
Balcony with Panel Railing, Front Elevation
Handrail
Post
Railing
Fascia
Handrail
Post
Railing
Fascia
Handrail
Post
Railing
Fascia
Juliet Balcony with Horizontal Railing, Front Elevation M. Balconies: All
Allowed Types
Type 1 - Juliet Balcony
Inward-swinging door with full glazing required
Base Height 3" min.

Base Projection 4" min.; 2'-0" max.

Type 2 - Occupiable Balcony
Clear Depth 6'-0" min.

Cantilever without
supporting columns
6'-0" max.

Area 48 sq. ft. min.

Recess into Façade 4'-6" max.

Overall Width 10'-0" max.

M. Balconies: All (Continued)
Guard/Railing
Allowed Types Panel, Mesh, Horizontal
Height Per Building Code
Width Between Posts 3'-0" min. on center
173
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
N. Storefronts: All
Width
Storefront Module 10'-0" min.; 25'-0" max.

Display Window 3'-0" min.; 6'-0" max.

Glazing Divisions None required
Distance Between
Storefront Modules8
1'-0" min.; 4'-0" max.

Height
Overall N/A
Head Height 10'-0" min.

Cornice None
Signage Band None
Bulkhead 0" min.; 2'-0" max.

Horizontal Recess
Depth 6" min.; 9" max.9
Bulkhead shall be continuous, unless divided by pilaster. 8 May be expressed with pilasters. See Subsection L
(Columns/Pilasters)
9 No max. depth for residential entries.

Storefront Section Storefront Elevation
174
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
P. Trellises and Carports: All
Dimensions Wood Metal
Post 8" x 8" min. 4" x 4" min.

Main and Cross Beam 4" x 8" min.11 2" x 4" min.

Rafter 2" x 4" min. 1.5" x 3" min.

Purlin or Lattice 2" x 2" min. 1.5" x

1.5" min.

Overhang
Beams 3'-0" max.

Purlin or Lattice 2'-0" max.

Trellis 1'-6" max.

At balconies, overhangs may not project beyond balcony
wall.
11 Paired 2" x 8" members are allowed when placed on both sides of the supporting posts.

Trellis Diagram
O. Awning: Contemporary
Awning Design
Horizontal
Projection10
3'-0" min.

Offset from Opening 1'-0" max.

Required Support
Elements
Structural metal, tubing, or
cable
10 Horizontal projection includes gutter, where occurs.

Awning Section Awning Elevation
175
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
Q.1. Materials: Contemporary
Element Allowed Materials
Building Wall
Cladding Lap siding (wood, composite
wood, fiber cement), stucco,
concrete, metal panel12
Base or Foundation
Base or Foundation Wood, composite wood, stucco,
brick, stone, concrete, fiber
cement
Roof and Roof Elements
Roofing13 Shingles (composite wood,
dimensional or luxury asphalt
shingles to mimic the look of
wood); standing seam metal
(black, white, or reflective metal
finishes are prohibited)
Rake and Eave Wood, composite wood, steel
Gutter Profile Box
Materials Metal
Windows, Bay Windows, and Entry Doors
Entry Door Wood, composite wood, metal,
fiberglass
Window Frames Wood, composite wood,
aluminum-clad wood, steel
Glazing Clear glass; shall not be tinted,
mirrored, or colored
Garages
Garage Door14 Wood, composite wood, metal
opaque glass
Balconies
Posts and Handrail Metal
Railing Metal panel, metal mesh, steel
section, steel cable
Fascia Wood, composite wood, metal
Porches
Columns Wood, composite wood, metal,
fiberglass
Railing Wood, composite wood, metal
panel, metal mesh, steel section,
steel cable
Q.1. Materials: Contemporary (Continued)
Element Allowed Materials
Storefronts
Storefront Base
(Bulkhead)
Wood, composite wood,
concrete, metal panel, fiberglass
Exterior Building Lighting
Body and Mount Wrought iron, metal
Shield Clear, translucent, punched,
louvers
Stairs and Ramps
Treads and Risers Wood, composite wood,
concrete, metal
Handrails Wood, composite wood, metal
Trellises and Carports
Spanning Members Wood, steel
Trellis Posts Wood, steel
Carport Support Posts Wood, composite wood, stucco,
steel
Connections Steel, iron
Trash Enclosure
Walls Wood, composite wood, stucco
Fences and Hedges
Walls Stucco, brick, stone (faux
manufactured stone veneer is
prohibited), concrete, concrete
block (coated and painted or
pigmented to match the main
building)
Fences15 Wood, composite wood, wrought
iron, metal, chain link (vinylcoated black or green)
All ends of hollow steel members must be capped.
12 Metal panel wall cladding is allowed only if used as an accent and not for the entire wall surface.
13 Applies to all pitched roofs and sloped roof parapets. 14 Metal roll up doors are allowed only if not publicly visible.

Metal security grilles are allowed for parking structures. 15 Publicly visible fences may not be chain link unless screened with vines.
176
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
Q.2. Materials: Industrial
Element Allowed Materials
Building Wall
Cladding Lap siding (wood, composite
wood, fiber cement), stucco,
metal panel
Base or Foundation
Base or Foundation Brick, concrete
Roof and Roof Elements
Roofing Shingles (composite wood,
dimensional or luxury asphalt
shingles to mimic the look of
wood); standing seam metal
(black, white, or reflective metal
finishes are prohibited)
Rake and Eave Wood, composite wood, steel
Gutter Profile Half-round, box
Materials Metal
Windows, Bay Windows, and Entry Doors
Entry Door Wood, composite wood, metal,
fiberglass
Window Frames Wood, aluminum-clad wood,
steel
Glazing Clear glass; shall not be tinted,
mirrored, or colored
Garages
Garage Door16 Wood, composite wood, metal,
opaque glass
Balconies
Posts Metal
Railing Metal panel, metal mesh, steel
section, steel cable
Handrail Wood, composite wood, metal
Fascia Wood, composite wood, metal
Porches
Columns Wood, composite wood, metal,
fiberglass
Pedestal Wood, composite wood,
concrete, metal, fiberglass
Railing Wood, composite wood, metal
panel, metal mesh, steel section,
steel cable
Q.2. Materials: Industrial (Continued)
Element Allowed Materials
Storefronts
Storefront Base
(Bulkhead)
Wood, composite wood,
concrete. metal panel, fiberglass
Exterior Building Lighting
Body and Mount Wrought iron, metal
Shield Clear, translucent, punched,
louvers
Stairs and Ramps
Treads and Risers Metal, concrete
Handrails Metal
Trellises and Carports
Spanning Members Steel
Trellis Posts Steel
Carport Support Posts Steel
Connections Steel
Trash Enclosure
Walls Wood, composite wood, stucco
Fences and Hedges
Walls Stucco, brick, stone (faux
manufactured stone veneer is
prohibited), concrete, concrete
block (coated and painted or
pigmented to match the main
building)
Fences17 Wood, composite wood, wrought
iron, metal, chain link (vinylcoated black or green)
All ends of hollow steel members must be capped.
16 Metal roll up doors are allowed only if not publicly visible.

Metal security grilles (including roll up function) are allowed for parking structures.
17 Publicly visible fences may not be chain link unless screened with vines.
177
Architectural Design
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.06.060: Contemporary Style Group
178
Architectural Design
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 This page intentionally left blank

25.07.010 Purpose
This Chapter establishes procedures for allowing minor deviations from certain standards for specific situations because of the prescriptive nature of the standards and as allowed by State law. Depending on the unique characteristics and dimensions on an individual parcel, it is possible that the full development potential of the zone may not be achievable even after applying the allowed exceptions in this Chapter.

25.07.020 Exceptions to Standards
A. Applicability. This Section applies to all developments proposed under the ODDS. The Review Authority is allowed to grant exceptions for only the standards identified in this section.

1. Exceptions are applied separately for design sites with 10 percent or less slope and with over 10 percent average slope. Average slope for a lot is calculated using the methodology in Section 30.15.030 (Determining Average Slope).
(a) Lots with an average slope of 10 percent or less may request an exception in Table 25.07.020.A (Exceptions to Standards for Design Sites with 10% or Less Average Slope). (b) Lots with an average slope over 10 percent may request an exception in Table 25.07.020.B (Exceptions to Standards for Design Sites with Over 10% Average Slope).

B. Review Authority.

1. The Review Authority for exception requests shall be the Community Development Director, except for standards which affect visibility at driveways and intersections, or standards in the right-of-way shall be reviewed by the Public Works Director.

Chapter 25.07 Exceptions
Sections:

25.07.010 Purpose

25.07.020 Exceptions to Standards
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards 179 C. Application Requirements. Exception requests shall be reviewed and processed as follows:

1. If the development for which an exception is requested is being processed consistent with this Chapter, the review procedure shall be the same as for the main project application.

2. Exception requests shall be accompanied from a written request by the applicant explaining the need for the exception and identifying all existing site conditions or features that prevent compliance with the specific standard.

3. Granting of an exception does not eliminate other standards not specified in Table 25.07.020.A (Exceptions to Standards for Design Sites with 10% or Less Average Slope) or Table 25.07.020.B (Exceptions to Standards for Design Sites with Over 10% Average Slope).

D. Findings. For the Review Authority to grant an exception, findings for the exception in Table 25.07.020.A (Exceptions to Standards for Design Sites with 10% or Less Average Slope) or Table 25.07.020.B (Exceptions to Standards for Design Sites with Over 10% Average Slope) are required.

E. Existing Site Condition. An existing site condition is a legally permitted building or structure constructed on the site with a final inspection or certificate of occupancy, or a natural feature that exists as of the date of initial application submittal.

1. For purposes of this chapter, existing site conditions that prevent compliance with a standard include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) A mature tree with at least one trunk measuring four inches in diameter or greater at four feet six inches above grade in height and not planned for removal or alteration with a permit per Chapter 15.24 (Preservation of Trees).
(b) Utility infrastructure that is not required to be removed, relocated, or undergrounded per Section 22.38.030 (Service Connection Requirements).
(c) A structure, site, cultural landscape, or feature designated or eligible to be designated historically significant based on the criteria in Section 30.157.025 (Significance Criteria). (d) Retaining wall necessary to retain or support soil. (e) A watercourse identified on City of Santa Barbara Map Analysis and Printing System or any other map as may be adopted or established by ordinance.

2. The existing site condition used as a basis for requesting an exception shall not be removed or altered in their footprint.
180
Exceptions
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.07.020: Exceptions to Standards
Table 25.07.020.A: Exceptions to Standards for Design Sites with 10% or Less Average Slope Administrative Relief
Type
Findings/Criteria
(All that Apply)
Allowed Administrative
Relief and Conditions
Reference to
Standard

1. Design Site Dimensions
a. Depth or Width
Decrease in the
minimum required
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the design site
dimension standards.
12" or 10% of the
standard, whichever is
greater
Chapter 25.02
(Zones),
Subsection B
(Building Types and
Design Site Size) of
the Zone
ii. A non-rectangular parcel shape
results in less than the required
depth or width for a design site,
preventing compliance with the
standard.
iii. Dimensions of the existing lot,
subdivided prior to January 1,
2025, do not meet the minimum
requirements for any building type
allowed in Subsection B of the Zone.

2. Building Setbacks
a. Front or Interior
Increase or decrease
in the minimum or
maximum required
setback for a main
building or wing
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the front setback
standard.
12" or 10% of the
standard, whichever is
greater
Chapter 25.02
(Zones),
Subsection D
(Building
Placement) of the
Zone
ii. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the interior setback
standard.
b. Façade within Façade
Zone
Reduce the minimum
amount of façade
required within or
abutting the façade
zone
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the façade zone
standard.
12" or 10% of the
standard, whichever is
greater.

The horizontal unbuilt
area resulting from this
exception is landscaped
per the standards in
Section 25.03.050
(Landscape).

Chapter 25.02
(Zones),
Subsection D
(Building
Placement) of the
Zone

3. Open Yard
a. Width and Depth
Reduce minimum
width or depth
dimension
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the open yard
dimensions standard.
12" or 10% of the
standard, whichever is
greater, without reducing
minimum area required.

Chapter 25.04
(Building Types),
Subsection F
(Open Yard) of the
b. Area Building Type
Reduce minimum area
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the open yard area
standard.

Up to 10% of the standard
181
Exceptions
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.07.020: Exceptions to Standards
Table 25.07.020.A: Exceptions to Standards for Design Sites with 10% or Less Average Slope (Continued) Administrative Relief
Type
Additional Findings/Criteria
(All that Apply)
Allowed Administrative
Relief and Conditions
Reference to
Standard

4. Building Footprint
a. Size of Main Body or
Wing
Increase in the
maximum width or
length
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the building
footprint standard.
12" or 10% of the
standard, whichever is
greater
The wing is one-story less
in height than the main
body; and
The building complies
with the setbacks of the
zone or as allowed to be
adjusted by this Section.

Chapter 25.04
(Building Types),
Subsection C
(Building Size and
Massing) of the
Building Type

5. Parking Standards
a. Primary and
Secondary Front
Setback
Reduce the required
parking setback
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the parking setback
standard.
12" or 10% of the
standard, whichever is
greater
The driveway is in
compliance with the zone
standards; and
The ground floor space
remains occupiable in
compliance with the zone
standards, as allowed
to be adjusted by this
Section; and
The setback reduction
maintains visibility
at driveways and
intersections, and does
not affect standards for
the right-of-way.

Chapter 25.02
(Zones),
Subsection E
(Parking) of the
Zone
182
Exceptions
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

5. Parking Standards (Continued)
b. Primary Front Vehicle
Access
Allow vehicle access
from primary front on
corner design sites
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the vehicle access
standard.

Vehicular access from the
primary front
The driveway is in
compliance with the zone
standards; and
The ground floor space
remains occupiable in
compliance with the zone
standards, as allowed
to be adjusted by this
Section; and
The existing lot is at least
50' wide; and
The proposed driveway
is not aligned with any
driveway on the opposite
side of the street.

Chapter 25.02
(Zones),
Subsection E
(Parking) of the
Zone
c. Alley Access
Allow vehicle access
from primary or
secondary front when
alley access exists.
i. The alley does not meet vehicle
access requirements.

Vehicular access from
primary or secondary
front
Section 25.03.100
(Parking
Techniques)

6. Landscape
a. Front Setback Shade
Tree
Minimum required in
NM zone
i. A certified arborist report identifies
site conditions that prevent
compliance with the standard.

No shade tree required Section 25.03.050
(Landscape)

7. Screening
a. Roof-Mounted
Equipment Screening
Height
Decrease the
minimum height of the
architectural element
screening the roofmounted mechanical
equipment
i. Height of architectural element
used for screening results in
exceeding maximum height limit of
the building.

Up to 10% lower than the
object being screened
The roof-mounted
equipment being
screened is not publicly
visible
Section 25.03.080
(Screening)
183
Exceptions
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

7. Screening (Continued)
b. Free-Standing
Equipment Location
Reduce minimum
required setback
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the front setback
standard.
12" or 10% of standard,
whichever is greater
Section 25.03.080
(Screening)
ii. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the interior setback
standard.

8. Block Size
a. Block Dimensions
Allow larger blocks
i. Preservation of existing building
or buildings within the boundaries
of a Sustainable Neighborhood
Plan prevents compliance with the
standard.

Maximum block length
and perimeter standards
to be increased to
encompass the building
and all setbacks required
by the applicable zone.

Subsection

25.03.160.C.3
(Block and Street
Standards)

9. Building Type
a. Stories
Allow additional story
i. The existing site conditions
or development standards of
Chapter 25.04 (Building Types)
prevent compliance with the
minimum unit quantity required
(Subsection 25.02.030.D.1
(Minimum Unit Quantities))
One additional story, not
to exceed 4 stories or the
maximum height allowed
in the zone, for the Side
Court, Medium Courtyard,
and Large Multiplex
Building Types
Chapter 25.04
(Building Types)
Subsection C
(Building Size and
Massing) of the Side
Court (25.04.100),
Medium Courtyard
(25.04.110), or
Large Multiplex
(25.04.120)
184
Exceptions
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.07.020: Exceptions to Standards
Table 25.07.020.B: Exceptions to Standards for Design Sites with Over 10% Average Slope Administrative Relief
Type
Additional Findings/Criteria
(All that Apply)
Allowed Administrative
Relief and Conditions
Reference to
Standard

1. Design Site Dimensions
a. Depth
Decrease in minimum
design site depth
i. Existing average slope exceeds 15%. 12" or 10% of the standard, whichever is
greater
Chapter

25.02 (Zones)
Subsection B
(Building Types and
Design Site Size) of
the Zone

2. Building Setbacks
a. Front and Interior
Increase or decrease
in the minimum or
maximum required
setback for a main
building or wing
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the front setback
standard.
12" or 10% of the
standard, whichever is
greater
Chapter 25.02
(Zones),
Subsection D
(Building
Placement) of the
Zone
ii. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the interior setback
standard.
b. Front
Decrease in minimum
to maximum required
setback areas for main
building or wing
i. Front 50' of the design site exceeds
20% slope.

Front setback reduced to
10' min. The Façade Zone
is not reduced.
ii. Front 25' of the design site exceeds
20% slope.

Front setback reduced to
5' min. The Façade Zone is
not reduced.

3. Open Yard
a. Width and Depth
Reduce minimum
width or depth
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the open yard
dimension standard.
12" or 10% of the
standard, whichever is
greater, without reducing
minimum area required.

Chapter 25.04
(Building Types)
Subsection F
(Open Yard) of the
b. Area Building Type
Reduce minimum area
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the open yard area
standard.

Up to 10% of the standard
185
Exceptions
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.07.020: Exceptions to Standards
Table 25.07.020.B: Exceptions to Standards for Design Sites with Over 10% Average Slope (Continued) Administrative Relief
Type
Additional Findings/Criteria
(All that Apply)
Allowed Administrative
Relief and Conditions
Reference to
Standard

4. Parking Standards
a. Primary and
Secondary Front
Setback
Reduce the required
parking setback
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the parking setback
standard.
12" or 10% of the
standard, whichever is
greater
The driveway is in
compliance with the zone
standards; and
The ground floor space
remains occupiable in
compliance with the zone
standards, as allowed
to be adjusted by this
Section; and
The setback reduction
maintains visibility
at driveways and
intersections, and does
not affect standards for
the right-of-way.

Chapter

25.02 (Zones)
Subsection E
(Parking) of the
Zone
ii. The front 50' of parcel exceeds 20%
slope.

Required parking is
allowed to be located
between the right-of-way
and the building:
a. 20' parking setback
if street facing, 10'
parking setback for
non-street facing.
b. Max 50% of primary
or secondary front lot
width
The driveway is in
compliance with the zone
standards; and
The ground floor space
is between the street
and the parking, remains
occupiable, and is at least
15' deep.
186
Exceptions
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

4. Parking Standards (Continued)
b. Primary Front Vehicle
Access
Allow vehicle access
from primary front on
corner design sites
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the vehicle access
standard.

Vehicular access from the
primary front
The driveway is in
compliance with the zone
standards; and.

The ground floor space
remains occupiable in
compliance with the zone
standards, as allowed
to be adjusted by this
Section; and
The existing lot is at least
50' wide; and
The proposed driveway
is not aligned with any
driveway on the opposite
side of the street; and
The design site average
slope along the secondary
front exceeds 15%
Chapter

25.02 (Zones),
Subsection E
(Parking) of the
Zone
187
Exceptions
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

5. Site Grading
a. Retaining Wall Height
Increase in maximum
retaining wall height or
length
i. Existing slopes average 20% slope. Increase in retaining wall height up to 10' along
interior design site line.

Increase in retaining wall
height up to 12' within
the building footprint if
overall building height
in compliance with zone
standards.

The retaining wall or
series of retaining walls
are not visible from the
adjacent public sidewalk
or abutting lots; and
Retaining walls not within
the building footprint
are less than 50' in total
length along the interior
design site line opposite
the primary front or any
one design site line; and
The retaining wall is the
result of excavation (cut).

Section 25.03.120
(Retaining Walls) ii. The retaining wall is necessary to accommodate the building and
required site access and parking.

6. Landscape
a. Front Setback Shade
Tree
Minimum required in
NM zone
i. A certified arborist report identifies
site conditions that prevent
compliance with the standard.

No shade tree required Section 25.03.050
(Landscape)

Up to 10% lower than the
object being screened
The roof-mounted
equipment being
screened is not publicly
visible
Section 25.03.080
(Screening)
188
Exceptions
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

7. Screening (Continued)
b. Free- Standing
Equipment Location
Reduce minimum
required setback
i. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the front setback
standard.
12" or 10% of the
standard, whichever is
greater
Section 25.03.080
(Screening)
ii. Existing site conditions prevent
compliance with the interior setback
standard.

8. Building Type
a. Stories
Allow an additional
story
i. The existing site conditions
or development standards of
Chapter 25.04 (Building Types)
prevent compliance with the
minimum unit quantity required
(Subsection 25.02.030.D.1
(Minimum Unit Quantities))
One additional story, not
to exceed 4 stories or the
maximum height allowed
in the zone, for the Side
Court, Medium Courtyard,
or Large Multiplex
Building Type
Subsection C
(Building Size and
Massing) of the Side
Court (25.04.100),
Medium Courtyard
(25.04.110), or
Large Multiplex
(25.04.120)
189
Exceptions
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.07.020: Exceptions to Standards
190
Exceptions
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 This page intentionally left blank

25.08.010 Purpose
This Chapter provides definitions for specialized terms and phrases used in Title 25. All other applicable definitions in the Santa Barbara Municipal Code apply.

25.08.020 Definitions
A. Definitions
Arcade. A series of open or closed arches, supported by pilasters or columns.

Architectural Feature. Exterior building element intended to provide ornamentation to the building massing including, but not limited to the following: eaves, cornices, bay windows, window and door surrounds, light fixtures, canopies, and balconies.

B. Definitions
Baluster. A small column, shaft, or other vertical member commonly used in a balustrade to support a top rail or coping.

Base of Building. The lowest division of a building, adjacent to the ground. A building’s base may occupy the lowest floor level or levels, or it may be expressed with a water table. In the former case, the base is typically articulated by a change of material or projecting element such as a molding at the upper boundary of the lowest floor or floors. If a water table is used, the lowest portion of the ground-floor wall is finished in a different, more durable material or color, usually articulated with a molding at the upper boundary where the material change occurs. Also called base.

Bay. Any division of a building between vertical lines or planes that run entirely through solid components of the building, including the entire space included between consecutive structural supports.

Block Length. The horizontal distance from the right-of-way on one end of the block to the right-of-way on the other end along the same street.

Block Perimeter. The aggregate of all sides of a block bounded by the abutting rights-of-way.

Bracket. Structural or ornamental elements designed to strengthen the connection between components of a structure that meet at an angle.

Chapter 25.08 Definitions
Sections:

25.08.010 Purpose

25.08.020 Definitions
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards 191 Buildable Area. The horizontal area on a lot in which a building is allowed to be constructed.

Building. See Section 30.300.020 ("B"), Building.

Building, Block-Scale. A building that is individually as large as a block or individual buildings collectively arranged along a street to form a continuous façade as long as most or all of a block.

Building, House-Scale. A building that is the size of a small-to-large house and detached from other buildings, typically ranging from 24 feet to as large as 80 feet overall, including wings.

Building, L-shaped. A horizontal form for the main body of a building or a massing composition which has an extension at a right angle to the length of a building. Also called an "Ell"-Shaped Building.

Building, O-shaped. A horizontal form for the main body of a building or a massing composition which has the shape of the capital letter O except that the form typically includes rectilinear corners.

Building, U-shaped. A horizontal form for the main body of a building or a massing composition which has the shape of the capital letter U. Also called a C-shaped Building.

Building Form. The overall shape and dimensions of a building.

Building Type. A structure defined by its combination of configuration, disposition, and function. See also, Chapter 25.04 (Building Types).

Bulkhead. The area of the storefront between the sidewalk and the base of the display window.

C. Definitions
Capital. Uppermost segment of a column or pilaster, directly supporting the beam, lintel, or arch above.

Chamfered. An edge between two faces of an external wall or window, typically at a symmetrical, 45 degree angle creating a beveled edge to the window or building rather than a 90 degree corner.

Column. A vertical shaft extending from the ground or from one part of the structure to another.

Community Open Space. A publicly accessible outdoor area. See Subsection 25.03.160.D (Community Open Space).

Coping. The horizontal covering of the top of a wall or parapet.

Corbel. A type of bracket, supporting another element from below and used for structural and aesthetic purposes.

Corner Element. A physical distinction in a building at the corner of two streets.

Cornice. A horizontal projection traditionally used to join a roof to the wall below and protect the wall from rainwater. The cornice forms the uppermost part of an entablature and may appear secondarily in locations other than at the building's eave or parapet, such as the upper boundary of a base story.

D. Definitions
192
Definitions
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.08.020: Definitions
Depth, Ground-Floor Space. The distance from the street-facing façade to the rear interior wall of the ground-floor space available to an allowed use.

Design Site. A portion of land within a parcel, delineated from other design sites or parcels, to accommodate no more than one building type. The main purpose of a design site is to allow a parcel large enough to contain more than one building type to contain multiple building types while not requiring the legal subdivision of the parcel into additional parcels. “Design Site” and all related definitions and standards are applicable only to projects using Title 25 of the Municipal Code. See also, Section 25.02.040 (Design Sites).

Area, Design Site. The total square footage or acreage of horizontal area included within the design site lines.

Line, Design Site. The perimeter and geometry of a design site demarcating one design site from another.

Distance Between Entries. The horizontal distance between entrances to a building or buildings, measured parallel to the façade.

Door. See Section 30.300.040 ("D"), Door.

Full Glass. Door glass framed by the outermost rails and stiles of the door.

Half Glass. Door glass placed within the upper half of a door, framed by upper and middle rails and stiles.

Vision Glass. Door glass located within the upper portion of a door, occupying no more than one third of the door and designed to provide visibility from the inside to the outside rather than to illuminate the interior.

Overhead. Doors constructed in horizontally hinged sections that are equipped with hardware that rolls the sections into an overhead position, clear of the opening.

E. Definitions
Eave. See Section 30.300.050 ("E"), Eave.

Eave, Closed. Eaves with projecting roof members closed from view by boarding.

Eave, Open. Overhanging eaves where the rafters are exposed at the eaves and visible from below.

Eave, Returned. Eave that extends around corner and terminates into gable end or rake wall.

Entablature. A superstructure which lies horizontal upon pilasters or columns, and is composed of an architrave, frieze, and cornice.

Entasis. A slight convex curve in the shaft of a column, introduced to correct the visual illusion of concavity created by the vertical load. In columns with entasis, the diameter at the top of the shaft is typically around five sixths of the diameter at the bottom.

Entry. An opening, including, but not limited to, a door, gateway, or gate, that allows access to a building.

Expression Line. A horizontal molding, projection, or other boundary articulating one portion of a façade from the portion above.

F. Definitions
193
Definitions
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.08.020: Definitions
Façade. See Section 30.300.060 ("F"), Façade.

Façade, Front. The exterior wall of a building adjacent to a primary or secondary front lot line/design site line. Also called a Main Façade.

Façade, Interior. The exterior wall of a building adjacent to the interior lot line/design site line or opposite the front façade.

Façade Zone. The area between the minimum and maximum front setback lines along the primary front of a design site and along the secondary front of a corner design site where the building façade is required to be placed. The zone standards identify the minimum amount of façade to abut or be placed in the façade zone. “Façade Zone” and all related definitions and standards are applicable only to projects using Title 25 of the Municipal Code. See also, Section 25.02.050 (Façade Zone).

Fascia. A horizontal board or moulding appended to the end of joists or rafters, as part of roof rake or eave assembly or as part of balcony platform assembly.

Finish Level, Ground Floor. The elevation of the top of the ground floor structure to which flooring finishes and materials are applied.

Fluting. Shallow grooves running vertically along a column or pilaster surface.

Frontage. A physical element configured to connect the building façade to the back of the sidewalk abutting a street or public open space depending on the intended physical character of the zone. “Frontage” and all related definitions and standards are applicable only to projects using Title 25 of the Municipal Code. See also, Chapter 25.05 (Frontages).

G. Definitions
Gable. A vertical wall in the shape of a triangle formed between the cornice or eave and the ridge of the roof.

Garage. See Section 30.300.160 ("P"), Parking, Covered.

Glazing. Openings in a building in which glass is installed.

Glazing Division. A module of glass, known as a lite, divided by real or simulated muntins.

H. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter H are defined at this time.

I. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter I are defined at this time.

J. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter J are defined at this time.

K. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter K are defined at this time.

L. Definitions
Lighting. Wall mounted light fixture.

Body. The part of the light fixture that holds the shield. 194
Definitions
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.08.020: Definitions
Mount. The part of the light fixture mounted to the building, sometimes called the backplate or the canopy, including the chain or armature that holds the body.

Shield. The part of the light that controls direction, strength, and spread. Also called a shade.

Lintel. A horizontal member designed to support the wall above it, such as above an opening.

When expressed on a façade, a lintel adds aesthetic value by communicating structural stability at a discontinuity in the wall.

M. Definitions
Massing. The overall shape or arrangement of the bulk or volume of a building and structures.

Mortise and Tenon. A system in which wood members are joined through the use of intersecting cuts, secured by wooden pegs.

Mullion. Vertical bar providing structural support between windows.

Muntin. Pieces of non-glazing material to secure multiple panes of glass, or lites, within a window.

Muntins serve to articulate glazing divisions.

N. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter N are defined at this time.

O. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter O are defined at this time.

P. Definitions
Paneling. Solid raised or recessed parts of a column, pilaster, or pedestal, surrounded by stiles and rails.

Panels. Solid raised or recessed parts of a door, surrounded by stiles, rails, and mullions.

Parapet. A low wall along the edge of a roof or the portion of a wall that extends above the roof line.

Parking, Covered. See Section 30.300.160 ("P"), Parking, Covered.

Podium. Parking spaces located in an at-grade garage with shared ingress/egress and maneuvering areas located under the building. The podium parking garage has occupiable space above the garage level.

Subterranean. Parking spaces located below the finished grade of the building.

Tuck-Under. Parking spaces located in an at-grade garage or carport accessed by an open driveway.

Tuck-under parking has occupiable space above the garage level.

Pedestal. A substructure that may be placed under a column or pilaster.

Pedestrian Orientation. A physical structure or place with design qualities and elements that contribute to an active, inviting, and pleasant place for pedestrians.

Pediment. A triangular or arched element above the lintel or entablature of a door or window.

Pilaster. A column engaged to and projecting from a wall. 195
Definitions
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.08.020: Definitions
Pitch. The slope of a roof expressed as vertical rise per measure of length.

Q. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter Q are defined at this time.

R. Definitions
Rail. Any of the horizontal members of the structure of a door or a window sash.

Rake. The junction of a sloped roof and the wall of a building, following the slope of the roof.

Recessed Entry. An entrance to a building that is set back from the façade of the building.

Roof. See Section 30.300.180 ("R"), Roof.

Gable Roof. Roof with sloped surfaces that intersect along a ridge at the uppermost edge.

Hip Roof. Roof with sloped sides rising from multiple intersecting walls. Roof surfaces meet along convex ridges that rise from outside corners, convex valleys that rise from inside corners, and convex ridges at the uppermost edges.

Shed Roof. Roof with its surface sloping in a single direction.

Flat Roof. Nearly level roof which relies on subtle variations in its surface for drainage and is typically surrounded by a parapet.

S. Definitions
Sash. A panel of a window, framed using rails and stiles.

Shopfront Base. A very low wall, that does not include glass, between the bottom of the display windows of a shopfront and the adjacent sidewalk. Also called a bulkhead.

Sidelight. A glazed panel at the side of a doorway.

Signage Band. The frieze of the storefront entablature, typically used to support wall-mounted lettering and signage.

Sill. The horizontal bottom member of a window frame.

Stile. Any of the vertical members of the structure of a door or a window sash.

Storefront. The majority portion of a shopfront frontage that consists of the display window or entrance and its components, including windows, doors, transoms, and sill pane.

T. Definitions
Transom. Glazed lite or window set above a door that is the same width or no wider than the door frame, including sidelights if present.

Trim. A narrow strip of wood, moulding, or other material as a surface decoration or the covering for joints and seams between building structure and window and door openings, or at wall edges.

U. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter U are defined at this time. 196
Definitions
Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025

25.08.020: Definitions
V. Definitions
Valance. The panel of drapery at the front edge of a canopy or awning.

W. Definitions
Walkable/Walkability. The condition in which an area is highly interconnected with other areas by more through streets than dead-end streets, providing more options for access to recreational walking or for walking to work, transit, errands, shopping, or restaurants.

Wall Plane. A vertical surface defined by the façades of buildings.

Window. See Section 30.300.230 ("W"), Window.

Window, Accent. A window typically smaller in its vertical dimension, and occurring less than a typical window.

Window, Awning. A window with one or more sashes hinged horizontally along the top rail.

Window, Bay. See Section 30.300.020 ("B"), Bay Window.

Window, Casement. A window with at least one sash hinged vertically to swing open.

Window, Dormer. A vertical window opening with surrounding wall and roof construction projecting from a sloping roof.

Window, Double Hung. A window with two sashes arranged one above the other, both of which are moveable in the vertical direction.

Window, Fixed. A window or part of one that cannot be moved or opened.

Window, Ganged. An opening composed of two or three typical windows, of which one typical window may be replaced with a picture window.

Window, Picture. A fixed window designed to take advantage of a view by reducing visual obstruction. Picture windows do not have glazing division.

Window, Single Hung. A window with two sashes arranged one above the other, one of which is moveable in the vertical direction.

Window, Typical. A regular recurring window (i.e., size or lite pattern) on a façade.

Wing. A structure of at least five feet in depth physically attached to, and secondary to, the main body of a main building.

X. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter X are defined at this time.

Y. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter Y are defined at this time.

Z. Definitions
No specialized terms beginning with the letter Z are defined at this time. 197
Definitions
Proposed for Adoption - February 4, 2025 Santa Barbara Objective Design and Development Standards

25.08.020: Definitions
ORDINANCE NO._____

AN ORDINANCE OF THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

SANTA BARBARA AMENDING THE SANTA BARBARA
MUNICIPAL CODE BY AMENDING CHAPTERS 30.15,

30.140, 30.145, 30.175, 30.205, 30.220, 30.250, 30.295 AND

30.300 PERTAINING TO REGULATIONS FOR OBJECTIVE

DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS AND

MISCELLANEOUS CLEAN-UPS

THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SANTA BARBARA DOES ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. Chapter 30.15 of Title 30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

Division I: Introductory Provisions
Chapter 30.15 Rules of Measurement
Sections:

30.15.010 Purpose

30.15.020 General Provisions

30.15.025 Calculating Density

30.15.030 Determining Average Slope

30.15.040 Determining Area of a
Watercourse Creek Top of Bank

30.15.050 Fractions

30.15.060 Measuring Distances

30.15.070 Measuring Floor Area

30.15.080 Measuring Front Yards

30.15.090 Measuring Height and Stories

30.15.100 Measuring Setbacks and
Stepbacks

30.15.110 Measuring Street Frontage

30.15.120 Screening

30.15.010 Purpose.

The purpose of this chapter is to explain how various measurements referred to in this title are to be calculated.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
2 COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
3 30.15.020 General Provisions.

For all calculations, the applicant is responsible for supplying drawings illustrating the measurements that apply to a project. These drawings must be drawn to scale and of sufficient detail to allow easy verification upon inspection by the Community Development Director.

30.15.025 Calculating Density.

A. Maximum Allowable Residential Density. The maximum allowable residential density or “base density” means the greatest number of units allowed under the density range specified by the Zoning Ordinance, Specific Plan, or land use element of the General Plan or Coastal Land Use Plan, applicable to the project. Density shall be determined using dwelling units per acre (du/ac). If there is a conflict, the highest allowable density prevails.

1. Calculation. To calculate the maximum number of dwelling units permitted on a lot, the net lot area is converted from square feet to acres by dividing it by 43,560. The resulting acreage is multiplied by the density range. For density calculations with a remainder greater than 0.01 units, a whole unit is permitted.

Residential Density Calculation Example:

Net Lot Area: 21,000 sq. ft./43,560 = 0.48 acres
General Plan Density Range: 27 to 36 units/acre
Calculate Allowed Units: 27 to 36 units per acre x 0.48 acres = 12.96 to 17.28 units Rounding Up: 13 to 18 units allowed
B. Density Calculations in Mixed-Use Projects. For mixed-use projects, the maximum allowable residential density shall be calculated by using the total net lot area and does not exclude the nonresidential portion of the mixed-use site.

C. Density Calculations for Other Uses. Other facilities that are not residential uses but are subject to residential density limitations as specified in this code, (including, but not limited to, Group Residential, Community Care Facilities, Residential Care Facilities, and Hotels with kitchens) must be equivalent in size to a residential project at base density ranges as permitted by the General Plan.

D. Accessory Dwelling Units. Accessory dwelling units and junior accessory dwelling units are not counted in maximum density calculations, unless otherwise specified in this title.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
4 30.15.030 Determining Average Slope.

The average slope of a parcel of land, or any portion thereof, is calculated using a topographic map conforming to National Mapping Standards and having a scale of not less than one inch equals 200 feet and a contour interval of not more than five feet), and the following formula:

S = 0.00229(I)(L)/A, where:

A. S = Average slope (in percent)
B. I = Contour interval (in feet)
C. L = Total length of all contour lines on the parcel (in feet), excluding the length of contours in drainage channels and in natural water courses below the 25-year flood level D. A = Area of subject area for which the slope is to be determined (in square feet) FIGURE 30.15.030: DETERMINING AVERAGE SLOPE
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
5 30.15.040 Determining Area of a Watercourse Creek Top of Bank.

The area of a watercourse includes all land within the top of either bank of any watercourse within the City of Santa Barbara.

The “Top of Bank” is determined by the creek channel geometry. Any parcel that adjoins or is within 50 feet of a creek where development is proposed shall have the top of bank determined as part of any plan submittal. The top of bank shall be determined using one of the conditions described below in Cases 1-4 and depicted in the associated diagrams below. If more than one condition applies, the approach that is most protective of creek resources shall apply. If there is disagreement about where the top of bank is located the Creeks Division Manager, in consultation with the City Attorney, shall make a final determination of top of bank.

A. Case 1 - Bank Slopes with a Single Defined Hinge Point. When the creek has a sloped bank rising from the toe of the bank to a hinge point at the generally level ground above, the hinge point is the top of bank. If the existing slope of the bank is steeper than 1.5 (horizontal):1 (vertical), the intersection of a projected plane with a 1.5:1 slope from the toe of the bank to the generally level upper ground is the “top of bank.” For concrete flood COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
6 control channels, that meet the definition outlined above, the top of bank is the upper hinge point regardless of the steepness of the bank.

B. Case 2 – Bank Slopes with Multiple Hinge Points. When the creek bank slope rises from the toe of the bank, levels off one or more times, then rises to a higher hinge point at the generally level upper ground, the hinge point at or directly above the FEMA 100-year flood surface elevation is the top of bank. If the FEMA 100-year flood surface elevation is above the highest hinge point, the location of the top of bank does not change and is the highest hinge point.

C. Case 3 – Bank Slopes with No Readily Defined Hinge Point. When no discernible break in slope occurs above the active channel, and the creek bank opposite a project site has a well-defined hinge point, the elevation of that hinge point will be used to determine the top of bank for the project site. Where no readily determined hinge point defines the top of bank on either side of the creek, the FEMA 100-year flood elevation is the top of bank.

D. Case 4 – Flood Control Projects. Where an existing flood control project exists, or has been approved, the top of bank will be located at the top of the proposed or completed COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
7 flood control channel wall, or the hinge point just above the top of wall, whichever is higher, even for banks steeper than 1.5:1 as outlined in Case 1 above.

FIGURE 30.15.040: DETERMINING TOP OF BANK
A. Mission Creek.

1. “Top of bank” for Mission Creek means the line formed by the intersection of the general plane of the sloping side of the watercourse with the general plane of the upper generally level ground along the watercourse; or, if the existing sloping side of the watercourse is steeper than the angle of repose (critical slope) of the soil or geologic structure involved, “top of bank” shall mean the intersection of a plane beginning at the toe of the bank and sloping at the angle of repose with the generally level ground along the watercourse. The angle of repose is assumed to be 1.5 (horizontal):1 (vertical) unless otherwise specified by a geologist or soils engineer with knowledge of the soil or geologic structure involved.

2. “Toe of bank” for Mission Creek means the line formed by the intersection of the general plane of the sloping side of the watercourse with the general plane of the bed of the watercourse.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
8 B. Creeks other than Mission Creek. “Top of bank” and “toe of bank” for creeks other than Mission Creek shall be determined by the Community Development Director on a case by case basis based upon conditions at the site, in consultation with the Parks and Recreation Department and Public Works Department.

30.15.050 Fractions.

Whenever this title requires consideration of the following: (1) required number of parking spaces; or (2) maximum number of residential units, expressed in numerical quantities, all calculations shall use fractions no smaller than hundredths, and if the end result of a calculation contains a fraction of a whole number, the results shall be rounded as follows:

A. General Rounding. Fractions are to be rounded down up to the nearest whole number, except as otherwise provided.

B. Exception for State Affordable Housing Density Bonus. For projects eligible for bonus density pursuant to Government Code Section 65915 or any successor statute, and Chapter 30.145, Affordable Housing and Density Bonus and Development Incentives, any fractional number of units shall be rounded up to the next whole number.

B. Exception for Parking Spaces. In determining the number of parking spaces fractions are to be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Where multiple structures or standards are involved, any rounding of spaces must be made on the aggregate total required for the site, and not on individual uses prior to calculating the total. See Section 30.175.040, Required Automobile and Bicycle Parking Spaces, for additional parking rounding requirements.

C. Exception for Inclusionary Housing. In determining the number of Inclusionary Units required by Chapter 30.160, Inclusionary Housing, any decimal fraction less than 0.5 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and any decimal fraction of 0.5 or more shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number. Refer to Section 30.150.110 Inclusionary Requirements for Rental Housing Projects, to determine the number of Inclusionary Units for Rental Housing Projects.

30.15.060 Measuring Distances.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
9 A. Measurements are Shortest Distance. When measuring a required distance, such as the minimum distance between a structure and a lot line, the measurement is made at the closest or shortest distance between the two objects.

B. Distances are Measured Horizontally. When determining distances for setbacks and structure dimensions, all distances are measured along a horizontal plane from the appropriate line, edge of building, structure, storage area, parking area, or other object. These distances are not measured by following the topography or slope of the land.

C. Measurements Involving a Structure. When measuring a required distance involving a structure, the measurements are made to the closest exterior wall or exterior element of the structure. Structures or portions of structures that are entirely underground are not included in measuring required distances.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
10 FIGURE 30.15.060.A, B, AND C: MEASURING DISTANCES
D. Measurement of Vehicle Stacking or Travel Areas. Measurement of a minimum travel distance for vehicles, such as vehicle backup distance, are measured down the center of the vehicle travel area. For example, curving driveways and travel lanes are measured along the center arc of the driveway or traffic lane.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
11 FIGURE 30.15.060.D: MEASURING TRAVEL AREAS
E. Measuring Radius. When a specified element is required to be located a minimum distance from another element, the minimum distance is measured in a straight line from all points along the lot line of the subject land use, in all directions.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
12 FIGURE 30.15.060.E: MEASURING RADIUS

30.15.070 Measuring Floor Area.

The net floor area of a structure is the sum, in square feet, of the horizontal areas of all floors of a structure or other enclosed structure, or portions thereof, measured from either the interior perimeter of the exterior walls, or below the roofline, or the centerline of interior walls, as described below. All references to floor area in this title are to net floor area, unless otherwise indicated. The following are included in and excluded from floor area except as otherwise provided in this title.

A. Included in Floor Area.

1. Enclosed Structures. Net floor area includes all space within a structure that is below the roof and within the interior perimeter of the exterior walls of any main or accessory structure.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
13 2. Interior Spaces. Net floor area of interior spaces, such as rooms or separate tenant spaces, includes all space within the centerlines of demising walls separating such spaces or portions thereof.

3. Stairways and Elevator Shafts. In the case of a multistory structure that has covered or enclosed stairways, stairwells, or elevator shafts, the floor area of such features is counted only once at the floor level of their greatest area of horizontal extent.

4. Unenclosed Structures. When measuring the area of a structure that is unenclosed The net floor area of a structure with no walls, or partial walls, such as a carport, the net floor area includes all space below the roof line.

B. Excluded from Floor Area. The following areas are excluded from floor area:

1. Vent shafts or areas with a ceiling height of less than five feet above finished floor.

2. Attics, crawlspaces, or similar areas, where entry is made only for service of utilities, and not designed for use as storage or any other use whatsoever.

3. If Uunenclosed on at least two sides, roofed areas such as patio covers, porches, trellises, gazebos, shade structures, or other similar unenclosed structures shall not count toward the calculation of floor area if not used for the shelter, housing, or enclosure of persons, animals, or property.

4. Enclosed spaces in nonresidential or mixed-use structures that contain “infrastructure” (e.g., mechanical equipment enclosures, vent shafts, trash and recycling enclosures, air conditioners, forced air units, electric vaults, water heaters and softeners, cellular telephone equipment, and other similar uses) shall not count toward the calculation of floor area if such areas are designed in the minimum size necessary to screen or enclose such equipment, and the space cannot be converted to storage or another non-infrastructure use.

5. Nonlivable residential Minor accessory structures that do not require a building permit for construction or installation.

6. Temporary structures permitted with a Temporary Use Permit.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
14 FIGURE 30.15.070.A: MEASURING FLOOR AREA

30.15.080 Measuring Front Yards.

Front yards shall be measured by extending perpendicular lines from each point of a front lot line to the nearest wall of the first main building on the lot. Where there is no wall of a main building on the lot which intercepts said perpendicular lines, said yard will terminate at a point determined by extending a line parallel to the front lot line from the corner of the front elevation of the main building to the nearest lot line. The front elevation of a building is any elevation that faces a street.

A. Rounded Corners. If the corner of the front elevation is rounded (i.e., a tower), the corner of the elevation shall be established by drawing the smallest square or rectangle that will enclose the round element and extend the line from the corner of the superimposed square or rectangle that is closest to the front lot line.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
15 FIGURE 30.15.080: MEASURING FRONT YARDS
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
16 COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
17 30.15.090 Measuring Height and Stories.

A. Measuring Height Generally. Height is the vertical distance measured from existing or finished grade, whichever is lower, to the top of the structure directly above. Special measurement provisions are also provided below.

A.B. Measuring Building Height on Sloped Lots. Building height on sloped lots is measured from a warped plane connecting the perimeter of the building where it contacts the lower of existing or finished grade to every part of the building roof or parapet. every point on top of the building roof or roof parapet to a warped plane directly below connecting all points where existing or finished grade, whichever is lower, contacts the exterior building walls or foundation system.

1. Exception: The vertical portion of exterior doors, stairway landings, or light wells on a basement elevation are excluded from the height calculation if the cumulative total width does not exceed 12 feet per elevation.

C. Height Exclusions.

1. Light Wells. The vertical portion of exterior doors, stairway landings, or light wells on a basement elevation are excluded from the height calculation if the cumulative total width does not exceed 12 feet per elevation.

2. Architectural Elements. Architectural elements that do not add floor area to a structure, such as chimneys, vents, antennae, open trellises that do not exceed 12 feet in height, rooftop equipment and associated screening, roof-mounted solar energy systems a maximum of three feet above the maximum height limit, roof decks that do not exceed 10 inches in height above the roof, guard rails for roof decks, and towers including stairway or elevator towers with minimum landings for egress are not considered a part of the height of a structure, but all portions of the roof and roof parapet are included.

3. Additional Height Allowances. See Section 30.140.100, Exceptions to Height Limitations.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
18 FIGURE 30.15.090.AB: MEASURING BUILDING HEIGHT ON SLOPED LOTS COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
19 B.D. Measuring the Height of Fences and Hedges. The height of a fence or hedge is measured in a vertical line from the lowest point of contact with the ground directly adjacent to both sides of the fence or hedge to the highest point of the fence or hedge along said vertical line.

1. Multiple Fences and Hedges. All fences and hedges located within five feet of each other, including fences and hedges on adjoining lots, shall be considered a single fence or hedge. The height of multiple fences and hedges that are subject to the same height limitation shall be measured from the lowest point of contact with the ground of a fence or hedge to the highest point of any other fence or hedge located within five feet. The horizontal separation shall be measured from the surfaces of the fences or hedges that face each other.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
20 FIGURE 30.15.090.BD: MEASURING THE HEIGHT OF FENCES AND HEDGES C.E. Determining Prescribed Landscapeing Height. The prescribed heights of landscapeing are the heights to be attained within five years after planting.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
21 D.F. Measuring the Height of Decks and Patios. Deck and patio height is determined by measuring from the ground below to the top of the surface of the deck or patio directly above.

Guardrails, the minimum height required by the Building Code, are exempt from the height measurement.

FIGURE 30.15.090.DF: MEASURING HEIGHT OF DECKS AND PATIOS E.G. Determining the Number of Stories in a Building. In determining the number of stories in a building or structure, the following rules apply:

1. The number of stories in a building or structure shall be construed to be the maximum number of stories through which any one of an unlimited number of possible vertical lines can pass, without passing through a wall.

2. An interior balcony or mezzanine is counted as a story if its floor area exceeds onethird of the total area of the nearest full floor directly below it.

3. Any floor which is partly below and partly above grade, such as a basement, cellar, or understory, shall be counted as a story if more than a cumulative total width of 12 feet per elevation has a distance from finished grade to ceiling greater than four feet.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
22 4. An attic half-story, when applicable, is identified by “.5” in the description of maximum height. An attic half-story is not counted as a whole story when its top wall plates, on at least two opposite exterior walls, are less than four feet above the floor of such story.

FIGURE 30.15.090.EG: DETERMINING THE NUMBER OF STORIES
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
23 30.15.100 Measuring Setbacks and Stepbacks.

Setbacks are measured as the distance between any lot line and a line parallel to the lot line the depth of such area being the distance required by this title.

A. Front Setbacks. If a portion of the property is located within a street dedication, the setback is measured from the boundary of the street dedication.

B. Upper Story Setbacks. Upper story setbacks shall apply to all portions of any upper story except as provided in Section 30.140.090, Encroachments into Setbacks and Open Yards.

C. Upper Story Stepbacks. Upper story stepbacks shall be measured at the required setback line. For example, if the setback is 15 feet, with a 5-foot stepback, the portion of the building subject to the stepback shall be stepped back a minimum of 5 feet from the 15-foot setback line (i.e., 20 feet from the property line). Upper story stepbacks apply to all portions of any upper story except as provided in Section 30.140.090, Encroachments into Setbacks and Open Yards. Recessed areas on interior upper story stepbacks may not be used as a balcony, deck, terrace, or other usable space.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
24 C.D. Multiple Required Setbacks. If there are multiple required setbacks, the more restrictive applies.

FIGURE 30.15.100: MEASURING SETBACKS
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
25 FIGURE 30.15.100.C: MEASURING UPPER STORY STEPBACKS

30.15.110 Measuring Street Frontage.

Street frontage is measured along the front lot line.

30.15.120 Screening.

When required by this title, screening shall minimize the visual impact of an object or land use to the extent appropriate, through means of placement, barrier, or camouflage. Screening shall be designed to blend into the surrounding architecture or landscape so that the object or land use is not apparent to the casual observer. Screening shall be measured as follows: These standards provide methods for the screening and buffering of surface parking, mechanical equipment, and any other objects or land uses as required by this code to minimize visual, noise, and privacy impacts to surrounding properties and rights-of-way.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
26 A. Screening Generally. Unless otherwise stated in this section, objects and activities are considered “screened” when they are either not publicly visible, as defined in Section 30.300.160 “P” of this code, or behind a solid six-foot-high fence or hedge where such fence or hedge is otherwise allowed by zoning. Screening shall be required for the repair, rehabilitation, expansion, new installation, or relocation of any object or land use to be screened.

A.B. Uncovered Parking. Uncovered automobile parking shall be screened when viewed from the adjacent street or alley, in locations as specified by Section 30.175.060, Location of Required Automobile and Bicycle Parking, consistent with one of the following:

1. On a site with four or fewer automobile parking spaces, uncovered parking must be screened from public view, except at driveways necessary for ingress and egress, by a solid fence, wall, driveway gate, or a compact evergreen hedge, with a maximum height between 5 and 6 feet and a minimum distance of 10 feet from the front lot line. The area between the lot line and such fence or wall must be landscaped; or

2. If located more than 35 feet from a front lot line, and includes no more than four automobile parking spaces, uncovered parking is considered screened by the distance from the front lot line; or

3. On a site with five or more automobile parking spaces, applicable fence and landscape buffers, consistent with Section 30.175.080 Parking Area Landscape and Fence Standards, must be provided for screening.

B. Other Objects. Other than uncovered parking, the object or land use shall be screened from any public view, public parking lots, or adjacent residential properties.

C. Trash and Recycling. Trash and recycling containers must be screened and located in compliance with the standards in Section 30.140.240, Waste, Recycling, and Outdoor Storage.

D. Screening Materials. Screening may include fences and walls, landscape, equipment painted to match the building, building parapets, or other architectural elements in the building’s architectural style.

E. Screening Height. All screen devices shall be as high as the highest point of the object being screened but shall not exceed applicable maximum height limitations. Screening height shall be measured as the vertical distance between the finished grade at the base of the screen and the top edge of the screen material.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
27 C. Design Review Required. All screening shall be reviewed and approved by the appropriate Design Review body.

D.F. Exceptions.

1. Solar energy (i.e., photovoltaic) panels and electric vehicle charging stations shall not be subject to the screening requirements described in this section. However, accessory power equipment associated with these systems shall be fully screened.

2. Where an applicant can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the appropriate Design Review body that variations in the requirements of this section are warranted in order to provide relief for existing site constraints, or to achieve a superior aesthetic or environmental design, screening may be reduced or waived by the Design Review body.

FIGURE 30.15.120: SCREENING
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
28 SECTION 2. Sections 30.140.050 and 30.140.100 of Chapter 30.140 of Title 30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

Division III: Citywide Regulations
Chapter 30.140 General Site Regulations
Sections:

30.140.050 Development Along Mission
Creek

30.140.100 Exceptions to Height Limitations

30.140.050 Development Along Mission Creek.

A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide controls on development adjacent to the bed of Mission Creek within the City of Santa Barbara. These controls are necessary:

1. To prevent undue damage or destruction of developments by flood waters;

2. To prevent development on one parcel from causing undue detrimental impact on adjacent or downstream properties in the event of flood waters; and

3. To protect the public health, safety and welfare.

B. Applicability. No person may construct, build, or place a development within the area described in Subsection 30.140.050.C, Development Limitation Area, unless said development has been previously approved as provided in Subsection 30.140.050.E, Approval Required. The development must also comply with the City of Santa Barbara's adopted Floodplain Management regulations.

C. Development Limitation Area. The limitations of this section shall apply to all land within the area of the Mission Creek watercourse pursuant to Section 30.15.040, Determining Area of a Watercourse Creek Top of Bank, and all land located within 25 feet of the top of either bank of Mission Creek within the City of Santa Barbara.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
29 D. Development Defined. Development, for the purposes of this section, shall include any structure requiring a building permit; the construction or placement of a fence, wall, retaining wall, steps, deck (wood, rock, or concrete), or walkway; any grading; or, the relocation or removal of stones or other surface which forms a natural creek channel.

E. Approval Required. Prior to construction of a development in the area described in Subsection 30.140.050.C, Development Limitation Area, the property owner shall obtain approvals as follow:

1. Any development subject to the requirement for a building permit shall be reviewed and approved by the Community Development Director or the Planning Commission on appeal, prior to the issuance of a building permit.

2. Any development not requiring a building permit shall be reviewed and approved by the Community Development Director, or the Planning Commission on appeal. A description of the development shall be submitted showing the use of intended development, its location, size and manner of construction.

F. Development Standards. No development in the area subject to this section shall be approved unless it is found that it will be consistent with the purposes set forth in Subsection

30.140.050.A, Purpose.

1. The Community Development Director, or the Planning Commission on appeal, shall consider the following in determining whether the development is consistent with Subsection 30.140.050.A, Purpose:
a. That the proposed new development, additions, alterations, and improvements, will not significantly reduce existing floodways, realign stream beds or otherwise adversely affect other properties by increasing stream velocities or depths, or by diverting the flow, and that the proposed new development will be reasonably safe from flow-related erosion and will not cause flow-related erosion hazards or otherwise aggravate existing flow-related erosion hazards. b. That proposed reconstruction of structures damaged by fire, flood or other calamities will comply with Subparagraph 1.a above, or be less nonconforming than the original structure and will not adversely affect other properties. c. The report, if any, of a qualified soils engineer or geologist and the recommendations of the Santa Barbara County Flood Control and Water Conservation District.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
30 d. Whether denial of approval would cause severe hardship or prohibit the reasonable development and use of the property.

2. The Community Development Director, or the Planning Commission on appeal, may consider the following factors as mitigating possible hazards which might otherwise result from such development:
a. Where the development is located on a bank of the creek which is sufficiently higher than the opposite bank to place the development outside a flood hazard area.
b. Where the creek bed adjacent to the development is sufficiently wide or the creek bank slope sufficiently gradual that the probability of flood hazard is reduced. c. Where approved erosion or flood control facilities or devices have been installed in the creek bed adjacent to the development. d. Where the ground level floor of the development is not used for human occupancy and has no solid walls.
e. Where the development is set on pilings so that the first occupied floor lies above the 100-year flood level, and such pilings are designed to minimize turbulence.

3. The Staff Hearing Officer, or the Planning Commission on appeal, may grant a Modification to required Open Yards or setbacks required by the applicable zone, pursuant to Chapter 30.250, Modifications, in order to enable a structure to comply with the Development Limitation Area in Subsection 30.140.050.C, or to be relocated to a safer or more appropriate location on the lot.

G. Procedures. The following procedures shall apply to developments in the area defined in Subsection 30.140.050.C, Development Limitation Area:

1. All applicants shall receive an environmental assessment.

2. All applications shall be referred to the Santa Barbara County Flood Control and Water Conservation District and the City Parks and Recreation Department Creeks Division for review and comment.

3. Upon completion of the above review and comment, the proposed development shall be reviewed by the Community Development Director as provided in Subsection

30.140.050.E, Approval Required. The Community Development Director shall give the COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
31 applicant and any other person requesting to be heard, an opportunity to submit oral or written comments prior to a decision. The Community Development Director shall send by mail notice of the decision to the applicant. The decision of the Community Development Director shall be final unless appealed by the applicant or any interested person to the Planning Commission within 10 days by the filing of a written appeal with the Community Development Department. The Community Development Department shall schedule the matter for a noticed public hearing by the Planning Commission pursuant to 30.205, Common Procedures. The decision of the Planning Commission shall be final.

30.140.100. Exceptions to Height Limitations.

A. Architectural Elements. Architectural elements that do not add floor area to a structure, such as chimneys, vents, antennae, open trellises, rooftop equipment and associated screening, solar panels, roof decks that do not exceed 10 inches in height above the roof, guard rails for roof decks, and towers including stairway or elevator towers with minimum landings for egress are not considered a part of the height of a structure, but all portions of the roof and roof parapet are included. Additional Height Exceptions are in Section 30.15.090, Measuring Height and Stories.

B. Community Benefit and Community Benefit Housing Projects. In the C-G, M-C, M-I, and CO-MI zones, up to 60 feet in height may be allowed for projects that qualify as a Community Benefit Project or a Community Benefit Housing Project in accordance with the following.

1. Required Findings. A Community Benefit Project or a Community Benefit Housing Project may only be approved if the following findings are made in addition to any other findings required by this Title.
a. Demonstrated Need. The applicant has adequately demonstrated a need for the project to exceed 45 feet in height that is related to the project’s benefit to the community, or due to site constraints, or in order to achieve desired architectural qualities;
b. Architecture and Design. The project will be exemplary in its design;
c. Livability. If the project includes residential units, the project will provide amenities to its residents which ensure the livability of the project with particular attention to good interior design features such as the amount of light and air, or ceiling plate heights; and
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
32 d. Sensitivity to Context. The project design will complement the setting and the character of the neighboring properties with sensitivity to any adjacent federal, state, and City Landmarks or any nearby designated Historic Resources, including City-designated Structures of Merit.

2. Procedure.
a. Conceptual Design Review. Prior to the Planning Commission considering an application for a height exception pursuant to this section, a project shall receive conceptual design review by the appropriate Design Review body as required by Title 22 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code Chapter 30.220, Design Review.
b. Planning Commission Consideration of Findings
i. Design Review Projects. If a project only requires design review by the Historic Landmarks Commission or the Architectural Board of Review under Title 22 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code, the Planning Commission shall review and consider the building height findings of this section after conceptual design review and before consideration of the project by the Historic Landmarks Commission or the Architectural Board of Review for Project Design approval.
ii. Staff Hearing Officer Projects. If a project requires the review and approval of a permit by the Staff Hearing Officer, the Planning Commission shall review and consider the building height findings after conceptual design review pursuant to Title 22 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code, but before the preparation of a full application for the consideration of the permit by the Staff Hearing Officer.
iii. Planning Commission Projects. If a project requires the review and approval of a permit by the Planning Commission, the Planning Commission shall review and consider the building height findings after conceptual design review pursuant to Title 22 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code, but before the Development Application Review Team (DART) submittal and before the consideration of the land use approval by the Planning Commission.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
33 SECTION 3. Chapter 30.145 of Title 30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

Chapter 30.145 Affordable Housing and Density Bonus and Development Incentives
Sections:

30.145.010 Intent

30.145.020 Density Bonus Under State Law

30.145.030 Density Bonus Under City
Program

30.145.035 Affordable Housing Streamlined
Approval

30.145.040 Denial of By-Right Affordable
Housing Projects

30.145.010 Intent.

The intent of this chapter is to provide incentives for the development of housing affordable to very-low income, lower income, senior and other qualifying households (hereinafter referred to collectively in this chapter as “affordable housing development”). State law mandates the provision of density bonuses to senior, very-low, and lower income households under certain circumstances.

The City of Santa Barbara has created a separate density bonus program for certain other households. This chapter also establishes conditions and procedures for processing streamlined and by-right housing projects consistent with California Government Code § 65913.4 State law. If any portion of this Chapter conflicts with any applicable State law, State law shall supersede this Chapter. Any ambiguities in this Chapter shall be interpreted to be consistent with State law.

Statutory references in this ordinance include successor provisions.

30.145.020 Density Bonus Under State Law.

If a project meets the criteria of State law, the project shall be granted a density bonus and incentives or concessions as required by State law and processed as required by State law unless otherwise requested by the applicant.

A. Qualifying Housing Developments. Qualifying Housing Developments are as defined in Government Code § 65915.

B. Unit Size. Affordable units shall be comparable in size and provide at least the same average number of bedrooms as the non-affordable units.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
34 C. Childcare Facility Density Bonus. When an applicant proposes to construct a housing development that conforms to the requirements of the State density bonus law and includes a childcare facility other than a family day care home that will be located on the premises of, as part of, or adjacent to the project, the City shall grant additional density bonus or additional concession or incentive as required by State law.

D. Procedure.

1. Determination of Qualification. The applicant shall submit the project for review by the Community Development Director to determine whether the project meets the criteria set forth in State density bonus law.

2. Density Bonus and Development Incentives. The density bonus, development incentives, and processing shall be provided as required in Government Code § 65915.

3. Review Procedure. A project which meets all the requirements of State law shall be processed pursuant to the applicable discretionary or objective design review procedure, subject to the following exceptions:
a. Lot Area Density Modification Not Required. When the State density bonus requested is no more than the density bonus mandated by State law, the Community Development Director shall deem the project’s density consistent with the Zoning Ordinance and project shall be deemed exempt from the requirement for a density modification pursuant to Chapter 30.250, Modifications. b. Other Discretionary or Objective Design Review Required. State density bonus projects shall be subject to any other discretionary or objective design review procedure applicable to multi-unit residential uses of the same type in the same zone. b. Design Review Body Hearing. When the Community Development Director determines that a proposed project meets all the requirements of the residential zoning category in which the project is proposed, does not cause any unavoidable, significant, environmental impacts, and requires design review as its only City discretionary approval, the appropriate design review body shall review the project. c. Decision. The Community Development Director shall determine whether a project and its requested concessions, incentives and development standard waivers are consistent with State density bonus law.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
35 30.145.030 Density Bonus Under City Program.

A. Qualifying Housing Developments. When a developer proposes an affordable housing development which is not proposed under the sState law criteria and requests a density bonus, the Community Development Director shall review the project for consistency project shall comply with the City’s density bonus program, adopted by resolution in the City of Santa Barbara Affordable Housing Policies and Procedures Manual.

B. Procedure.

1. Density Modification Required. If the proposed project is determined to be consistent with the criteria of the City’s density bonus program, it shall be processed according to the applicable discretionary review procedures and approved or denied under the provisions of that program. with a density modification pursuant to Chapter 30.250, Modifications, and any other discretionary review procedure (e.g., design review, development plan) applicable to multi-unit residential uses of the same type in the same zone.

2. No Automatic Concessions. The City density bonus program does not include automatic concessions, incentives, or development standard waivers. However, the proposed project may apply for a modification of any applicable standard as allowed pursuant to Chapter 30.250, Modifications.

C. Relationship to State Density Bonus Law. If an applicant requests a density bonus pursuant to § 65915 of the California Government Code, the proposed project may not also use the density bonus under the City program.

30.145.035 Affordable Housing Streamlined Approval.

The provisions of this section apply to applications deemed complete before January 1, 2026 that meet the criteria for qualifying streamlined housing projects and shall be processed as required by state law. No application under this section will be accepted by the City after January 1, 2026 unless the state extends or does not repeal Government Code § 65913.4 or if Government Code § 65913.4 expires or is repealed. This section shall remain in effect for the same period as provisions contained in Government Code § 65913.4. Any provisions that are not extended by the State Legislature shall be repealed as of the date those provisions in Government Code § 65913.4 are deemed null and void. Applications under this section will be accepted by the City for review until the time the State statute expires or is repealed.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
36 A. Qualifying Streamlined Housing Projects. Qualifying streamlined housing projects are as defined in Government Code § 65913.4.

B. Exempt From Discretionary Review. Qualifying streamlined housing projects shall be exempt from all City discretionary review including, but not limited to, any required pre-application or concept review; discretionary action on a tentative map; and discretionary design review, provided that the project conforms with all applicable objective provisions of s State law, the Municipal Code, the General Plan, and this section. Except that, if the project is in the coastal zone, an application for a Coastal Development Permit shall be submitted as required by Chapter 30.210, Coastal Permits.

C. Objective Zoning and Design and Development Standards. Any lot developed with a qualifying streamlined housing project shall comply with all objective land use regulations, citywide regulations, development standards, and design review standards, including the Objective Design Standards for Streamlined Housing Projects and Development Standards (ODDS) in Title 25 of this code in effect at the time a complete application is submitted, applicable to a residential multi-unit or mixed-use project within the zoning district in which the lot is located, including, but not limited to, residential density, setbacks, height, and open yard, as described in Santa Barbara Municipal Code.

1. Exceptions Prohibited. A streamlined housing project may not include a request for an exception to these objective standards by applying for a variance, modification, exception, waiver, or other discretionary approval for height, density, setbacks, open yard, land use, development plan approval, or similar development standard, other than modifications concessions, incentives, or development standard waivers granted as part of a density bonus concession or incentive pursuant to sState density bonus law.

D. Review Process.

1. Notice of Intent. Before submitting an application for a development subject to streamlined, ministerial approval, the applicant must submit a notice of intent in the form of a preliminary application that includes all of the information described in Government Code § 65941.1.

2. Scoping Consultation. Upon receipt of a notice of intent, the City will engage in a scoping consultation with any California Native American tribe that is traditionally and culturally affiliated with the geographic area, according to the timelines and procedures established by State law. After concluding the scoping consultation, the applicant will be notified as follows:

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
37 a. If it is either determined that no potential tribal cultural resource could be affected by the proposed development, or if all parties and the property owner enter into an agreement establishing the methods, measures, and conditions for treatment of the tribal cultural resource, the applicant may submit an application for review. b. If it is determined that a potential tribal cultural resource could be affected by the proposed development, and all parties or the property owner do not reach an agreement on methods, measures, and conditions to avoid or address impacts to tribal cultural resources, the development shall not be eligible for the streamlined, ministerial approval process.

3. Review of Applications. After the scoping consultation is deemed to be concluded, and if the project is eligible, the applicant may submit an full application pursuant to Chapter 30.205, Common Procedures for ministerial review of the design and an initial determination whether the project meets the remaining criteria for approval in compliance with Government Code § 65913.4.

4. Ministerial Design Review. After the application is determined to be complete, the Community Development Director will schedule the project for ministerial design review by either the Architectural Board of Review or Historic Landmarks Commission, as appropriate, for one or more public oversight hearings, as follows:
a. Ministerial design review shall be objective and strictly focused on assessing compliance with the criteria required for streamlined housing projects, as well as any adopted objective design standards.
b. Ministerial design review shall require public notice and a hearing pursuant to Chapter 30.205, Common Procedures.

5. Project Approval. A project which meets all the requirements of s State law and this section shall be approved by the applicable design review body in compliance with the time periods established by State law.

6. Appeals. A final action by the design review body to deny on a qualifying streamlined housing project may be appealed by the applicant to the City Council in accordance with Chapter 1.30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code. In addition to the procedures specified in Chapter 1.30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code, public notice shall be provided in the same manner required for the action that was the subject of the appeal. In deciding such an appeal, the City Council shall determine whether the project COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
38 complies with the criteria required for streamlined housing projects, as well as any adopted objective design standards.

4. Objective Design Review. Qualifying streamlined housing projects shall be permitted with objective design review pursuant to Section 30.220.050, Objective Design Review, in compliance with the time periods and other provisions established by State law.

30.145.040 Denial of Affordable Housing Projects.

If at least 20% of the total units in a housing development are sold or rented to low income households, and the balance of the units are sold or rented to either low or moderate income households, it shall not be disapproved or conditioned in a manner which renders the project infeasible for development for the use of low and moderate income households unless the decision making body finds, based upon substantial evidence, one of the following, pursuant to California Government Code Section 65589.5:

A. The project is not needed for the City to meet its share of the regional need of low or moderate income housing as outlined in the adopted Housing Element to the General Plan; or B. The project as proposed would have a specific, adverse impact upon the public health and safety, and there is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the specific adverse impact without rendering the project unaffordable to low or moderate income households; or C. Denial of the project or imposition of conditions is required in order to comply with specific state or federal law, and there is no feasible method to comply without rendering the project unaffordable to low or moderate income households; or
D. Approval of the project would increase the concentration of low income households in a neighborhood that already has a disproportionately high number of low income households and there is no feasible method of approving the development at a different site, including sites identified in the adopted Housing Element, without rendering the development unaffordable to low or moderate income households; or
E. The project is proposed on land zoned for resource preservation which is surrounded on at least two sides by land being used for agricultural or resource preservation purposes, or which does not have adequate water or wastewater facilities to serve the project; or COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
39 F. The project is inconsistent with the land use designation as outlined in the adopted General Plan or in any General Plan element as it existed on the date the application for the project was deemed complete.

30.145.040 By-Right Approval.

A. Purpose. This section specifies the process for reviewing uses entitled to review as a “use by right” as defined in Government Code § 65583.2. In enacting this section, it is the intent of the City to implement State law as well as the goals, objectives, and policies of the City’s Housing Element of the General Plan. The provisions of this section apply to all applications that meet the criteria for by-right approval and shall be processed as required by State law. Applications under this section will be accepted by the City for review until the time an applicable State statute expires or is repealed.

B. Qualifying Projects. The following uses are eligible for by-right approval:

1. Use by Right Affordable Housing. Affordable housing projects that meet all of the requirements of Government Code § 65583.2 and as follows:
a. Affordability. At least 20% of the total units in the housing development project are sold or rented to very low or low income households. b. Location. Located on sites identified to accommodate a portion of the lower income unit capacity in the General Plan Housing Element “Suitable Sites Inventory” and are shown as either (1) a vacant site in two or more consecutive Housing Element cycles, or (2) as a nonvacant site in the prior Housing Element cycle but not yet developed for housing.

2. Permanent Supportive Housing. As defined in Government Code § 65650 that meets all of the requirements of Government Code § 65660 et seq.

3. Low Barrier Navigation Centers. As defined in Government Code § 65650 that meets all of the requirements of Government Code § 65660 et seq.

4. Land Owned by a Higher Education or Religious Institution. 100% affordable projects located on land that is owned by an independent institution of higher education or religious institution as described in Government Code § 65913.16.

5. Emergency Shelters. Projects consistent with Government Code § 65583 Section and Section 30.185.170, Emergency Shelter.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
40 6. Other. Other projects eligible under State law for by-right approval.

D. Review Process.

1. An applicant for a project eligible for by-right approval shall submit an application pursuant to Chapter 30.205, Common Procedures, for ministerial review of the design.

2. Projects eligible for by-right approval shall be exempt from all City discretionary review, provided that the project conforms with all objective land use regulations, citywide regulations, development standards, and design review standards, including the Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS) in Title 25 of this code, that apply to other multi-unit housing within the same zone. Except that, if the project is in the coastal zone, an application for a Coastal Development Permit shall be submitted as required by Chapter

30.210, Coastal Permits.

3. As provided by Government Code § 65583.2(i), an eligible project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act.

4. Projects eligible for by-right approval shall be permitted with objective design review pursuant to Section 30.220.050, Objective Design Review, consistent with the time periods and other provisions established by State law.

30.145.050 Denial of Affordable Housing or Emergency Shelters.

If a housing development includes 20% of units affordable to very low or low- income households, 100% of units affordable or moderate or middle income households, or an Emergency Shelter, the Review Authority shall approve the housing development unless the Review Authority makes written findings supported by a preponderance of the evidence in the record, as to at least one of the findings in Government Code § 65589.5(d).

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
41 SECTION 4. Chapter 30.175 of Title 30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

Chapter 30.175 Parking Regulations
Sections:

30.175.010 Purpose

30.175.020 Applicability

30.175.030 General Provisions

30.175.040 Required Automobile and Bicycle
Parking Spaces

30.175.050 Parking Exceptions and
Reductions

30.175.060 Location of Required Automobile
and Bicycle Parking

30.175.070 Bicycle Parking

30.175.080 Parking Area Landscape and
Fence Standards

30.175.090 Parking Area Design and
Development Standards

30.175.010 Purpose.

The purposes of these parking regulations are to:

A. Provide for parking facilities and site design that allow for choice in transportation modes; B. Provide sufficient off-street automobile and bicycle parking spaces to accommodate the majority of users of a site over time;
C. Provide standards for safe and well-designed parking, loading and vehicle circulation areas, promote attractive pedestrian routes, and provide landscaping requirements to screen, shade, and beautify parking and circulation areas;
D. Promote community character, protect historic resources, and limit the environmental and urban design impacts that can result from off-street parking and circulation; E. Create buffers between parking facilities and surrounding sensitive land uses; F. Allow for reductions of the number of required spaces where warranted; and G. Allow for flexibility in parking design where warranted.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
42 30.175.020 Applicability.

The requirements of this chapter apply to the establishment, alteration, addition to, or change in any use of a building, structure, or site development, as provided in this section.

A. New Structures and New Land Uses. Automobile and bicycle parking in conformity with this chapter shall be provided at the time any structure is erected, or any new land use or new residential unit is established.

B. Existing Structures and Existing Land Uses.

1. Additions and Alterations. Existing structures and land uses that are conforming or nonconforming to the minimum number of automobile parking spaces may be altered or enlarged as follows:
a. Projects that Result in a Higher Parking Requirement. Additional automobile and bicycle parking spaces shall be provided pursuant to this chapter for any addition of new floor area or other alteration to an existing use that results in an increase to the minimum number of required parking spaces for any existing building, structure, or land use. The number of additional automobile parking spaces that must be provided for the project shall be equal to the number of parking spaces required for the proposed addition.
b. Projects that Result in the Same or Lower Parking Requirement. If an addition of new floor area alteration results in the same or fewer automobile and bicycle parking spaces required for any existing building, structure, or land use, no additional automobile parking spaces shall be required.

2. Alterations and Change of Use.
a. Alterations and Change to Use with Same or Lower Parking Requirement. When an existing building, structure or land use is altered or changed to another land use that requires the same or fewer automobile parking spaces under this chapter than are required for the existing use, no additional automobile parking spaces shall be required.
b. Alterations and Change to Use with Higher Parking Requirement. i. Industrial Uses. in the M-C, M-I, CO-MI, and CO-CAR Zones. In the manufacturing and industrial zones (M-C, M-I, CO-MI, and CO-CAR COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
43 Zones), when an industrial land use is changed to a commercial land use or any other non-industrial another land use that requires more parking spaces under this chapter than are required for the existing use, automobile parking in conformity with this chapter shall be provided for all new and existing land uses on-site.
ii. Non-Industrial Uses in the M-C, M-I, CO-MI, and CO-CAR Zones and All Uses in Other Zones. Except as provided for industrial uses in certain zones above, when an existing land use is changed to another land use that requires more parking spaces under this chapter than are required for the existing use, additional automobile parking shall be provided. The number of additional automobile parking spaces shall be equal to the number of parking spaces required pursuant to this chapter for the proposed development minus the number of parking spaces already being provided for the existing use. required pursuant to this chapter for the existing development. The total number of required automobile parking spaces is the sum of the additional parking spaces calculated above, plus the existing parking spaces.

3. Nonconforming Parking.
a. Right to Continue. Existing structures and land uses on lots that are nonconforming to the minimum number of automobile parking spaces, may be continued, altered, or enlarged, subject to the requirements of this chapter. The right to continue shall attach to the land and shall not be affected by a change in ownership, tenancy, or management. The right to continue shall terminate once the nonconforming parking becomes conforming, is made more conforming, or if the existing structures are demolished or substantially redeveloped but shall not terminate due to a discontinuation of use or if the demolished or substantially redeveloped structure is reconstructed, pursuant to subsection b, below. When nonconforming parking becomes more conforming, the right to continue shall only be applicable to the most conforming parking configuration. b. Substantial Redevelopment and Replacement of Existing Structures. Existing structures on lots that are nonconforming to the minimum number of automobile parking spaces may be demolished or substantially redeveloped and rebuilt without conforming to the minimum number of automobile parking spaces, provided that all of the following conditions are met:

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
44 i. The use of the new or reconstructed structure is the same Use Classification as the existing structure.
ii. All conditions specified in Section 30.165.080, Substantial Redevelopment and Replacement of Demolished Nonconforming Structures, are met.
iii. Any new, altered, or reconstructed parking area and landscape area conforms to all standards in Section 30.175.090, Parking Area Design and Development Standards, and Section 30.175.080, Parking Area Landscape and Fence Standards.
c. Nonconforming Bicycle Parking.
i. Sites that are nonconforming to the minimum number of bicycle parking spaces required by this chapter shall provide conforming long term and short term bicycle parking for all new structures constructed, reconstructed, or when any addition, or alteration, or change of use results in a requirement for additional automobile parking spaces. ii. Bicycle parking shall also be required on any project that includes a change of use, substantial exterior remodel, or alteration to the existing parking areas,but. Nonresidential bicycle parking provided pursuant to this paragraph may be provided in a short term configuration. d. Nonconforming Parking Lot Landscaping. Sites that are nonconforming to the parking lot landscaping required by this chapter shall provide conforming landscaping for any new, altered, or reconstructed parking areas for the area that is altered. If conforming landscaping would result in a reduction of required automobile parking spaces, an alternative landscape design may be approved by the applicable Design Review body, pursuant to Subsection 30.175.080.E, Alternative Landscape Designs.

4. Determination of Number of Spaces. If the City discovers unpermitted or unauthorized site development affecting parking or parking configuration during application review, or when the permit record is unclear, the Community Development Director shall have the authority to determine the number of existing conforming or nonconforming automobile and bicycle parking spaces for a site based on the requirements of this chapter.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
45 Elements to be considered when making this determination include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. The current, actual, physical configuration of existing parking spaces located on the site, including any site constraints not previously or accurately identified on any issued Building Permit, such as topography, lot dimensions, and building locations;
b. Whether existing parking spaces are consistent with the City Access and Parking Design Standards; and
c. The dimensions of an existing garage or carport, including the existence of any obstructions, and the width of the garage or carport opening.

30.175.030 General Provisions.

A. Permit Required. A permit is required to establish any new driveway, parking area, or vehicle maneuvering area or for any change to an existing driveway, parking area, or vehicle maneuvering area.

B. Off-Street Parking Required. Whenever automobile or bicycle parking spaces are required pursuant to this chapter, they shall be located off-street.

C. Conversion or Demolition of Parking. Any permit to allow the conversion, demolition, or substantial redevelopment of any required automobile or bicycle parking space shall not be approved unless replacement parking is included under the same permit.

D. New and Existing Parking Areas. All new, reconstructed or altered driveways, parking areas, or vehicle maneuvering areas shall be designed and developed consistent with the standards of this chapter and the City Standards for Parking Design City Access and Parking Design Standards.

These standards shall apply to both required and voluntary parking spaces. All paved areas and structures accessible to vehicles shall be reviewed as potential parking areas. No vehicle shall be stored or parked on a lot in a manner inconsistent with the requirements of this chapter.

E. Minimum Size of Nonconforming Two Car Garage or Carport. If an existing garage or carport legally constructed with a Building Permit has an exterior dimension less than 16 feet wide, it is considered physically unsuitable for two cars and shall be considered a single car garage or carport.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
46 F. Timing of Construction. All parking facilities required by this chapter shall be constructed or installed prior to passing final inspection or the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy for the uses that they serve.

G. Parking and Loading to be Maintained. All required parking and loading spaces shall be maintained in amount, design, and location, unless equivalent substitute facilities are approved and provided.

H. Availability. All parking required by this chapter must be available for its intended purpose during business hours for all nonresidential uses and at all times for residential uses, and shall remain accessible and available to all occupants and patrons of uses and structures. In no event shall parking facilities that are required for a structure or use be considered as providing any of the required parking spaces for any other structure or use.

I. Accessible Parking. Each lot where automobile parking is provided for the public as clients, guests, or employees shall include automobile parking accessible to disabled persons, in compliance with the Building Code.

1. New Structures and New Land Uses Residential Units. Accessible parking spaces must be provided in addition to the minimum number of automobile parking spaces required if both of the following apply:
a. One or fewer automobile parking spaces are required and provided for the new structure or new use; and
b. Signed, accessible, automobile parking spaces are required by the Building Code.

If voluntary automobile parking spaces are provided where there are no parking minimums, accessible parking shall be provided as required by the Building Code; however, the total number of parking spaces shall not exceed any maximum parking requirement.

If one or fewer automobile parking spaces are required per residential unit for any new development and if signed, accessible automobile parking spaces are required by the Building Code, then the signed, accessible automobile parking spaces must be provided in addition to the minimum number of automobile parking spaces required per residential unit by this chapter.

2. Existing Structures and Existing Land Uses. The conversion of one or more existing automobile parking spaces to accessible uncovered automobile parking spaces, COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
47 associated access aisles, and components of an accessible route (sloped walkways and ramps/landings/guard rails), is allowed, even if the conversion results in fewer automobile parking spaces on the lot than required, pursuant to the following:
a. Configuration. The accessibility improvement is designed and provided for persons with disabilities as required by the Building Code, on existing multi-unit residential, mixed-use, or nonresidential development.
b. Existing Development. This allowance is applicable to existing automobile parking spaces on existing development only, and shall not be used to provide fewer automobile parking spaces than are required for a project consisting of new or reconstructed structures, additions, or a change of use. c. Minimum Size. The accessibility improvement is the minimum size required by the Building Code.
d. Modifications. If the accessibility improvement does not meet these criteria, a Modification for reasonable accommodations will be made, if found to be consistent with the Americans with Disabilities Act; see Chapter 30.250, Modifications.

J. Assigned Parking. Lots developed with multiple uses and a shared parking area shall not assign automobile and bicycle parking spaces to individual tenant spaces or uses, with the following exceptions:

1. rRequired residential automobile and bicycle parking spaces in any mixed-use development shall be assigned to residential occupants; and

2. dDesignated off-site automobile parking spaces, approved pursuant to paragraph

30.175.060.A.1, Allowance for Off-Site Parking, shall be assigned.; and

3. When parking spaces are provided in tandem configuration or in mechanical lifts they may be required to be assigned to residential occupants, or individual tenant spaces or users, as determined by the Public Works Director.

K. Recorded Agreement. A Recorded Agreement, pursuant to Chapter 30.260, Recorded Agreements, shall be required by the Community Development Director whenever there is a special circumstance which requires a written agreement between one or more landowners and the City is required to guarantee permanent access to, or use of, any parking facility, loading area, driveway, or maneuvering area. Examples include, but are not limited to, offsite parking and maneuvering areas, or parking and maneuvering areas that overlap multiple property lines.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
48 L. Commercial Vehicles. Parking of commercial vehicles on any lot developed solely with residential uses is limited to the time necessary to transact business or provide a service at a residence.

M. Inoperable and Unregistered Vehicles. All vehicles incapable of movement under their own power or vehicles not currently registered for use on the street shall be stored in an entirely enclosed space. This provision does not apply to Automobile and Vehicle Repair, Major, Salvage and Wrecking, and Towing and Impound establishments.

N. Covered Parking. Covered automobile parking shall be provided as follows. Covered automobile parking shall also comply with the limitations in Section 30.140.020, Accessory Buildings.

1. Single-Unit Residential. All required automobile parking spaces must be covered. a. Exception. On lots less than 15,000 square feet, uncovered automobile parking may be substituted for covered automobile parking as follows, provided that the uncovered automobile parking complies with Section 30.175.060, Location of Required Parking, and permeable pavers are used on any new paved areas, as feasible.
i. One Covered and One Uncovered Space. Any lot developed with less than 85% of the maximum net floor area for the lot, pursuant to Section 30.20.030.A, Maximum Floor Area (Floor to Lot Area Ratio), may provide one covered automobile parking space and one uncovered automobile parking space.
ii. Two Uncovered Spaces. Any lot developed with less than 80% of the maximum net floor area for the lot, pursuant to Section 30.20.030.A, Maximum Floor Area (Floor to Lot Area Ratio), may provide two uncovered automobile spaces, subject to approval by the appropriate Design Review Body, provided a minimum 200 cubic feet of enclosed exterior storage space is provided on-site.

2. Two-Unit Residential, Condominium, Community Apartment, or Stock Cooperative. A minimum of one automobile parking space allocated to each unit shall be covered.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
49 3. Designated Historic Resources. On any lot developed with a designated historic resource, uncovered automobile parking may be substituted for covered automobile parking, provided that the uncovered automobile parking complies with Section 30.175.060, Location of Required Parking and subject to approval by the appropriate Design Review body, and permeable pavers are used on any new paved areas, unless reduced or waived by the appropriate Design Review body.

4. All Other Uses. For all other uses, automobile parking spaces may be provided as either covered or uncovered. However, required automobile parking spaces for any nonresidential use shall not be allowed in individual garages or carports, unless the location and design are approved by the Public Works Director.

O. Guest Parking. Except for residential development located in the Central Business District, guest automobile parking is required for all multi-unit residential development and for residential units in a mixed-use development, as follows:

1. 1-5 Units: None required.

2. 6-7 Units: One parking space.

3. 8 or More Units: One space per four units.

P. Maintenance. Parking lots, including all landscaped areas, parking spaces, driveways, and loading areas, shall be maintained free of refuse, debris, weeds, or other accumulated matter and shall be kept in good repair at all times.

Q. Standards for Voluntary Parking. If a project provides parking voluntarily, where there are no parking minimums per this title or any other provision of local, state, or federal law, or where more spaces than the minimum required are provided, the total number of parking spaces shall not exceed any maximum parking allowance in this Title, and the following standards shall apply:

1. Accessible Parking and Electric Vehicle Charging Equipment Required. All new residential and nonresidential structures shall provide electric vehicle charging spaces and parking spaces that are accessible to persons with disabilities based on the number of voluntary parking spaces provided.

2. Bicycle Parking Required. Bicycle parking is required pursuant to Table

30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces, even if automobile parking is not required.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
50 3. Parking Costs Unbundled from the Cost of Other Goods and Services.

Voluntary off-street parking spaces may be leased or sold separately from the rental, lease or purchase fees for residential units or nonresidential tenant spaces for the life of the building.

Renters or buyers of on-site affordable units shall have an equal opportunity to rent or buy a parking space on the same terms and conditions as offered to renters or buyers of other residential units.

4. Design Standards. All voluntary parking areas shall be designed and developed consistent with the standards of this chapter and the City Access and Parking Design Standards.

30.175.040 Required Automobile and Bicycle Parking Spaces.

A. Required Off-Street Parking Spaces. Each lot shall provide the minimum number of automobile and bicycle parking spaces stated in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces, except as provided below.

1. Minimum Number of Spaces. Fractions shall be rounded pursuant to Section 30.15.050, Fractions.
a. Automobile Parking. If the result of rounding is less than one automobile parking space, a minimum of one automobile parking space shall be required for every new use established and new main building constructed. b. Bicycle Parking. When bicycle parking is required pursuant to this chapter, and the result of rounding is less than one space, a minimum of one bicycle parking space shall be provided. Rounding for bicycle parking shall take place prior to the determination of the numbers of short term and long term bicycle parking, as described below.
c. Short Term and Long Term Bicycle Parking. When the numbers of short and long term bicycle parking spaces required per Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces, result in fractions of a space, the one remaining required bicycle parking space represented by the sum of the fractions may be provided as either short term or long term.

2. Central Business District. Lots within the Central Business District shown on Figure 30.175.050.B, Central Business District and Parking Zones of Benefit, are subject to the parking requirements of Subsection 30.175.050.B, Central Business District (CBD).

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
51 3. Exceptions and Reductions. The required number of automobile and bicycle parking spaces may be reduced if an exception applies, or a reduction is approved pursuant to Section 30.175.050, Parking Exceptions and Reductions.

TABLE 30.175.040: REQUIRED OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES
Use Classification or
Development Type
Required Automobile Parking Spaces Required Bicycle Parking Spaces (long term%/short term%)
Residential Uses
Residential Housing Types
Single-Unit Residential 2 per unit; see §30.175.030.N, Covered Parking and §30.175.050, Parking Exceptions and
Reductions
None
Two-Unit Residential 2 per unit; see §30.175.030.N, Covered Parking and §30.175.050, Parking Exceptions and
Reductions
None
Multi-Unit Residential and
Mixed-Use
Studio: 1.25 per unit
One-bedroom: 1.5 per unit
Two or more bedrooms: 2 per unit
See §30.175.050, Parking Exceptions and
Reductions and §30.175.030.O, Guest Parking
and §30.175.030.H Accessible Parking
1 space per unit
(100%/0%)
Special Residential Unit Types
Accessory Dwelling Unit §30.185.040, Accessory Dwelling Unit None Additional Residential Unit Consistent with Single-Unit Residential None Caretaker Unit 1 per unit; see §30.185.120, Caretakers Unit None Garden Apartment Consistent with Multi-Unit Residential 1 per unit (100%/0%)
Affordable Housing See §30.175.050.A, Affordable and Senior Housing
1 per unit
(100%/0%)
Community Care Facilities, Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly, and Hospices Community Care Facility 1 per 2 bedrooms
See §30.185.140 Community Care Facilities,
Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly, and
Hospices
1 per 15 bedrooms; minimum 2
spaces
(50%/50%)
Hospice 1 per 2 bedrooms
See §30.185.140 Community Care Facilities,
Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly, and
Hospices
1 per 15 bedrooms; minimum 2
spaces
(50%/50%)
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
52 TABLE 30.175.040: REQUIRED OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES Use Classification or
Development Type
Required Automobile Parking Spaces Required Bicycle Parking Spaces (long term%/short term%)
Residential Care Facility for
the Elderly
1 per 2 bedrooms
See §30.185.140 Community Care Facilities,
Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly, and
Hospices
1 per 15 bedrooms; minimum 2
spaces
(50%/50%)
Family Day Care Home None beyond what is required for the Residential Housing Type
Consistent with Residential
Housing Type
Group Residential See §30.175.040.B, Standards for Specific Uses and Activities
1 per bedroom
(100%/0%)
Home Occupation None beyond what is required for the Residential Units
None beyond what is required
for the Residential Units
Live-Work Unit 2 per unit 1 space per unit (0%/100%)
Mobilehome Park Consistent with Multi-Unit Residential 1 space per unit (100%/0%)
Senior Housing – NonrestrictedSee §30.175.050.A, Affordable and Senior Housing
None
Senior Housing – Low
Income
See §30.175.050.A, Affordable and Senior
Housing
None
Supportive Housing None beyond what is required for the Residential Unit
None beyond what is required
for the Residential Unit
Transitional Housing None beyond what is required for the Residential Unit
None beyond what is required
for the Residential Unit
Public and Semi-Public Uses
Cemetery None beyond what is required for any
Community Assembly or Office, if applicable
1 per 1,750 square feet
(0%/100%)
College and Trade School 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (50%/50%)
Community Assembly 1 per 100 square feet of net floor area Outdoor areas: as determined by the Community
Development Director in consultation with the
Public Works Director
1 per 1,000 square feet
(0%/100%)
Community Garden None None
Cultural Institution 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (50%/50%)
Day Care Center 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (50%/50%)
Emergency Shelter 1 per 8 beds, or Sufficient to accommodate staff as determined by the Community Development
Director in consultation with the Public Works
Director
1 per 4 beds
(100%/0%) None
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
53 TABLE 30.175.040: REQUIRED OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES Use Classification or
Development Type
Required Automobile Parking Spaces Required Bicycle Parking Spaces (long term%/short term%)
Harbor, Port, and Marina
Facilities
As determined by the Community Development
Director in consultation with the Public Works
Director
As determined by the Public
Works Director
Hospitals and Clinics
Hospital 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (50%/50%)
Clinic 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (50%/50%)
Birth Center 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (50%/50%)
Instructional Services 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (50%/50%)
Park and Recreation Facility As determined by the Community Development Director in consultation with the Public Works
Director
As determined by the Public
Works Director
Public Facility As determined by the Community Development Director in consultation with the Public Works
Director
As determined by the Public
Works Director
Recreational Vehicle and
Camping Parks, Overnight
Guest Parking only: 1 per 4 recreational vehicle
spaces
None
Recreational Vehicle Parks,
Permanent
Consistent with Multi-Unit Residential None
Schools High School: 5 per classroom
Elementary and Junior High School: 2 per
classroom
5 per classroom
(50%/50%)
Skilled Nursing Facility 1 per 2 beds 1 per 15 beds
(25%/75%)
Social Service Facilities 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (25%/75%)
Commercial Uses
Adult Entertainment
Facilities
1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (25%/75%)
Agriculture Outdoor Uses: none
Indoor Uses: 1 per 250 square feet of net floor
area; see 30.185.030 Accessory Uses
None
Animal Care, Sales and Services
Animal Daycare 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (100%/0%)
Animal Shelter and Boarding 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (100%/0%)
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
54 TABLE 30.175.040: REQUIRED OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES Use Classification or
Development Type
Required Automobile Parking Spaces Required Bicycle Parking Spaces (long term%/short term%)
Grooming and Pet Stores 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (100%/0%)
Veterinary Services 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (100%/0%)
Aquaculture Facilities As determined by the Community Development Director in consultation with the Public Works
Director
As determined by the Public
Works Director
Artist Studio 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (0%/100%)
Automated Teller Machine
(ATM)
1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (0%/100%)
Automobile/Vehicle Sales and Services
Automobile/Vehicle Rentals 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (25%/75%)
Automobile/Vehicle Sales
and Leasing
1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (25%/75%)
Car Washing Facilities 1 space per 250 net square feet, excluding the car wash bays. Minimum 2 spaces for automatic and
self-service car washes and 5 spaces for fullservice car washes. 1 per 1,750 square feet
(25%/75%)
Fueling Station 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area, including vehicle repair bays. Minimum 2 spaces.

No additional spaces are needed for an automatic
(drive-through) car wash. Other types of car
washes require parking as specified in this table.
1 per 1,750 square feet
(25%/75%)
Service and Repair, Minor 1 per 250 square feet, including vehicle repair bay area.
1 per 1,750 square feet
(25%/75%)
Banks and Financial
Institutions
1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (25%/75%)
Business Services 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (25%/75%)
Cannabis Storefront-Retailer 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (25%/75%)
Commercial Entertainment and Recreation
Cinema/Theaters 1 per 100 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,000 square feet (0%/100%)
Large Scale As determined by the Community Development
Director in consultation with the Public Works
Director
As determined by the Public
Works Director
Small Scale 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area, plus 2 spaces per any outdoor sport court, plus 1 per
1 per 1,750 square feet
(25%/75%)
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
55 TABLE 30.175.040: REQUIRED OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES Use Classification or
Development Type
Required Automobile Parking Spaces Required Bicycle Parking Spaces (long term%/short term%)
250 square feet of the surface area of any
outdoor swimming pool
Drive-Through Facility None beyond what is required for the primary Use Classification
None beyond what is required
for the primary Use Classification
Eating and Drinking Establishments
Bars/Night Clubs/Lounges 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 500 square feet (25%/75%)
Food and Beverage Tasting 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 500 square feet (25%/75%)
Full Service 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 500 square feet (25%/75%)
Convenience 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 500 square feet (25%/75%)
Food Preparation 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 500 square feet (25%/75%)
Funeral Parlors and
Interment Services
Consistent with Community Assembly or Office,
per this table, as applicable
1 per 3,500 square feet
(25%/75%)
Hotels and Similar Uses See §30.175.040.B, Standards for Specific Uses and Activities
1 per 20 rooms, minimum 2
spaces
(50%/50%)
Maintenance and Repair
Services
1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (50%/50%)
Market Garden 1 per 250 net square feet of floor area or 1 per 2,000 square feet of lot area, whichever is
greater; minimum 2 spaces shall be provided per
site.
1 per 1,750 square feet
(0%/100%)
Medical Cannabis Dispensary 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (25%/75%)
Mobile Food Vendors See §30.185.420, Temporary Uses See §30.185.420, Temporary Uses
Nurseries and Garden
Centers
1 per 250 net square feet of floor area or 1 per
2,000 square feet of lot area, whichever is
greater; minimum 2 spaces shall be provided per
site.
1 per 1,750 square feet
(75%/25%)
Offices
Business and Professional 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (75%/25%)
Medical and Dental 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (75%/25%)
Outdoor Sales and Display None, if Outdoor Sales and Display is an Accessory Use; otherwise, 1 per 500 square feet
1 per 3,500 square feet
(50%/50%)
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
56 TABLE 30.175.040: REQUIRED OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES Use Classification or
Development Type
Required Automobile Parking Spaces Required Bicycle Parking Spaces (long term%/short term%)
of area devoted to onsite outdoor sales and
display
Outdoor Seating 1 per 250 square feet of outdoor seating area where the outdoor seating area is 50% or more of
the indoor floor area of any Eating and Drinking
Establishment. Where the outdoor seating area is
less than 50% of the indoor floor area of any
Eating and Drinking Establishment, no additional
parking is required.
1 per 1,500 square feet
(25%/75%)
Parking, Public or Private None None
Personal Services 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (50%/50%)
Retail Sales
Food and Beverage Sales 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (25%/75%)
General Retail 1 per 250 square feet of net floor area 1 per 1,750 square feet (25%/75%)
Neighborhood Market None 4 short term spaces
Industrial Uses
Automobile and Vehicle
Repair, Major
1 per 500 square feet, including the vehicle repair
bay area.
1 per 1,750 square feet
(75%/25%)
Building Materials and
Services
1 per 250 500 net square feet of net floor area or
1 per 2,000 square feet of lot area, whichever is
greater; minimum 2 spaces shall be provided per
site.
1 per 1,750 square feet
(75%/25%)
Commercial Cannabis
Business
Except for Cannabis Storefront- Retailer, 1 per
500 square feet of net floor area
1 per 1,750 square feet
(25%/75%)
Commercial Vehicle and
Equipment Sales and Rental
1 per 500 square feet; plus, Fueling and Car
Washing per this table, if applicable
1 per 3,500 square feet
(75%/25%)
Construction and Material
Yards
1 per 500 net square feet of floor area or 1 per
2,000 square feet of lot area, whichever is
greater; minimum 2 spaces shall be provided per
site.
1 per 1,750 square feet of
General Retail
(75%/25%)
Custom Manufacturing 1 per 500 square feet of net floor area; 1 per 3,500 square feet (100%/0%)
Food and Beverage Manufacturing
Limited/Small Scale 1 per 500 square feet of net floor area; 1 per 3,500 square feet (100%/0%)
General/Large Scale 1 per 500 square feet of net floor area; 1 per 3,500 square feet (100%/0%)
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
57 TABLE 30.175.040: REQUIRED OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES Use Classification or
Development Type
Required Automobile Parking Spaces Required Bicycle Parking Spaces (long term%/short term%)
Hazardous Waste
Management Facility
As determined by the Community Development
Director in consultation with the Public Works
Director
1 per 3,500 square feet
(100%/0%)
Household Hazardous Waste
Collection Facility
1 per 500 square feet As determined by the Public
Works Director
Industry, General 1 per 500 square feet of net floor area; 1 per 3,500 square feet (100%/0%)
Industry, Limited 1 per 500 square feet of net floor area; 1 per 3,500 square feet (100%/0%)
Recycling Collection Facility 1 per 500 square feet of net floor area; 1 per 3,500 square feet (100%/0%)
Research and Development 1 per 500 square feet of net floor area; 1 per 3,500 square feet (75%/25%)
Salvage and Wrecking 1 per 500 net square feet of floor area or 1 per 2,000 square feet of lot area, whichever is
greater; minimum 2 spaces shall be provided per
site.

None
Towing and Impound 1 per 500 net square feet of floor area or 1 per 2,000 square feet of lot area, whichever is
greater; minimum 2 spaces shall be provided per
site.

None
Warehousing and Storage
Indoor Warehousing and
Storage
1 per 1,000 square feet of net floor area, plus 1
per 250 square feet for any office space;
1 per 1,750 square feet of office
space
(75%/25%)
Outdoor Storage 1 per 1,000 square feet of lot area, minimum 2 spaces shall be provided per site
None
Personal Storage 1 per 1,000 square feet of net floor area, plus 1 per 250 square feet for any office space;
minimum 3 spaces
1 per 1,750 square feet of office
space
(25%/75%)
Wholesaling and Distribution 1 per 500 square feet, see of net floor area; 1 per 3,500 square feet (75%/25%)
Transportation, Communication, and Utilities Uses
Freight/Truck Terminals and
Warehouses
1 per 500 square feet of net floor area 1 per 3,500 square feet (75%/25%)
Light Fleet-Based Services 1 per 500 square feet of net floor area 1 per 3,500 square feet (75%/25%)
Telecommunication Facilities Unstaffed facility: 0
Staffed facility: As determined by the Community
Development Director in consultation with the
Public Works Director
None
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
58 TABLE 30.175.040: REQUIRED OFF-STREET PARKING SPACES Use Classification or
Development Type
Required Automobile Parking Spaces Required Bicycle Parking Spaces (long term%/short term%)
Transportation Passenger
Terminals
As determined by the Community Development
Director in consultation with the Public Works
Director
As determined by the Public
Works Director
Public Works and Utilities As determined by the Community Development Director in consultation with the Public Works
Director
As determined by the Public
Works Director
B. Standards for Specific Uses and Activities. The number of required automobile and bicycle parking spaces for the following specific uses and activities shall be calculated as follows:

1. Parking for Multiple Uses. For uses other than shopping centers and accessory uses, if more than one use is proposed on a lot, the number of required automobile and bicycle parking spaces shall be equal to the sum of the parking requirement calculated separately for each use as described below.
a. Separation. Multiple uses with different automobile and bicycle parking requirements located in the same building must be physically separated with a fixed barrier, of a sufficient height and material to adequately separate uses, or the automobile and bicycle parking requirement shall be calculated at the highest rate for all uses.
b. Common Areas. Common areas, such as hallways or shared bathrooms, for multiple uses shall be calculated using the highest automobile and bicycle parking rate for all proposed uses.

2. Parking for Shopping Centers. Shopping centers may provide required automobile parking spaces at a rate of one space per 250 square feet of net floor area, and bicycle parking at a rate of one space per 1,750 square feet of net floor area, of all buildings occupied with a commercial use, even if a higher minimum parking requirement is indicated in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces, for individual uses. This provision does not apply if the shopping center includes any of the following uses: Hotels and Similar Uses, Residential, Public and Semi-Public, Industrial, or Transportation, Communication and Utilities.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
59 3. Parking for Accessory Uses. If the floor area of any accessory use does not exceed the maximum size, as described in Section 30.185.030, Accessory Uses, additional automobile and bicycle parking spaces shall not be required for any accessory use, even if a higher minimum parking requirement is indicated in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces. However, manufacturing, warehouse, or storage use that is incidental, or accessory to, a primary use shall not be parked at a lower rate than that required for the primary use.

4. Parking for Outdoor Uses. The area of any outdoor use that requires automobile or bicycle parking spaces per Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces, shall be identified on an approved plan and shall be demarcated on the site with a fixed barrier which may include, but is not limited to, bollards, railings, posts, walls, fences, patios, planters, or any similar visual or physical border.

5. Parking for Fleet Vehicles. Any use that operates more than three fleet vehicles shall provide off-street parking spaces for all fleet vehicles in addition to the automobile and bicycle parking spaces required by Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces, for employee and customer parking.

6. Vehicles as Inventory. Any use that retains an inventory of vehicles for sale, repair, or rental shall provide off-street storage space for those vehicles and shall not utilize the automobile or bicycle parking spaces required by Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces, for vehicle storage or vehicle inventory.

7. Parking for Group Residential, Hotels and Similar Uses. Required automobile parking for Group Residential, Hotels and Similar Uses, is as follows:
a. Guestrooms without kitchens provided in the unit: shall provide one automobile parking space per guestroom, plus one automobile parking space per caretaker’s unit in a Hotel and Similar Uses and Extended Stay Hotel, if applicable. b. Guestrooms with kitchens provided in the unit: shall provide either one automobile parking space per guestroom, or per the automobile parking requirements for the Residential Housing Type in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces, whichever is greater.
c. If individual beds are provided for rent, rather than rooms (e.g., youth hostel or dormitory), the automobile parking requirement is one automobile parking space COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
60 per two beds. A “bed” for the purposes of this section shall mean 70 square feet in any guestroom.
d. Auxiliary uses, including restaurants, spas, fitness centers, retail or similar uses, which are restricted to hotel occupants and their guests, shall require no additional automobile or bicycle parking spaces.
e. Auxiliary uses, including restaurants, spas, fitness centers, retail or similar uses, which are available to members of the public and hotel occupants and their guests, shall require additional automobile and bicycle parking spaces pursuant to Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces. However, no conference centers in a hotel shall require additional automobile or bicycle parking spaces. f. For automobile and bicycle parking required for Hotels and Similar Uses in the Central Business District, see 30.175.050.B.1.a.ii.

8. Vehicle Repair Bays. Vehicle repair bays for any use shall not be counted as parking spaces.

9. Parking for Warehousing and Storage. Warehousing and storage uses that meet the following standards may use the automobile and bicycle parking requirement for Warehousing and Storage uses in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces.

Other warehousing and storage uses shall use the required automobile and bicycle parking rate for the most similar industrial or commercial use. a. Warehousing and Storage is an allowed use in the Zone. b. With the exception of Personal Storage, a minimum of 1,000 net square feet of contiguous, undivided warehouse or storage area is provided. c. The warehouse or storage use is not accessory to a primary use.

10. Uses Not Specified. If automobile and bicycle parking requirements for a use are not specified in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces, automobile and bicycle parking spaces shall be required in an amount adequate to meet the purpose of this chapter, as determined by the Community Development Director, in consultation with the Public Works Director taking into consideration factors such as parking demand and similar uses listed in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
61 30.175.050 Parking Exceptions and Reductions.

A. Affordable and Senior Housing. Unless further reduced by any applicable State law, development in which 100% of the units are developed as rental units affordable to very low or low income households, or Senior Housing, may reduce the number of automobile parking spaces to one uncovered automobile parking space per unit, and units restricted to Low Income Senior Housing may reduce the number of automobile parking spaces to one automobile parking space for every two units, provided the following conditions are met:

1. Storage Space. Each unit shall have a minimum of 200 cubic feet of enclosed, weatherproofed, and lockable private storage space for the sole use of the unit tenant. Such space shall be accessible from the exterior of the unit it serves and shall have a minimum dimension of three feet.

2. Recorded Covenant. A covenant is recorded in the County Land Records against the title stating the following. The City shall be a party to the covenant. a. All of the residential units on the Real Property shall be rented or sold to very low, or low income households or seniors; the maximum rent or sales price and the maximum household income of tenants occupants or owners shall be determined as set forth in State law or the Affordable Housing Policies and Procedures Manual, . and aAffordability shall continue for a minimum of 90 years from the initial occupancy of the residential unit, unless otherwise stipulated. b. The development has received a reduction in the amount of automobile parking required because it is a 100% affordable or senior project. In the event that the Real Property, or any portion thereof, is not or cannot be used solely for very low or low income rental or senior housing, either (i) the structure(s) shall be redesigned and possibly reconstructed and the number of residential units shall be reduced so that the maximum number of residential units on the Real Property does not exceed the number of residential units that would be allowed if there is compliance with the City’s parking requirements then in effect, or (ii) the owner shall provide the number of automobile parking spaces required by this chapter for the new use.

3. Bicycle Parking. Bicycle parking is provided pursuant to Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces.

B. Central Business District (CBD).

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
62 1. Automobile Parking. The number of automobile parking spaces required within the Central Business District (CBD) delineated in Figure 30.175.050.B, Central Business District and Parking Zones of Benefit, shall be as follows. a. Nonresidential Parking. One automobile parking space per 500 square feet of net floor area.
i. Zone of Benefit Reduction. The number of required automobile parking spaces shall be reduced by the applicable Zone of Benefit Reduction percentage. If more than one Zone of Benefit reduction applies, the applicable percentage is the sum of all applicable Zones of Benefit percentages.
ii. Hotels and Similar Uses. The number of required automobile parking spaces shall be the lesser of one space per 500 square feet or per paragraph

30.175.040.B.7, Parking for Group Residential, Hotels and Similar Uses. b. Residential Only Parking. Residential only developments shall provide automobile parking in accordance with Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces; however, guest parking is not required. c. Mixed-Use Developments. The residential parking requirement for mixed-use developments in the CBD is one uncovered automobile parking space per residential unit., and guest parking is not required.

2. Bicycle Parking. The number of bicycle parking spaces required within the Central Business District delineated in Figure 30.175.050.B, Central Business District and Parking Zones of Benefit, shall be as stated in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces.

However, short term bicycle parking is not required for any nonresidential uses on State Street and in the first block east or west of State Street.

C. Mixed-Use Developments. Where residential uses occupy less than 50% of the total net floor area of a mixed-use development, the number of required residential automobile parking spaces shall be one space per unit unless fewer are allowed by Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces. Guest parking is required. Required bicycle parking shall be as stated in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
63 D. Reduction for Bicycle Parking. In an existing parking lot, uncovered automobile parking spaces required for any residential, nonresidential, or mixed-use development may be substituted with bicycle parking, pursuant to the following:

1. One of every seven required automobile parking spaces, up to a maximum of two spaces, may be substituted with bicycle parking. ;

2. Six bicycle parking spaces shall be provided for each substituted automobile parking space.;

3. An adequate maneuvering aisle shall be provided;

4. Bicycle parking spaces provided shall be consistent with the City Access and Parking Design Guidelines; and

5. The bicycle parking spaces shall be located as near as practical to the primary entrance of the main building or buildings; and

6. This allowance is applicable to existing automobile parking spaces on existing development only, and shall not be used to provide fewer automobile parking spaces than are required for a project consisting of new or reconstructed buildings, additions, or a change of use.

E. Reduction for Motorcycle Parking. In an existing parking lot, uncovered automobile parking spaces required for any nonresidential development may be substituted with motorcycle parking, pursuant to the following:

1. One of every 20 required automobile parking spaces up to a maximum of five spaces, may be substituted with motorcycle parking;

2. Two motorcycle parking spaces shall be provided for each substituted automobile parking space;

3. An adequate maneuvering aisle shall be provided;

4. Motorcycle parking spaces provided shall be consistent with the City Access and Parking Design Guidelines;

5. The motorcycle parking spaces shall be located as near as practical to the primary entrance of the main building or buildings; and
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
64 6. This allowance is applicable to existing automobile parking spaces on existing development only, and shall not be used to provide fewer automobile parking spaces than are required for a project consisting of new or reconstructed buildings, additions, or a change of use.

F. Reduction for Parking Area Improvements. In an existing parking lot, Tthe Community Development Director may approve a reduction of up to 10% of the required parking spaces, or two required automobile parking spaces, whichever is greater, for multi-unit residential, nonresidential, or mixed-use development, in order to:

1. Provide appropriately screened and located trash and recycling areas, or

2. Make an improvement to the existing circulation, safety or other required parking lot design and development standards.

This reduction is allowed only if the Community Development Director finds that no alternative methods for achieving the same result can be made without a reduction in automobile parking spaces. This allowance is applicable to existing automobile parking spaces on existing development only, and shall not be used to provide fewer automobile parking spaces than are required for a project consisting of new or reconstructed buildings, additions, or a change of use.

G. Reduction for Carsharing Program. Required automobile parking spaces may be substituted with designated Carshare Vehicle parking spaces on multi-unit residential, nonresidential and mixed-use development, pursuant to the following:

1. Up to a maximum of 10% of the required automobile parking spaces required for any multi-unit residential or mixed-use development, may be designated as Carshare Vehicle parking spaces. Up to a maximum of 25% of required automobile parking spaces may be designated as Carshare Vehicle parking spaces on a site developed with exclusively nonresidential uses.

2. Carshare Vehicles shall be maintained for active use by Carshare Service and not for other purposes. No sales, servicing, storage, repair, administrative or similar functions shall occur, and no personnel shall be employed on the site except for occasional short-term maintenance of vehicles unless otherwise permitted by the land use regulations in the zoning district.

3. Carshare Vehicles shall be made available to members of the Carsharing Service through an unattended, self-service operation 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
65 4. All owners of a lot, including any applicable Homeowner’s Associations, shall be required to grant permission for the operation or parking of a Carshare Vehicle on their property.

5. A permit is required to establish Carsharing Service on any lot.

H. Small Residential Unit Reduction. Required automobile parking for any residential unit with 600 square feet or less of livable floor area, excluding covered parking, and no more than one bedroom, is one uncovered automobile parking space per unit. Required bicycle parking shall be as stated in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces.

I. Reduction for Electric Vehicle Charging Stations (EVCS). Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) shall be designed and provided in compliance with the Building Code. Required automobile parking spaces may be substituted with designated electric vehicle charging stations, pursuant to California Vehicle Code § 22511.2 and the following:

1. The electric vehicle charging space shall comply with all standards for parking areas pursuant to this chapter;

2. Developments that provide electric vehicle charging stations may reduce the parking requirement by one required automobile parking space for every one space that is provided for electric vehicle charging; and

3.2. The location of electric vehicle charging stations, and associated equipment, shall be no closer than 10 feet to a front lot line meet the standards in Section 30.140.130, Mechanical and Other Equipment.

J. Reduction for Development Near Major Public Transit. Pursuant to Government Code§ 65863.2, new residential or nonresidential development, located within one-half mile of a major transit stop as defined in subdivision (b) of Section 21155 of the Public Resources Code, shall have no minimum vehicular parking requirement; provided that:

1. The development would not have a substantially negative impact as described in Government Code § 65863.2.(b);

2. The development does not include Hotels and Similar Uses. a. Exception. Portions of the development reserved for residential use or any commercial areas that are separate and distinct from the hotel use, cannot be accessed from the interior of the hotel, and are leased to a concessionaire for public COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
66 use, (e.g., restaurant, bar, market, etc.) do qualify for parking exemptions under Government Code § 65863.2.;

3. The development does not include Large-Scale Commercial Entertainment and Recreation; and

4. If voluntary parking is provided, all of the standards in Subsection 30.175.030.Q, Standards for Voluntary Parking, are met.

30.175.060 Location of Required Automobile and Bicycle Parking.

A. On-Site Parking Required. Required automobile and bicycle parking shall be located on the same lot as the residential unit served except as allowed below.

1. Allowance for Off-Site Parking. Required automobile parking for nonresidential uses and for residential uses located in nonresidential zones may be located in an offsite facility, subject to approval by the Community Development Director, provided the following conditions are met:
a. Location. Any offsite automobile parking facility must be located closer than 500 feet, along a designated pedestrian route, of the principal entrance containing the use for which the parking is required. The Public Works Director may approve a distance of up to 1,250 feet for nonresidential uses only. b. Assigned. Offsite automobile parking areas shall be assigned to the site with parking directional signs, both onsite and offsite.
c. Recorded Agreement. A Recorded Agreement is required pursuant to Chapter 30.260, Recorded Agreements.

B. Uncovered Parking. Uncovered automobile, and bicycle, and other vehicle parking and storage shall observe the same setbacks as covered parking in the zone, except as otherwise allowed by this section. Where there is no setback specified for covered parking, then uncovered automobile, and bicycle, and vehicle parking and storage shall observe the smallest setback in the zone. These location standards shall apply to all vehicles including automobiles, trucks, buses, trailers, boats, recreational vehicles, and motorcycles.

C. Front Setback. Automobile, and bicycle, and other vehicle parking shall not be located within any front setback except as follows.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
67 1. Nonresidential Bicycle Parking. Uncovered bicycle parking required for nonresidential uses may be located in a front setback for nonresidential and mixed-use developments.

D. Front Yard. Uncovered automobile and vehicle and bicycle parking in the front yard is prohibited on any single-unit or two-unit residential development unless it is hidden from public view with a fence, hedge, or driveway gate. This requirement may be reduced or waived by the appropriate Design Review body if the uncovered vehicle or bicycle parking area is determined to be adequately not publicly visible or screened pursuant to Section 30.15.120, Screening.

E. Interior Setback. Uncovered automobile and Vvehicle and bicycle parking shall observe an interior setback equal to the width of the required perimeter planter along interior lot lines as described in Table 30.175.080.A: Parking Area Landscape. not be located within any interior setback, with the following exceptions:

1. Single-Unit Residential. Where allowed pursuant to Section 30.175.030.M, Covered Parking, uncovered automobile parking may be located three feet from any interior lot line, provided a minimum of three feet in width of planting area shall be provided for the length of the paved parking area along the interior lot line. This allowance shall not be used to provide guest parking.

2. Multi-Unit Residential. Uncovered automobile and bicycle parking may be allowed in an interior setback provided the required landscape buffer is provided per Section 30.175.080, Parking Area Landscape and Fence Standards.

3. Nonresidential and Mixed-Use. Uncovered automobile and bicycle parking may be allowed in an interior setback provided the required landscape buffer is provided per Section 30.175.080, Parking Area Landscape and Fence Standards.

F. Vehicle Overhang. The vehicle overhang is considered part of the parking space and shall not encroach into any sidewalk, roadway, setback, adjoining property lines, or reduce the clear area of walkways or access aisles.

30.175.070 Bicycle Parking.

Bicycle parking shall be provided in accordance with the Building Code except where greater requirements are identified below.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
68 A. Bicycle Parking Spaces Required. Each land use shall be provided at least the number of long term and short term bicycle parking spaces stated in Table 30.175.040, Required Off-Street Parking Spaces, unless a reduction is approved pursuant to Subsection 30.175.070.B, Bicycle Parking Reductions.

1. Long term bicycle parking is covered and secured, and intended for use by residents, employees or students for long time periods.

2. Short term bicycle parking is conveniently located and intended for use by business patrons, visitors, and guests for a shorter time.

3. Bicycle parking is required even if automobile parking is not required.

B. Bicycle Parking Facility Design. All bicycle parking facilities shall be designed and constructed consistent with the City Standards for Parking Design City Access and Parking Design Standards, as determined by the Public Works Director.

C. Bicycle Parking Reductions. The number, percentages, or other standards for required long term and short term bicycle parking spaces may be reduced or waived if the Public Works Director finds that:

1. Adequate site space is not available on an existing development to provide bicycle parking; or

2. Reduced bicycle parking is justified by reasonably anticipated demand; or

3. Other criteria based on unusual or specific circumstances of the particular case as deemed appropriate by the Public Works Director.

30.175.080 Parking Area Landscape and Fence Standards.

A. Landscaping. Landscaping of parking areas shall be provided and maintained according to the standards of this subsection for any multi-unit residential, nonresidential or mixed-use development.

1. Licensed Architect Required. Landscape and irrigation plans shall be prepared by an architect or landscape architect registered in the State of California, unless reduced or waived by the Review Authority.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
69 2. Perimeter Planter. Perimeter planting is required where a parking area is adjacent to a property line.
a. Front Lot Lines. A landscaped buffer in compliance with one of the following methods shall be provided along all front property lines for the length of the parking area. i. A landscaped buffer with a minimum inside width of five feet and a fence or hedge 42 inches in height, or
ii. A landscaped buffer with a minimum inside width of eight feet. b. Interior Lot Lines. A landscaped buffer with a minimum inside width of five feet shall be provided along all interior property lines for the length of the parking area.

3. Driveway Planter. Driveways adjacent to onsite buildings must be separated from building walls by a planting area with a minimum inside width of three feet.

4. Adjacent to Buildings and Walkways. A landscaped buffer with a minimum inside width of three feet shall be provided adjacent to all buildings and walkways.

5. Island Planter. A landscaped island, at least four feet in all interior dimensions, and containing at least one tree, shall be provided at each end of each interior row of automobile parking stalls and between every eight consecutive automobile parking stalls.

6. Trees.
a. Number Required. One for each five automobile parking spaces. b. Distribution. Trees shall be distributed relatively evenly throughout the parking area, in a planter at least four feet in all interior dimensions. c. Size. Two-thirds of the trees shall be a minimum 15-gallon size, the rest of the trees shall be a minimum five-gallon size.

7. Protection and Maintenance of Vegetation.
a. Clearance from Automobiles. All required landscaped areas shall be designed so that plant materials, at maturity, are protected from vehicle damage by providing a minimum two-foot clearance of low-growing plants where vehicle overhang is permitted or by wheel stops.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
70 b. Planter Protection. Required landscape areas shall be protected from vehicles by a physical barrier. The physical barrier shall be designed to allow stormwater runoff to pass through, unless an alternate stormwater runoff plan is approved. The planter shall also include an outlet structure (e.g. weir or atrium grate) for excess storm water to flow out of the planter and into the storm drain system.
c. Irrigation Plan Required. A sprinkler system or drip irrigation system designed to provide complete coverage of all planted areas is required. d. Maintenance. All vegetation shown on an approved parking area landscape plan shall be maintained and shall not be altered or removed except as allowed pursuant to Chapters 22.11, Maintenance of Approved Landscape Plans, and 15.24, Preservation of Trees, of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code.

These standards are intended to create a landscaped setback area that will appropriately limit and screen vehicle parking areas to protect adjacent land uses and pedestrians; enhance privacy; attenuate noise; control dust; and reduce glare and light trespass.

A. Landscape. Public and private parking lots, driveways, and areas between driveways and buildings, shall include landscape in compliance with Table 30.175.080.A: Parking Area Landscape.

TABLE 30.175.080.A: PARKING AREA LANDSCAPE
Perimeter Planters
Front Lot Lines 5-foot wide along front property line plus a fence or hedge 42 inches in height or 8-foot wide along front property line without a fence or hedge Interior Lot Lines
3-foot wide along the interior property line or
5-foot wide where parking lot abuts a residential use
Interior Planters
Driveways 3-foot wide between driveways and onsite buildings Parking Areas 3-foot wide between parking areas and onsite buildings and walkways Island Planters 4 feet in all interior dimensions at each end of each interior row of parking stalls and between every 8 consecutive parking stalls
General Landscaping
Required Border 6-inch high curb or equivalent
Border and Stormwater Curb or equivalent shall include breaks every 4 feet to provide drainage to retention and filtration areas
Car Overhangs 2-foot clearance comprised of low-growing plants required where vehicle overhang is permitted; or car overhang shall be prevented by continuous curb or stops Irrigation Plan Sprinkler or drip irrigation system required to provide complete coverage of all planted areas
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
71 TABLE 30.175.080.A: PARKING AREA LANDSCAPE
Trees
Required Quantity 1 tree per island planter and 1 per every 5 parking spaces, beginning at 6 total parking spaces
Tree Well Size 4-foot min. in any direction
Tree Can Size ⅔ of required trees shall be 15-gallon min. remainder shall be 5-gallon min.

Tree Characteristics Canopy Trees
Location Evenly spaced throughout parking lot to provide uniform shade COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
72 FIGURE 30.175.080.A: PARKING AREA LANDSCAPE
B. Fences and Hedges. On any multi-unit residential, nonresidential or mixed-use development, a decorative fence or hedge shall be provided where parking areas or driveways abut property used or zoned for residential purposes. On a site with five or more uncovered surface automobile parking spaces, parking and loading areas shall be screened from adjacent residential COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
73 uses or zones by a six-foot-tall wall, fence, or hedge, except within the visibility triangle described in Section 30.140.230, Visibility at Driveways and Intersections, where the maximum height is 42 inches.

1. The fence or hedge shall be six feet high except within the visibility triangle described in Section 30.140.230, Visibility at Driveways and Intersections, where the maximum height is 42 inches.

2. A five-foot-wide planting area shall be provided along the interior side of the fence or hedge.

FIGURE 30.175.080.B: PARKING AREA LANDSCAPE–FENCES AND HEDGES COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
74 C. Retaining Walls. Retaining walls shall be set back a minimum of three feet from parking areas and driveways. Footing design shall allow for planting in the space between the parking area and retaining wall.

FIGURE 30.175.080.C: PARKING AREA LANDSCAPE–RETAINING WALLS D. Visibility. Notwithstanding other provisions of this section, fences, hedges, and landscaping landscape must comply with Section 30.140.230, Visibility at Driveways and Intersections.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
75 E. Licensed Architect Required. Landscape and irrigation plans shall be prepared by an architect or landscape architect registered in the State of California, unless reduced or waived by the Review Authority.

F. Maintenance. All vegetation shown on an approved parking area landscape plan shall be maintained and shall not be altered or removed except as allowed pursuant to Chapters 22.11, Maintenance of Approved Landscape Plans, and 15.24, Preservation of Trees, of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code.

E.G. Alternative Landscape Designs. Where an applicant can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the applicable Design Review Body that variations in the requirements of this section are warranted in order to provide relief for existing site constraints, or to achieve a superior aesthetic or environmental design, an alternative landscape design may be approved. However, no perimeter planter on any interior lot line in a residential zone or adjacent to a residential zone shall be reduced to less than three feet.

30.175.090 Parking Area Design and Development Standards.

All new or altered covered and uncovered parking areas and new or reconstructed garages and carports shall be designed and developed consistent with the City Standards for Parking Design City Access and Parking Design Standards and the following standards as determined by the Public Works Director.

A. Circulation and Safety.

1. Visibility shall be assured for pedestrians, bicyclists, and motorists entering, circulating within and leaving a parking facility consistent with Section 30.140.230, Visibility at Driveways and Intersections.

2. Parking lots shall be designed so that sanitation, emergency, and other public service vehicles can provide service without backing unreasonable distances out or making other dangerous or hazardous turning movements.

3. Backing out onto a public street or sidewalk from a parking space shall be permitted only for Single-Unit and Two-Unit Residential, and where not more than four parking spaces are provided.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
76 4. All turnaround movements shall be accomplished in one maneuver. One maneuver is considered to be one back up and one forward movement.

5. All automobile parking spaces shall be clearly marked with paint or other similar distinguishable material, except spaces established in a garage or carport having not more than three spaces, or for Single-Unit Residential unless reduced or waived by the Public Works Director.

B. Pedestrian Access. Safe, accessible, direct and convenient off-street pedestrian circulation consistent with the City Access and Parking Design Guidelines Standards shall be provided for all developments other than single-unit and two-unit residential ,unless reduced or waived by the Public Works Director.

C. Driveways. Driveway access to automobile parking areas shall be consistent with the City Access and Parking Design Guidelines Standards and the California Fire Code as amended and adopted by ordinance of this City.

1. Driveways, fire lanes, or other required vehicular maneuvering areas in any parking lot shall not be used for parking of vehicles or other storage that prohibits access.

2. Circular driveways, multiple driveways, or motor courts in any setback are prohibited, unless determined by the Public Works Director to be necessary for safety or necessary to serve permitted parking spaces.

3. All driveways and turnarounds shall serve approved parking areas or loading areas only, and shall not exceed the minimum dimensions necessary for vehicular maneuvering. If a driveway or driveway approach is no longer necessary to serve an approved parking area or loading area, all paving shall be removed, and the curb, gutter, and sidewalk shall be replaced to meet City Construction Standard Details.

D. Gates. In order to prevent vehicle obstructions of the street, sidewalk, or right-of-way, all driveway gates shall be setback a minimum of 20 feet from the front lot line for any use. Driveway gates for nonresidential uses may be located closer than 20 feet if the gates remain open during business hours. A waiver to this standard may be approved by the Public Works Director when it is determined the gate would not create potential street obstructions.

E. Loading. In order to avoid undue interference with the public use of streets and alleys, offstreet loading and unloading areas shall be provided for any use that employs valet parking and any other use where loading interferes with short-term or visitor parking, as determined by the Public COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
77 Works Director. For residential developments, loading activities can be accommodated on-street if there is on-street parking adjacent to the property and would not conflict with street traffic operations. For all new mixed-use and nonresidential development, off-street loading is required unless a waiver is granted from the Public Works Director.

F. Tandem Parking. Tandem parking is prohibited unless may be approved with a waiver by the Public Works Director to satisfy the automobile parking required by this chapter and in accordance with the following.

1. Residential Uses.
a. Accessory Dwelling Unit, Multi-Unit, Two-Unit, and Mixed-Use Development. Tandem automobile parking for projects where the parking for the primary unit was displaced by the addition of an accessory dwelling unit, or multiunit residential, or for residential uses in a mixed-use development, shall meet the following:
i. No more than two automobiles shall be placed one behind the other; ii. Both automobile parking spaces parked in tandem shall be assigned to the same residential unit;
iii. Automobile movements necessary to move cars parked in a tandem arrangement shall not take place on any street or alley, unless approved by the Public Works Director; and
iv. Tandem parking shall not be used to satisfy the guest parking requirement; and
v. iv. Vertical or stackable tandem parking, provided by means of mechanical lifts, is subject to approval by the Public Works Director.

Mechanical lifts shall be fully enclosed within a structure and shall require a recorded maintenance agreement, pursuant to Chapter 30.260, Recorded Agreements.
b. Other Residential Uses. Single-Unit Development. For all other residential uses single-unit residences, not including accessory dwelling units, tandem automobile parking shall only be approved with a waiver for existing development if the Public Works Director finds that the tandem parking is needed for flexibility on a constrained lot, and where tandem parking does not create a safety hazard or traffic COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
78 impacts. If approved, no more than two automobile spaces shall be placed one behind the other, and both automobile spaces parked in tandem shall be assigned to the same residential unit. Tandem parking shall not be used to provide for the conversion of garage or carport spaces.

2. Nonresidential Uses. Tandem automobile parking for nonresidential uses shall meet the following:
a. Allowed Uses. Limited to Hospitals and Clinics, Medical and Dental Offices, and Hotels and Similar Uses or other uses as determined by the Public Works Director.
b. Minimum Number of Spaces. Parking lots used for tandem automobile parking shall contain a minimum of 20 automobile parking spaces; c. Design and Operation. Shall be designed and operated as valet parking in compliance with all standards in Subsection 30.175.090.G, Valet Parking; and d. Recorded Agreement Required. A recorded agreement shall be executed establishing the valet parking will be maintained and reserved for the uses served for as long as such uses are in operation.

G. Valet Parking. Valet parking is prohibited unless a Valet Parking Plan is submitted to the City and approved by the Public Works Director demonstrating compliance with the requirements of this section. Valet parking shall comply with all of the following:

1. Sites utilizing valet parking shall not use any street, alley, or City-owned parking facilities for automobile storage, pickup, drop-off, or interfere with any right-of-way without approval of the Public Works Director;

2. Vehicle movements in a tandem arrangement shall not take place on any street or alley without approval of the Public Works Director;

3. The valet drop-off lanes, and any associated kiosks or other similar items, shall be located to allow for the safe and efficient function of the valet operation, in that it will neither adversely impact the parking and internal circulation of the parking lot or any adjacent right-of-way, nor encroach into any required fire lane access area;

4. Valet parking shall not interfere with, reduce, remove, or utilize any automobile or bicycle parking spaces required for any other use; and
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
79 5. Sites utilizing valet parking shall ensure a parking attendant will be on duty at all times that the facility is in use, and sufficient staff and facilities to ensure that automobiles are moved for parking promptly. No automobile queuing or parking is allowed in travel lanes at any time. If the site is unable to satisfy the valet parking demand and queuing or double-parking occurs, the operation shall be temporarily closed, until the demand can be properly handled, and shall display a sign with the word “FULL” that is clearly visible to approaching traffic.

6. Valet parking may be required by the Public Works Director for projects with parking lifts or parking machines serving nonresidential uses in which the parking facility serves infrequent users (e.g., customers), or where the duration of visit is anticipated to be for a short period of time.

H. Parking Lifts and Machines. Parking lifts and parking machines may be allowed per the criteria outlined in the City Access and Parking Design Standards.

H. I. Materials. All required automobile parking areas and driveways shall be fully hard surfaced with asphaltic concrete of minimum thickness of two inches, with four inches compacted base, or other techniques or materials providing equivalent service. Gravel, dirt, and other similar loose materials are prohibited in the driveways, turnarounds, or parking areas. closer than 100 feet of any right-of-way. The Public Works Director may grant a waiver to allow gravel or other loose material in any driveway, turnaround, or surface parking space if the gravel or loose materials are a minimum of 100 feet from any right of way, or if other site conditions do not present a safety hazard such as the roadway volumes or slope of driveway, and provided that the borders of any such parking spaces are clearly delineated with a hard-surfaced edging material such as pavers or raised blocks.

I. J. Waiver. Any variation from the requirements of this section must be approved pursuant to a waiver by the Public Works Director. The Public Works Director may approve waivers to parking area standards whenever specified in this title or as specified within the City Access and Parking Design Standards.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
80 FIGURE 30.175.050.B: CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT AND PARKING ZONES OF

BENEFIT
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
81 COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
82 COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
83 COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
84 COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
85 COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
86 COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
87 COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
88 COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
89 SECTION 5. Chapter 30.205 of Title 30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

Division IV: Administration and Permits
Chapter 30.205 Common Procedures
Sections:

30.205.010 Purpose

30.205.020 Application Forms and Fees

30.205.030 Pre-Application Review

30.205.035 Preliminary Housing Applications

30.205.040 Concept Review

30.205.050 Review of Discretionary
Applications

30.205.060 Environmental Review

30.205.070 Public Notice

30.205.080 Conduct of Public Hearings

30.205.090 Decision

30.205.100 Scope of Approvals

30.205.110 Effective Dates

30.205.120 Expiration of Permits

30.205.130 Changes to Approved Plans

30.205.140 Revocation of Permits and
Approvals

30.205.150 Appeals

30.205.160 Enforcement and Penalty

30.205.010 Purpose.

This chapter establishes procedures that are common to the application and processing of all permits and approvals provided for in this title, unless superseded by specific requirement of this title or sState law.

30.205.020 Application Forms and Fees.

A. Who May Apply. The owner of property or the owner’s authorized agent. If the application is made by someone other than the owner or the owner’s agent, proof, satisfactory to the Community Development Director, of the right to use and possess the property as applied for, shall accompany the application.

B. Application Forms and Materials.

1. Application Forms. The Community Development Director shall prepare and issue application forms and lists that specify the information that is required from applicants for projects subject to the provisions of this title.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
90 2. Supporting Materials. The Community Development Director may require the submission of supporting materials as part of the application, including, but not limited to, statements, photographs, plans, drawings, renderings, models, material samples, reports and other items necessary to accurately and completely describe existing conditions and the proposed project accurately and completely, and to determine the level of environmental review pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).

3. Availability of Materials. All material submitted becomes the property of the City, may be distributed to the public, and shall be made available for public inspection. At any time upon reasonable request, and during normal business hours, any person may examine an application and materials submitted in support of or in opposition to an application in the Planning Division offices. Unless prohibited by law, copies of such materials shall be made available at a reasonable cost.

C. Application Fees. No application shall be accepted as complete and processed without payment of the applicable fee established by resolution of the City Council.

30.205.030 Pre-Application Review.

Pre-application review is intended to provide preliminary information on relevant policies, regulations, and procedures, and to identify significant issues relevant to a proposed project.

A. Applicability.

1. Mandatory Pre-Application Review. Pre-application review is required for the following projects:
a. Annexations.
b. Tentative maps and vesting tentative maps where the Planning Commission is the designated Advisory Agency.
c. Permits for Conversion of Residential Units to Condominiums, Hotels, or Similar Uses.
d. Development Plans of more than 3,000 square feet of new nonresidential development.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
91 e. Transfer of Existing Development Right Permit.
b.f. Projects proposed in accordance with the Average Unit-Size Density Incentive Program, pursuant to Section 30.150.060, Pre-Application and Concept Review Required.; except objective Housing Development Projects using Title 25 of this code are exempt from mandatory Pre-Application and Concept Review. g. Conditional Use Permits.
h. c. General Plan and Zoning Amendments.
i. d Local Coastal Program Amendments.
j. e. Specific Plans and Amendments to Specific Plans.

2. Optional Pre-Application Review. Pre-application review is optional for all other projects.

B. Review Procedure. The Pre-Application Review Team shall review the project and associated materials and advise the applicant of relevant policies, regulations and procedures, identify significant issues relevant to a proposed project, and document any conclusions and recommendations in a letter to the applicant. Applicants and their representatives shall be entitled to meet with the Pre-Application Review Team in order to discuss the recommendations and any identified issues. The Pre-Application Review Team is authorized to prepare and effect rules and procedures as necessary or convenient to carry on the Team’s business.

C. Pre-Application Review Team Members. Members of the Pre-Application Review Team shall consist of staff from various City Departments and Divisions responsible for reviewing development applications including but not limited to Building and Safety, Planning, Fire Prevention, Parks and Recreation, Creeks, Public Works Engineering, Water Resources, and Transportation.

The following City officials, or their designee, shall be members of the Pre-Application Review Team:

1. Chief Building Official;

2. City Engineer;

3. City Planner;
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
92 4. Fire Chief;

5. Transportation and Parking Manager;

6. Water Resources Manager; and

7. Any other City official or their designee, when deemed appropriate by other Team members.

D. Recommendations are Advisory. Neither the pre-application review nor the provision of information and pertinent policies shall be construed as a recommendation for approval or denial of the application by City representatives. Any recommendations that result from pre-application review are considered advisory only and shall not be binding on either the applicant or the City.

E. Expiration. Comments and recommendations from any pre-application review are valid for a period of 12 months from the date of the Pre-Application Review Team letter. If a project is substantially revised, or if applicable policies, regulations, or procedures change that could affect the recommendations or conclusions of the pre-application review, the Team may require a subsequent pre-application review prior to formal application submittal. If, however, there are no substantial changes to either the project or any relevant policies, regulations, and procedures, the Team may allow the submittal of an application for a development project up to a maximum of 24 months after the date of the Pre-Application Review Team letter.

30.205.035 Preliminary Housing Application. Consistent with the State Housing Crisis Act, an applicant may file a preliminary application as described in Government Code § 65941.1.

A. Applicability.

1. This section applies to qualifying Housing Development Projects meeting the definition of subdivision (b) of section 65905.5 of the Government Code.

2. This section shall remain in effect for the same period as provisions contained in the Government Code § 65941.1. Any provisions that are not extended by the State Legislature shall be repealed as of the date those provisions in the Housing Accountability Act are deemed null and void.

B. Review Procedure.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
93 1. If a preliminary application is filed, the preliminary application shall be deemed complete when all of the information listed in the preliminary application form is submitted.

2. Within 180 calendar days after submitting a complete preliminary application, an applicant shall submit a full application for the project. If a full application is not submitted within 180 calendar days, the preliminary application shall expire and have no further force or effect.

3. Qualifying projects for which a preliminary application was submitted shall only be subject to the ordinances, policies, fees and standards adopted and in effect when the preliminary application was submitted, except in the circumstances described in Government Code § 65589.5(o).

30.205.040 Concept Review.

Concept review provides an opportunity for early input from the applicable Design Review Body, Planning Commission, or Staff Hearing Officer to staff and applicants. It is an informal review where general information, questions, comments, and suggestions for further study may be made.

Comments made at the Concept Review level are not binding for future review. Concept Design Review is generally the first step in the Design Review process. The types of projects that may benefit most from a other types of Concept Review tend to involve new or difficult issues, or large development projects.

A. Applicability.

1. Mandatory Concept Review. Concept review is required for the following projects:
a. Planned Unit Development (PUD) Overlay Zone.
b. a. Projects proposed in accordance with the Average Unit-Size Density Incentive Program, pursuant to Section 30.150.060, Pre-Application and Concept Review Required.; except Objective Housing Development Projects using Title 25 of this code are exempt from mandatory Pre-Application and Concept Review.

2. Optional Concept Review. Concept Review is optional for all other projects.

B. Review Procedure.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
94 1. Concept Design Review. An applicant may request one or more Concept Design Review hearings to consult with the applicable Design Review body for guidance on the design of a proposed project.
a. Concept Design Review Comments Forwarded to Review Authority. If a project requires a discretionary land use approval in addition to Design Review, comments made during Concept Design Review will be part of the minutes forwarded to the Staff Hearing Officer, the Planning Commission, or the City Council (as applicable) to promote effective and appropriate communication between City decision-makers.

2. All Other Concept Reviews. The Planning Commission or Staff Hearing Officer shall review the project and associated materials and advise the applicant of project-related issues and concerns.

C. Application Requirements. Applications for Concept Review shall be filed with the Community Development Director in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 30.205.020, Application Forms and Fees. A conceptual plan shall be submitted showing generalized development proposals including, as applicable, lot sizes and open spaces proposed, proposed reductions or waivers, existing easements, existing neighborhood development, and any other information which may be reasonably required by the Community Development Director to aid and assist the Review Authority Planning Commission in an initial consideration.

D. Public Notice and Hearing. All a Applications for Concept Review shall require public notice and hearing pursuant to Section 30.205.070, Public Notice, and Section 30.205.080, Conduct of Public Hearings when the project is subject to public notice and hearing under the terms of this code.

E. Recommendations are Advisory. No formal action shall be taken by the Review Authority Planning Commission or Staff Hearing Officer regarding the conceptual proposal and, therefore, comments may not be appealed. Any recommendations that result from Concept Review shall be considered advisory only and shall not be binding on either the applicant or the City.

F. Expiration. Comments and recommendations from any Concept Review are valid for a period of 12 months from the date of the public hearing, subject to the same limitations and circumstances as described in Pre-Application Review, Section 30.205.030, above.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
95 30.205.050 Review of Discretionary Applications.

A. Review Process. The Community Development Director shall determine whether a discretionary application is complete within 30 days of the date the application is filed with the required fee, pursuant to Government Code § 65943.

B. Concurrent Processing. With the exception of General Plan and Zoning Amendments, Local Coastal Program Amendments, Development Agreements, and Sspecific Pplans, if an application requires more than one discretionary land use approval under this title, all applications shall be submitted, reviewed, heard, and acted upon concurrently by the highest applicable Review Authority.

C. Incomplete Application. If a discretionary application is incomplete, the Community Development Director shall provide written notification to the applicant listing the applications for permits, forms, material, information or additional fees that are necessary to complete the application.

1. Discovery of Potential Unlawful Conditions. If the City discovers unpermitted or unauthorized site development, uses, or structures during application review, the City will notify the applicant of the alleged violation.
a. Voluntary Compliance. If the applicant and the City agree on the nature and extent of the violation and the proposed correction, the violation will be corrected using one of the following methods as determined by the applicant:
i. Inclusion as part of the proposed project application; ii. Inclusion on a separate, concurrent application;
iii. Inclusion as a condition of project approval, which may specify a phasing program.
b. Referral to Enforcement. If the applicant and the City do not agree on the nature and extent of the violation or the proposed correction, or if the violation is not corrected as provided in subsection (C)(1)(a), the violation will be subject to formal enforcement action.
c. A discretionary application may be determined complete without a requirement for abatement of the violation; provided, however, that any approvals COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
96 shall not constitute authorization for continuation of the violation, or waiver of, or estoppel against any future enforcement action.

2. Appeal of Determination. Determinations of discretionary application incompleteness are subject to the provisions of Section 30.205.150, Appeals.

3. Submittal of Additional Information. The applicant shall provide the additional information within 30 days or as specified by the Community Development Director. The Community Development Director may, for good cause, grant extensions of any time limit for review of applications imposed by this title.
a. If an applicant receives written notification that the application is incomplete, and a preliminary application per Section 30.205.035, Preliminary Housing Application, was submitted for a qualifying housing project, the applicant shall submit the information needed to complete the application within 90 calendar days of receiving the written notification of incompleteness. If the applicant does not submit this information within this timeframe, the preliminary application shall expire and have no further force or effect.

4. Expiration of Application. If an applicant fails to correct the specified application deficiencies within the specified time limit, the application shall expire and be deemed withdrawn. After the expiration of an application, project review shall require the submittal of a new, complete application, along with all required fees.

D. Complete Application. When a discretionary application is determined to be complete, the Community Development Director shall make a record of that date. The Director may require submittal of additional information for review of the project in compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).

E. Review and Consideration.

1. Review Authority. Once a discretionary application is determined to be complete, and environmental review is completed, the application shall be considered and acted upon by the Review Authority as outlined in this chapter.

2. Findings. Findings, when required by sState law or this title, shall be based upon consideration of the application, plans, testimony, reports, and other materials that constitute the administrative record and shall be stated in writing in the Record of Decision. The COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
97 inability to make one or more of the required findings supported by substantial evidence in the record is grounds for denial of an application.

3. Approval of Development at a Lower Density.
a. Required Findings. Pursuant to California Government Code § 65863 (No Net Loss Law), prior to approving any project at a lower residential density than what was assumed in the sites inventory of the General Plan Housing Element, the Review Authority, at the time of approval, must make the following written findings, supported by substantial evidence in the record:
i. Remaining sites identified in the Housing Element are adequate to meet the City’s remaining regional housing need allocation (RHNA) for the planning period by income category; and
ii. The findings should include a quantification of the remaining unmet need for the City’s RHNA at each income level and the remaining capacity of sites identified in the Housing Element, to accommodate that need by income level.
b. Maintaining Housing Capacity. If the approval of a project at a lower residential density will result in the remaining sites capacity becoming inadequate to accommodate the RHNA by income category, the City shall identify additional adequate sites to accommodate the remaining RHNA.

4. Denial of an Objective Housing Development Project. If a qualifying Objective Housing Development Project, as described in Government Code § 65589.5(h)(2), complies with all applicable objective General Plan, zoning, and subdivision standards and criteria, including the Objective Design Standards and Development Standards (ODDS) in Title 25 of this code, the Review Authority may only deny the project or conditionally approve the project at a lower density if the Review Authority makes written finding supported by a preponderance of the evidence in the record that:
a. The housing development would have a specific, adverse impact upon the public health or safety unless the housing development is denied or conditionally approved at a lower density. A "specific, adverse impact" means a "significant, quantifiable, direct, and unavoidable impact, based on identified written public health or safety standards, policies, or conditions as they existed on the date that the project was deemed complete"; and
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
98 b. There is no feasible method to satisfactorily mitigate or avoid the adverse impact other than the denial of the housing development or conditional approval of the housing development at a lower density.

5. Denial of an Affordable Housing Project. See Section 30.145.050, Denial of Affordable Housing or Emergency Shelters.

30.205.060 Environmental Review.

All projects must be reviewed for compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA).

Environmental review will be conducted pursuant to Title 14 of the California Code of Regulations (CEQA Guidelines), and Chapter 22.100 Environmental Review of this code the City of Santa Barbara Guidelines for the Implementation of the California Environmental Quality Act. If Title 14 of the California Code is amended, such amendments will govern City procedures.

30.205.070 Public Notice.

Unless otherwise specified, whenever the provisions of this title require public notice, the City shall provide notice in compliance with sState law and the following.

A. Mailed Notice. At least 10 calendar days before the date of the public hearing or the date of action when no public hearing is required, the Community Development Director, or the City Clerk for hearings before the City Council, shall provide notice by First Class mail delivery to:

1. The applicant and the owner of the subject property;

2. All property owners of record within a minimum 300-foot radius of the subject property as shown on the latest available records of the County Assessor; and

3. Any person or group who has filed a written request for notice regarding the specific application.

4. Alternative Method for Large Mailings. If the number of owners to whom notice would be mailed or delivered is greater than 1,000, instead of mailed notice, the Community Development Director or City Clerk may provide notice by placing a display advertisement of at least one-eighth page in at least one newspaper of general circulation in the City at least 10 calendar days prior to the hearing.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
99 B. Newspaper Notice. At least 10 calendar days before the date of the public hearing or the date of action when no public hearing is required, the Community Development Director, or the City Clerk for hearings before the City Council, shall publish a notice in at least one newspaper of general circulation in the City; except as indicated for Design Review hearings in Subsection C, below.

C. Noticing for Design Review Hearings. If a notice is required for a Design Review hearing under the terms of this code, a mailed notice shall be provided at the first Design Review hearing and if a subsequent hearing is scheduled for Project Design Approval; however, nothing in this section shall require more than two mailed notices of any Design Review project or notice of any hearing to be published in a newspaper.

C.D. Additional Noticing Methods. The City may also require public notice in any other manner it deems necessary or desirable, including, but not limited to, posted notice on the project site.

D.E. Contents of Notice. The required Mailed Notice and Newspaper Notice shall include the following information:

1. Process Information.
a. The date, time and place of the hearing and the name of the Review Authority, or the date of action when no public hearing is required; and b. A brief description of the City’s general procedure concerning the submission of public comments and conduct of hearings and decisions (e.g., the public’s right to appear and be heard).

2. Project Information.
a. The name of the applicant and owner of the subject property; b. The City’s file number(s) assigned to the application; c. A general explanation of the matter to be considered; d. A general description, in text or by diagram, of the location of the property that is the subject of the hearing; and
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
100
e. A statement, if applicable, that the project is located within the City’s Coastal Zone, the date of filing of the application, and whether the project is appealable to the Coastal Commission under Public Resources Code 30603(a).

E.F. Failure to Receive Notification. The validity of the proceedings shall not be affected by the failure of any property owner, resident, or neighborhood or community organization to receive a mailed notice or receive notice by any additional noticing methods.

30.205.080 Conduct of Public Hearings.

Whenever the provisions of this title require a public hearing, the hearing shall be conducted in compliance with the requirements of sState law as follows.

A. Generally. Hearings shall be conducted pursuant to procedures adopted by the hearing body. They do not have to be conducted according to technical rules relating to evidence and witnesses.

B. Scheduling. Hearings before the City Council shall be scheduled by the City Clerk. All other hearings required under this title shall be scheduled by the Community Development Director.

C. Staff Presentation. The Director may prepare a presentation and staff report regarding the proposed project.

D. Applicant Presentation. An applicant or an applicant’s representative may make a presentation of a proposed project.

E. Public Hearing Testimony. Any person may appear at a public hearing and submit oral or written comments, either individually or as a representative of a person or an organization.

F. Time Limits. The Review Authority may establish time limits for individual testimony and request require that individuals with shared concerns select one or more spokespersons to present testimony on behalf of those individuals.

G. Continuance of Public Hearing. The Review Authority conducting the public hearing may, by motion, continue the public hearing to a fixed date, time and place without additional notice; or the body conducting the public hearing may continue the item to an undetermined date and provide notice of the continued hearing in the same manner and within the same time limits as required for the original hearing.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
101
H. Additional Information. The Review Authority conducting the public hearing may require additional information or cause such investigations to be made as it deems necessary and in the public interest in any matter to be heard by it.

I. Decision. The public hearing must be closed before a vote is taken.

J. Limit to Public Hearings for Objective Housing Development Projects. This section shall remain in effect for the same period as provisions contained in the Government Code §65905.5. If a proposed Objective Housing Development Project complies with the applicable, objective standards in effect at the time an application is deemed complete, the City shall not conduct more than five public hearings (including continuances and appeals), workshops, or similar meetings in connection with the approval of the housing development after the full application is deemed complete, consistent with Government Code §65905.5. Meetings required by the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) are exempt from the limit.

30.205.090 Decision.

When making a decision to approve, approve with conditions, revise, revoke or deny any discretionary permit or approval under this title, the Review Authority shall issue a written Record of Decision and make findings of fact as required by this title. The Record may take the form of a resolution, letter, notice, memo, meeting minutes or similar document, and shall describe the action taken, including any applicable conditions, and shall list the findings that were the basis for the decision. The Community Development Director or the City Clerk shall retain the original Record and provide a copy of the Record to the applicant.

A. Timing of Final Decisions. Final City decisions on project applications shall be in accordance with applicable State laws, including §65920 et seq. (Permit Streamlining Act), §65950 et seq. (Approval of Development Permits), and §66410 et seq. (Subdivision Map Act), of the California Government Code, and this chapter.

A.B. Notice of Final Action, Coastal Development Permits. Within seven calendar days of a final City decision on an application for a coastal development permit, the Community Development Director shall provide notice of the action in writing by first class mail to the California Coastal Commission and to any persons who specifically requested such notice and provided a self-addressed, stamped envelope. Such notice shall include conditions of approval, written findings and the procedures for appeal of the City decision to the California Coastal Commission.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
102

30.205.100 Scope of Approvals.

A. Multiple Approvals. If there are multiple conflicting approvals granted under this title for the same site or location, only one shall be exercised.

B. Conditions of Approval. Any permit or approval provided for in this title shall be subject to the conditions of approval imposed by the Review Authority. The site plan, floor plans, building elevations and any additional information or representations indicating the proposed structures, site development or manner of operation submitted with an application or submitted during the approval process shall be deemed conditions of approval.

C. Actions Subject to Enforcement. If the construction of a structure, or the use established, is contrary to either the conditions of approval or approved project description and plans, so as to either violate any provision of this title, or require additional permits or approvals, then the permit or approval shall be suspended and subject to possible revocation pursuant to Section 30.205.140, Revocation of Permits and Approvals, and enforcement pursuant to Section 30.205.160, Enforcement and Penalty.

D. Periodic Review. All approvals may be subject to periodic review to determine compliance with the permit and applicable conditions. If a condition specifies that activities or uses allowed under the permit or approval are subject to periodic reporting, monitoring or assessments, it shall be the responsibility of the approval holder, the property owner, or successor property owners to comply with such conditions.

30.205.110 Effective and Approval Dates.

A. Approval Date. The approval date is the date of final decision by the Review Authority, or if a project is appealed, the approval date is the date of decision by the final Appeal Body, regardless of when any associated Resolution is adopted.

B. Effective Date. A final decision on an application for any discretionary or administrative permit or approval subject to appeal shall become effective after the expiration of any applicable appeal period following the date of action approval date, unless an appeal is filed. No building permit or business license shall be issued until the permit or approval becomes effective.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
103
C. Ministerial Decisions. Ministerial decisions with no appeal process shall be effective immediately upon being stamped and signed by the Community Development Director.

30.205.120 Expiration of Permits.

Permits and approvals granted under this title shall automatically expire and become null and void if the approval is not exercised pursuant to subsection A, Exercising a Permit or Approval, or the approved use, structure, or site development is not continued pursuant to subsection B, Continuation of Use, Structure, or Site Development.

A. Exercising a Permit or Approval.

1. Exercised Defined. A permit or approval is exercised when:
a. Aa valid City building permit has been issued for work related to the approval and construction work has begun and been carried on diligently without substantial suspension or abandonment of work.; or
b. If an approval does not require a permit for construction, alterations, or to establish a use, the approval shall be considered exercised when operations of the use authorized by the approval have commenced.

1.2. Time Period to Exercise a Permit or Approval. A permit or approval granted under this title shall be exercised within its initial approval period unless a time extension is granted pursuant to paragraph 23, Extensions, of this subsection, or as provided below. a. Initial Approval Period.
i. Development Plans, Transfer of Existing Development Rights Permits, and Conditional Use Permits for Overlay Zones. Four years from the approval effective date.
ii. Other Discretionary Permits or Approvals. Three years from the approval effective date unless a different time is specified in the Record of Decision.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
104
iii. Zoning Clearance, Ministerial Decisions, Administrative Permits or Approvals. 12 months, or the effective date of applicable ordinance changes, whichever is sooner.
b. Multiple Land Use Approvals. If a project requires multiple discretionary permits or approvals pursuant to any Title 22, 27, or 28 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code, the expiration date shall be measured from date of the final action of the City on the longest discretionary permit or approval related to the application, unless otherwise specified by State or federal law, with the following exceptions:
i. Design review approval shall be measured from the date of the Project Design Approval;
ii. Design review approval shall not operate to extend any other discretionary permit or approval; and
iii. Discretionary land use permits or approvals and any time extensions granted shall automatically extend design review approvals to the same date; and
iii. iv. The recordation of a Parcel Map or Final Map does not extend any other discretionary permit or approval or design review approval.

Approval periods run concurrently with, not consecutively to, each discretionary approval term.
c. Exclusions of Time.
i. Moratorium or Litigation. The periods of time specified in this section shall not include any period of time during which either a development moratorium imposed by the City after the project received a permit or approval, is or was in effect; or a lawsuit involving the permit or approval for the project is or was pending in a court of competent jurisdiction. For this exclusion to operate, the moratorium must apply to an element of the project that received the permit or approval. The maximum length of any exclusion of time under this subsection shall be five years. (1) Moratorium. Once a moratorium is terminated, the permit or approval shall be valid for the same period of time as was left to run on the permit or approval at the time that the moratorium was COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
105
imposed or 120 days from the termination of the moratorium, whichever is later.
(2) Litigation.
(a) After service of the initial petition or complaint in the lawsuit upon the City, the applicant may advise the City of the need for a litigation tolling stay pursuant to the City’s adopted procedures.
(b) Once the litigation ends, the permit or approval shall be valid for the same period of time as was left to run on the permit or approval at the time that the lawsuit was filed. ii. Tentative Maps. If the project requires the approval of a tentative subdivision pursuant to Title 27 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code, the periods of time specified in this section shall not include a period of time during which a lawsuit involving the approval of the tentative map is or was pending in a court of competent jurisdiction for which a stay was approved by the Reviewing Authority that approved the tentative subdivision map. d. Approvals Contingent Upon Action of Other Governmental Bodies. When a discretionary approval by the City made pursuant to this title is contingent upon an action by another governmental body, including, but not limited to, the approval of an annexation by the Local Agency Formation Commission or any action by the California Coastal Commission, the timeline for all discretionary approvals related to the project shall not commence until all such outside agency contingencies are satisfied.
i. The suspension of project timelines allowed in this subsection shall not exceed three years from the date of the final City action on the discretionary approval that is contingent upon the action of another governmental body.
ii. This suspension shall not run consecutively to a moratorium or litigation exclusion unless the moratorium or litigation legally prevented the applicant from processing the application before the other governmental body.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
106

2.3. Extensions. Extensions of time may be granted by the Community Development Director upon finding that the applicant is demonstrating due diligence to implement and complete the proposed development as substantiated by competent evidence in the record, and that the project continues to be consistent with this title, the certified Local Coastal Program, the Coastal Act, or applicable City ordinances, resolutions and other laws. a. Projects Not Involving a Tentative Subdivision Map or Lot Line Adjustment. The Community Development Director may approve up to two one-year, or one two-year, extensions of any permit or approval granted under this title, except for Development Plans, which may receive only one one-year extension, upon receipt of a written application with the required fee prior to the date of expiration of the approval. Under no circumstances shall the time for exercise of the permit or approval of development be more than five years after the approval effective date of the approval, unless otherwise allowed by State Law or if approvals are contingent upon other governmental bodies, pursuant to subparagraph 30.205.120.A.1.d, Approvals Contingent Upon Action of Other Governmental Bodies.
b. Projects Involving a Tentative Subdivision Map or Lot Line Adjustment. When the permit or approval granted under this title also includes approval of a Tentative Subdivision Map or Lot Line Adjustment, the Staff Hearing Officer is the Review Authority and may approve the requested extension in accordance with the applicable provision(s) of Title 27.

B. Continuation of Use, Structure, or Site Development. A use, structure, or site development authorized by the permit or approval is considered continued unless the structure or site development are demolished or substantially redeveloped pursuant to Section 30.140.200, Substantial Redevelopment, or the uses authorized by the approval are discontinued pursuant to Section 30.140.080, Discontinuation of Use.

30.205.130 Changes to Approved Plans.

No change to any structure, site development, or use for which a permit or approval has been issued or granted under this title is permitted unless the permit or approval is revised as provided for in this title.

A. Substantial Conformance. The Community Development Director may approve minor changes to approved projects that are found to be in substantial conformance with the original COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
107
project description, findings and conditions; provided that, the minor changes would not increase the intensity of any aspect of the project that could have a potentially detrimental effect. Substantial Conformance Determinations shall be documented by the Director with a Record of Decision and the Director may request input from applicable City Departments or the original Review Authority for help in determining whether the request is consistent with the original approval pursuant to administrative procedures adopted by a resolution of the City Council.

B. Amendments. A request for a change to a condition of approval; or a change in an approved structure, site development, or use that would affect the original project description, findings, or a condition of approval beyond what the Director finds to be in Substantial Conformance; shall require approval by the original Review Authority and shall be processed in the same manner as the original approval.

30.205.140 Revocation of Permits and Approvals.

Any permit or approval granted under this title may be revoked or revised for cause if any of the conditions or terms of the permit or approval are violated or if any applicable law or ordinance is violated.

A. Initiation of Proceeding. Revocation proceedings may be initiated by the Community Development Director, Chief of Police, or City Administrator.

B. Public Notice, Hearings, and Action. A decision to revoke or revise a permit or approval shall require public notice and hearing before the Planning Commission pursuant to Chapter 30.205, Common Procedures.

C. Required Findings. The Planning Commission may revoke or revise a permit or approval if it makes any of the following findings:

1. The approval was obtained by means of fraud or misrepresentation of a material fact by the applicant;

2. The use, building, or structure has been substantially altered or expanded beyond what is set forth in the permit or approval or substantially changed in character in a manner that violates the terms of the permit or approval;
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
108

3. There is or has been a documented violation of, or failure to observe the terms or conditions of, the permit or approval, or the use has been conducted in violation of the provisions of this title, or any applicable law or regulation; or

4. The use to which the permit or approval applies has been conducted in a manner detrimental to the public safety, health or welfare, or so as to be a nuisance. (Ord. 6027 § 6, 2021)

30.205.150 Appeals.

A. Applicability.

1. Appeals of Community Development Director, City Administrator, and Chief of Police Decisions. Any decision or determination of the Community Development Director, City Administrator, and Chief of Police that is subject to appeal under the terms of this title may be appealed to the Planning Commission.

2. Appeals of Staff Hearing Officer Decisions. Decisions of the Staff Hearing Officer may be appealed to the Planning Commission or the Community Development Director in accordance with this section.
a. Appeals of Staff Hearing Officer Decisions on Minor Zoning Exceptions. Appeals of the Staff Hearing Officer decisions regarding Minor Zoning Exceptions shall be heard by the Community Development Director, and the decision of the Community Development Director shall be final, without any right of further appeal. a. Appeals of Staff Hearing Officer Decisions on Accessory Dwelling Units. The decision of the Staff Hearing Officer concerning an application for a Coastal Development Permit for an Accessory Dwelling Unit shall constitute the final action of the City.

Development located in the Appealable Jurisdiction of the Coastal Zone may be appealed to the Coastal Commission in accordance with Section 30.205.150, Appeals.
b. Appeals of all Other Staff Hearing Officer Decisions. Appeals of all other Staff Hearing Officer decisions shall be heard by the Planning Commission. c. Planning Commission Suspensions. The Chairperson, Vice Chairperson or designated liaison of the Planning Commission may suspend a decision of the Staff COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
109
Hearing Officer (except Minor Zoning Exceptions Time Extensions) within the 10- day appeal period. The suspension shall be processed in the same manner as an appeal. Such action shall not require any statement of reasons and shall not represent opposition to or support of an application.

3. Appeals of Planning Commission and Design Review Decisions. Decisions of the Planning Commission and Design Review may be appealed to the City Council in accordance with Chapter 1.30 and Title 22 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code Chapter

30.220, Design Review, except as provided below. In addition to the procedures specified in Chapter 1.30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code, public notice shall be provided in the same manner required for the action that was the subject of the appeal. a. Single Family Design Board. Appeals of Single Family Design Board decisions shall be heard by the Planning Commission, and the decision of the Planning Commission shall be final, subject only to judicial review as provided in Section 1.30.020 of this code. The Planning Commission’s decision on the appeal shall be based upon findings required by Chapter 2

30.220, Design Review, and the applicable design guidelines.

4. Coastal Development Permits. Actions on some Coastal Development Permits may also be appealed to the California Coastal Commission pursuant to subsection C, Appeals to the Coastal Commission, below.

5. Ministerial Actions. Ministerial actions of the Community Development Director granting or denying a zoning clearance, home occupation permit, or any other ministerial action pursuant to this code are final and not subject to appeal, unless otherwise stated.

B. Appeal Process.

1. Rights of Appeal. Only those persons who participated either orally or in writing on a project have standing to appeal the decision. Grounds for appeal are limited to those issues raised either orally or in written correspondence delivered to the review body at, or prior to, the public hearing.

2. Time Limits. Unless otherwise specified in sState or federal law, all appeals shall be filed in writing within 10 calendar days of the date on which a written decision is issued by the decision maker. In computing the length of an appeal period, the day on which the decision was issued is excluded and the 10th calendar day of the appeal period is included. If COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
110
the 10th calendar day of the appeal period falls on a day the City is closed, the appeal period shall end at the close of business on the next business day of the City.

3. Procedures.
a. Proceedings Stayed by Appeal. The timely filing of an appeal stays all proceedings in the matter appealed including the issuance of demolition permits and City building permits, with the following exception:
i. Appeals of Planning Commission Decisions. When a project is subject to both Planning Commission and Design Review approval and the Planning Commission’s decision on the project is appealed to the City Council, the Director may, at the request of the applicant, allow the project to continue through the design review process to an appealable decision, so that the City Council may consider the appeal of the Planning Commission decision and the appeal of the Design Review body decision simultaneously. b. Filing of Appeals. A written appeal must be filed at the appropriate location no later than 4:30 p.m. on the appeal due date. The appeal must be accompanied by payment of the required fee established by City Council resolution in order to be duly filed and must state specifically how the decision is not in accord with the provisions of this title or how there was an error or abuse of discretion. c. Public Notice. Notice of the appeal hearing must be provided in the same manner required for the action that was the subject of the appeal. d. Action. The Appeal Body shall conduct a public hearing, if a public hearing was required for the action that was the subject of the appeal, after which it may affirm, reverse, or modify the previous decision.

C. Appeals to the Coastal Commission. A final action taken by the City on a Coastal Development Permit application for development in the appealable area may be appealed to the California Coastal Commission pursuant to Public Resources Code Section 30603 and Title 14 Sections 13110 through 13120 of the California Code of Regulations.

1. Exhaustion of City Appeals Required. Except in circumstances identified in Title 14 Section 13573 of the California Code of Regulations, an applicant or other aggrieved person may appeal a City decision on a Coastal Development Permit application to the COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
111
Coastal Commission only after exhausting all local appeals to the Planning Commission and Council in compliance with this section.

30.205.160 Enforcement and Penalty.

A. Purpose. This section establishes the responsibilities of various departments, officials and public employees of the City to enforce the requirements of this title and establishes uniform procedures the City will use to identify, abate, remove, and enjoin uses, buildings, or structures that are deemed to be in violation of this title.

B. Duties. All departments, officials, and public employees of the City who are vested with the duty or authority to issue permits or licenses shall conform to the provisions of this title, and shall issue no permit or license, except licenses issued for revenue purposes only, for uses, buildings, structures, or purposes in conflict with the provisions of this title, and any such permit or license issued in conflict with the provisions of this title shall be null and void.

1. Community Development Director.
a. It shall be the duty of the Community Development Director, with respect to new development and uses, to enforce this title by withholding, suspending, or revoking permits, approvals, Final Inspections, or Certificates of Occupancy where plan checks or field inspections reveal that completion of the project will result in a violation of this title.
b. When a record of a prior permit or approval does not exist, the Community Development Director may make a determination of when a site development, use, or structure was originally established or constructed and then apply the codes and other specified rules and regulations in effect when the structure was determined to be constructed for purposes of issuing a permit or approval. The determination will be made on a case-by-case basis when so doing would be consistent with the purposes of this title, and in consultation with the Building Official to approve an alternative material or method, if the design is satisfactory and equivalent to the Building Code.
c. A Certificate of Occupancy shall not be issued, or a Final Inspection shall not be approved, on any City permit until all work required by the permit and all other conditions imposed by any board, commission or other authority have been completed or satisfactorily met by bonding or other appropriate method.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
112
d. With respect to existing development and uses, and all other sources of violations, it shall be the duty of the Community Development Director to enforce this title. It is the policy of the Community Development Department to work in cooperation with a property owner to obtain voluntary compliance unless immediate enforcement action is required because of an imminent threat to health or safety caused by the violation. An enforcement priority for the Community Development Department is to educate and to work in partnership with property owners and businesses, and to allow the level of enforcement that best fits the type and circumstances of the code violation.

2. City Attorney. The provisions of this title shall be interpreted by the City Attorney.

C. Enforcement.

1. Any structure erected or maintained or any use of property contrary to the provisions of this title shall be, and the same is hereby declared to be, unlawful and a public nuisance and the City Attorney shall have the authority to commence actions and proceedings for the abatement, removal or enjoinment thereof in the manner provided by law and by Santa Barbara Municipal Code Chapter 1.25, Administrative Code Enforcement Procedures; and shall have the authority to take such other steps and shall apply to any court as may have jurisdiction to grant such reliefs as will abate or remove such building, structure or use and restrain and enjoin any person, firm or corporation from erecting or maintaining such structure or using any property contrary to the provisions of this title.

2. This title may also be enforced by injunction issued out of the Superior Court upon the suit of the City or the owner or occupant of any real property affected by such violation or prospective violation. This method of enforcement shall be cumulative and in no way affect the penal provisions hereof.

D. Penalty. Any person, firm or corporation, whether as owner, principal, agent, employee or otherwise, violating any provision of this title shall be deemed guilty of a misdemeanor but may be cited or charged, at the election of the enforcing officer or City Attorney, as an infraction. Upon conviction, such person shall be punished as set forth in Chapter 1.28, Penalty, of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code. Each day that violation of this title continues shall be considered a separate offense.

E. Indemnification. As a condition of approval of a permit or entitlement issued under this title, the applicant shall agree to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the City or its agents, officers and employees from any claim, action, or proceeding (including damage, attorney fees, and court COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
113
cost awards) against the City or its agents, officers, or employees to attack, set aside, void, or annul an approval of the City, advisory agency, appeal board, or legislative body concerning the permit or entitlement when such action is brought within the applicable statute of limitations. The City may require that the applicant post a bond or other security in an amount determined to be sufficient to satisfy the above indemnification and defense obligation.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
114
SECTION 6. Chapter 30.220 of Title 30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

Chapter 30.220 Design Review
Sections:

30.220.010 Architectural Board of Review

30.220.020 Historic Landmarks Commission

30.220.030 Sign Committee

30.220.040 Single Family Design Board

30.220.050 Objective Design Review

30.220.010 Architectural Board of Review.

Design review is as required by Chapter 22.68, Architectural Board of Review.

30.220.020 Historic Landmarks Commission.

A. Purpose. The recognition and preservation of structures, sites, and natural features having historic, architectural, archaeological, or cultural significance is in the interest of the health, economic prosperity, and general welfare of the community. This chapter implements the City Charter and Historic Resources Element of the General Plan by protecting and preserving historic resources and implements the powers and duties of the Historic Landmarks Commission. The specific purposes of this chapter are the following:

1. To safeguard the City’s heritage by protecting historic resources representing significant elements of its history;

2. To protect and enhance the City’s visual character by encouraging and regulating architectural styles within Landmark and Historic Districts, that reflect the City’s unique and established architectural, cultural and landscapeing traditions;

3. To foster public appreciation of, and civic pride in, the beauty of the City and the accomplishments of its cultural past;

4. To strengthen the economy and vitality of the City by protecting and enhancing the City’s attractions to residents and visitors;

5. To promote the private and public use of Landmarks, Structures of Merit, and Historic Districts for the education, prosperity, and general welfare of the people; COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
115

6. To stabilize and improve property values within the City;

7. To undertake the identification, inventory, and consideration of structures, sites, and features that may merit designation as a historic resource;

8. To promote high standards in architectural and landscape design and the construction of aesthetically pleasing structures;

9. To promote neighborhood compatibility; and

10. To ensure that the review process is fair and consistent both in policy and implementation, and to allow all who are involved to participate in the process.

B. Applicability.

1. Exterior Alterations, Relocation and Demolition. Approval by the Historic Landmarks Commission is required for any exterior alteration, relocation, or demolition, including demolition by neglect of a structure, site, or feature developed with, containing, or located within any of the following:
a. City-Owned or Leased Property. If the alteration, construction or relocation of any structure, natural feature, site or area owned or leased by the City has a historic resource on the lot, the entire property is under Historic Landmarks Commission jurisdiction, except for the Airport Property due to the size of the property and demand for air use and the Historic Landmarks Commission purview will be over historic resources on the site only.
b. El Pueblo Viejo Landmark District. As defined in Section 30.57.030. c. Historic Resource. A historic resource as defined in Section 30.300.080 “H” Historic Resources Related Definitions.
d. Historic District (HD) Overlay Zones. All properties, contributing and noncontributing, within a HD Overlay Zone. e. Publicly Owned Buildings Generally. Except as provided in subsections B.1.f. and g below, any structure, natural feature, site or area owned or leased by any public entity other than the City of Santa Barbara and designated as a Landmark or Structure of Merit, or located within any landmark district, shall not be subject to the provisions of this chapter.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
116
f. Public Interest Exception for City Facilities. The City Council shall first make a public interest determination on whether the alteration, construction or relocation of any structure, natural feature, site or area owned or leased by the City and designated as a Landmark or Structure of Merit, or located within any Landmark or Historic District, is exempt from review by the Historic Landmarks Commission. g. Highway 101 Santa Barbara Coastal Parkway Special Design District. A natural feature, site or area owned or leased by a public entity within the Highway 101 Santa Barbara Coastal Parkway Special Design District as defined by Section 22.68.060.C, which requires a Coastal Development Permit and which is designated as a Landmark, Structure of Merit, or which is located within any Landmark or Historic District shall be reviewed by the Historic Landmarks Commission.

2. Minor Zoning Exceptions and Other Approvals. In addition to any review required pursuant to this chapter, the Historic Landmarks Commission shall review all applications for Minor Zoning Exceptions.

3. Exception for Certain Trees. Notwithstanding the above, the placement, alteration, or removal of trees shall be processed in accordance with Chapter 15.20 or 15.24, as applicable.

C. Review Authority. The Review Authority shall approve, conditionally approve, revise or deny all applications for design review based on consideration of the requirements of this chapter.

1. Historic Landmarks Commission. The Historic Landmarks Commission shall review all applications as required by this Chapter, including minor alterations on Landmarks and in El Pueblo Viejo Landmark District, and alterations contributing to a historic resources in a historic district overlay zone and properties listed on the Historic Resources Inventory.

2. City Architectural Historian (as defined under Qualified Professional Staff in Historic Preservation). Shall review ordinary maintenance contributing to historic resources in a historic district overlay zone and properties listed on the Historic Resources Inventory (as defined in Section 30.300.080 “H”). Ordinary maintenance done to a Historic Resource may be approved through the issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness as a ministerial action by the City’s Architectural Historian without review by the Historic Landmarks Commission.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
117
a. Referrals to Historic Landmarks Commission. The City’s Architectural Historian may refer any proposed ordinary maintenance to the Historic Landmarks Commission if the City’s Architectural Historian finds that the maintenance has the potential to have an adverse effect on the integrity of the historic resource because it does not meet the Secretary of the Interior Standards.
b. Administrative Review. The issuance of the Certificate of Appropriateness by the City’s Architectural Historian is a ministerial action and does not require a noticed public hearing, and is otherwise final and not appealable.

D. Referrals to Planning Commission.

1. Planning Commission Comments. When the Historic Landmarks Commission determines that a development is proposed for a site which is highly visible to the general public, the Historic Landmarks Commission may, prior to granting project design approval of the application, require presentation of the application to the Planning Commission solely for the purpose of obtaining comments from the Planning Commission regarding the application. Planning Commission comments would be considered by the Historic Landmarks Commission in its deliberations.

2. Public Notice and Hearing. Prior to making any comments regarding an application pursuant to this section, the Planning Commission shall hold a noticed public hearing. Notice of the hearing shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 30.205, Common Procedures.

E. Public Notice and Hearing. Projects That Require Public Notice. Applications for the following projects shall require public notice and hearing pursuant to Chapter 30.205, Common Procedures.

1. New single residential units, two-unit residential units, multiple residential units, mixed-use buildings or nonresidential buildings located in El Pueblo Viejo Landmark District or a Historic District;

2. The addition of over 500 square feet of net floor area to a single-unit residential or two-unit residential unit;

3. An addition of a new second or higher story to an existing single-unit residential or two-unit residential housing type;
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
118

4. An addition of over 150 square feet of net floor area to an existing second or higher story of a single-unit residential or two-unit residential housing type;

5. The addition of over 500 square feet of net floor area or any change that will result in an additional residential unit to a multi-unit residential housing type;

6. Whenever approval of a Development Plan is required pursuant to Chapter 28.85 or 30.170 (Nonresidential Growth Management Program);

7. Projects involving more than 250 cubic yards of grading outside the footprint of any main building (soil located within five feet of an exterior wall of a main building that is excavated and re-compacted shall not be included in the calculation of the volume of grading outside the building footprint);

8. Projects involving exterior lighting with the apparent potential to create significant glare on neighboring parcels;

9. Projects involving the placement or removal of natural features with the apparent potential to significantly alter the exterior visual qualities of real property;

10. Projects involving an application for an exception to the parking requirements for a single residential unit as specified in Section 28.90.100.G.l.c. or Section 30.175.030.N.l.a.;

11. Projects involving an application for a Minor Zoning Exception as specified in Section 30.245.060; or

12. All proposals to designate a City Landmark or Structures of Merit.

F. Project Compatibility.
l. Project Compatibility Findings. In addition to any other considerations and requirements specified in this Code, the applicable findings identified below shall be considered by the Historic Landmarks Commission when it reviews and approves or disapproves the design of a proposed development project in a noticed public hearing pursuant to the requirements of Section 30.157.100.
a. Consistency with Design Guidelines. The design of the project is consistent with design guidelines applicable to the location of the project within the City; COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
119
b. Compatible with Architectural Character of City and Neighborhood. The design of the project is compatible with the desirable architectural qualities and characteristics which are distinctive of Santa Barbara and of the particular neighborhood surrounding the project;
c. Appropriate Size, Mass, Bulk, Height, and Scale. The size, mass, bulk, height, and scale of the project is appropriate for its location and its neighborhood; d. Sensitivity to Adjacent Landmarks and Historic Resources. The design of the project is appropriately sensitive to adjacent Federal, State, or City Landmarks or other nearby designated historic resources, including City structures of merit, sites, or natural features;
e. Public Views of the Ocean and Mountains. The design of the project responds appropriately to established scenic public vistas; or
f. Use of Open Space and Landscapeing. The project includes an appropriate amount of open space and landscapeing.

2. Review Procedures.
a. Projects with Design Review Only. If a project only requires design review by the Historic Landmarks Commission pursuant to the provisions of this chapter and does not require discretionary land use approval, the Historic Landmarks Commission shall consider the applicable Project Compatibility Findings during the course of its review prior to granting an approval, denial or continuance of project design approval for the project.
b. Projects with Design Review and Other Discretionary Approvals. If, in addition to design review by the Historic Landmarks Commission, a project requires a discretionary land use approval (either from the Staff Hearing Officer, the Planning Commission, or the City Council), the Historic Landmarks Commission shall review and discuss the applicable Project Compatibility Findings during its conceptual review of the project and shall provide its comments on those findings as part of the minutes of the Historic Landmarks Commission hearing which would then be forwarded to the Staff Hearing Officer, the Planning Commission, or the City Council (as applicable).

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
120
G. Appeals. Appeals of any decision of the Historic Landmarks Commission to the City Council may be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 30.205.150, Appeals.

1. Limits on New Evidence. The City Council will decide the appeal in the exercise of its independent judgment based upon the record of the proceedings of the Historic Landmarks Commission. New evidence will not be considered unless the City Council determines that relevant evidence exists that, in the exercise of reasonable diligence, could not have been produced or was improperly excluded at the hearing before the Historic Landmarks Commission.

30.220.030 Sign Committee.

Design review is as required by Chapter 22.70, Sign Regulations.

30.220.040 Single Family Design Board.

Design review is as required by Chapter 22.69, Single Family Design Board.

30.220.050 Objective Design Review.

A. Purpose. Objective Design Review is intended to provide a more efficient, predictable, and equitable design review process in order to streamline approval of applicable housing projects.

B. Applicability. Projects submitted in compliance with Title 25, Objective Design and Development Standards (ODDS), must use the Objective Design Review process.

1. Applicants opting out of using the Objective Design Review process must use the City’s subjective design review process as described in this chapter.

C. Review Authority. The Review Authority for Objective Design Review projects is the Architectural Board of Review, unless such authority is granted to the Historic Landmarks Commission per Section 30.220.020.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
121
D. Procedures. Applications for Objective Design Review shall be applied for and acted upon in compliance with Chapter 30.205, Common Procedures, and the procedures located within adopted board and commission guidelines, except as follows:

1. Streamlined Meeting Procedures. Project Design Approval and Final Design Review actions are combined into a one-step procedure. Final construction details, finishes, materials, final landscape plans, and storm water management plans are required for a complete application.

2. Limits to Design Review. The Review Authority can review the design of an Objective Design Review project and call for a project applicant to make objective designrelated modifications to achieve consistency with Title 25, but cannot exercise judgment to reject, deny, or modify the project without making the specific written findings described in Subsection 30.205.050.E.2.a, Denial of an Objective Housing Development Project; or Section 30.145.050, Denial of Affordable Housing or Emergency Shelters, as applicable.

3. Findings. An Objective Housing Development Project shall be approved when all the following findings are made:
a. The project, as conditioned, complies with all objective design and development standards.
b. The project will not result in a specific adverse impact to public health or safety that cannot be mitigated without rendering the project infeasible.

4. Appeals. A final action by the Review Authority on an Objective Design Review project may only be appealed by the applicant to the City Council in accordance with Chapter 1.30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code. In addition to the procedures specified in Chapter 1.30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code, public notice shall be provided in the same manner required for the action that was the subject of the appeal. In deciding such an appeal, the City Council shall determine whether the project complies with the criteria required for streamlined housing projects, as well as any adopted objective design standards.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
122
SECTION 7. Chapter 30.250 of Title 30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

Chapter 30.250 Modifications
Sections:

30.250.010 Purpose

30.250.020 Applicability

30.250.030 Review Authority

30.250.040 Application Requirements

30.250.050 Public Notice and Hearing

30.250.060 Required Findings

30.250.070 Conditions of Approval

30.250.010 Purpose.

This chapter establishes a process for consideration and review of Modifications. Modifications provide a means for individual consideration and review to grant relief from the requirements of this title, when so doing would be consistent with the purposes of the Title. Furthermore, it is the policy of the City to comply with the Federal Fair Housing Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act to provide reasonable accommodation to persons with disabilities seeking fair access to housing through relief from the application of certain zoning regulations.

30.250.020 Applicability.

Modifications may be granted to any of the following standards:

A. Parking.

B. Setbacks, Lot Area, Floor Area, Density, Street Frontage, Open Yard, Front Yard, Required Distances, Building Attachment.

C. Fences and Hedges.

D. Solar Access Height Limitations.

E. Maximum Floor Area (Floor to Lot Area Ratio).

F. Standards necessary for the Accommodation of Disabilities.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
123
G. Standards necessary for Reconstruction of Nonconforming Structures.

H. Standards necessary for the Preservation of Historic Resources.

30.250.030 Review Authority.

The following bodies shall approve, conditionally approve, or deny applications for Modifications based on consideration of the requirements of this chapter.

A. Planning Commission. The Planning Commission shall review modifications for reduced parking pursuant to Subsection 30.250.060.B, Modifications to Maximum Floor Area (Floor to Lot Area Ratio), and all Modifications when other discretionary applications related to the project require Planning Commission action.

B. Staff Hearing Officer. The Staff Hearing Officer shall review all other Modifications.

30.250.040 Application Requirements.

Applications for a Modification shall be accepted and processed pursuant to Chapter 30.205, Common Procedures, and the specific requirements of this chapter. In addition to any other application requirements, the application for a Modification shall include data or other evidence in support of the applicable findings required by Section 30.250.060, Required Findings, below.

30.250.050 Public Notice and Hearing.

All applications for Modifications shall require public notice and hearing pursuant to Chapter 30.205, Common Procedures.

30.250.060 Required Findings.

A. Parking Modifications for Projects Heard by the Staff Hearing Officer. A Modification for reduced parking may only be approved if the Staff Hearing Officer finds that:

1. Reduced parking will meet anticipated parking demand generated by the project site; or
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
124

2. A physical hardship exists that would otherwise prevent reasonable use of the property for an existing single-unit residence, including, but not limited to, extreme slope, narrow lot width; or location of existing development.

B. Parking Modifications for Projects Heard by the Planning Commission. A Modification for reduced parking may only be approved if the Planning Commission finds that:

1. All of the same findings as Staff Hearing Officer above, for any project requiring Planning Commission approval; or

2. There are Oother criteria consistent with the purposes of the parking regulations and based on unusual or unique circumstances of a particular case, as deemed appropriate determined by the Planning Commission.

C. Maximum Floor Area (Floor to Lot Area Ratio). A Modification to allow a development that would otherwise be precluded by operation of Subsection 30.20.030.A, Maximum Floor Area (Floor to Lot Area Ratio), may only be approved if the Planning Commission makes all of the following findings:

1. Not less than five members of the Single Family Design Board or six members of the Historic Landmarks Commission (on projects referred to the Commission pursuant to Section 22.69.030 30.220.020) have voted in support of the Modification following a concept review of the project;

2. The subject lot has a physical condition (such as the location, surroundings, topography, or the size or dimensions of the lot relative to other lots in the neighborhood) that does not generally exist on other lots in the neighborhood; and

3. The physical condition of the lot allows the project to be compatible with existing development within the neighborhood that comply with the floor area standard.

D. Accommodation of Disabilities. A Modification of any provision of this title to allow improvements to an existing structure or site in order to provide reasonable accommodations to individuals with disabilities may only be approved if the Review Authority makes all of the following findings:

1. The project does not include new structures, demolitions or substantial redevelopment and rebuilds, or additions where the proposed project precludes a reasonable accommodation that would not require a Modification;
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
125

2. That the property which is the subject of the request for reasonable accommodation will be used by an individual or organization entitled to protection;

3. If the request for accommodation is to provide fair access to housing, that the request for accommodation is necessary to make specific housing available to an individual protected under State or federal law;

4. That the conditions imposed, if any, are necessary to further a compelling public interest and represent the least restrictive means of furthering that interest; and

5. That denial of the requested Modification would conflict with any State or federal statute requiring reasonable accommodation to provide access to housing.

E. Preservation of Historic Resources. A Modification of any provision of this title to allow improvements to an existing structure or site in order to preserve a designated historic resource may only be approved if the Review Authority makes all of the following findings:

1. The Modification is consistent with the general purposes of this title or the specific purposes of the zoning district in which the project is located;

2. The project design proposes improvements that encourage rehabilitation or adaptive re-use of a designated historic resource, as an alternative to demolition or relocation;

3. Reduction or waiver of zoning requirements would facilitate the preservation of the historic resource; and

4. The Modification approval and project after completion will be consistent with the City’s Historic Resource Design Guidelines.

F. All Other Modifications. A decision to grant a Modification for any other standard as provided for in this chapter shall be based on the following findings:

1. The Modification is consistent with the general purposes of this title or the specific purposes of the zoning district in which the project is located; and

2. The Modification is necessary to accomplish any one of the following:
a. Secure an appropriate improvement on a lot; or
COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
126
b. Prevent unreasonable hardship due to the physical characteristics of the site or development, or other circumstances, including, but not limited to, topography, noise exposure, irregular property boundaries, proximity to creeks, or other unusual circumstance; or
c. Result in development that is generally consistent with existing patterns of development for the neighborhood, or will promote uniformity of improvement to existing structures on the site; or
d. Construct a housing development containing affordable residential units rented or owned and occupied in the manner provided for in the City’s Affordable Housing Policies and Procedures.
e. Construct a housing development to meet the special housing needs of the elderly, persons with disabilities, large families, homeless persons, single and small households, farmworkers, students, homeless persons and families, veterans, and any other group with special needs.

30.250.070 Conditions of Approval.

A. In approving a Modification, the Review Authority may impose any conditions deemed necessary to:

1. Achieve the general purposes of this title or the specific purposes of the zoning district in which the project is located;

2. Achieve the findings for the Modification granted; or

3. Mitigate impacts identified as a result of review conducted in compliance with the California Environmental Quality Act.

B. Modifications approved based on State or federal requirements for reasonable accommodation may be conditioned to provide for rescission or automatic expiration based on a change of occupancy or other relevant change in circumstance.

C. The Review Authority may require reasonable guarantees and evidence that the applicant is complying, or will comply, with the conditions of approval.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
127
SECTION 8. Chapter 30.295 of Title 30 of the Santa Barbara Municipal Code is amended to read as follows:

Division V: General Terms
Chapter 30.295 Use Classifications
Sections:

30.295.010 Purpose and Applicability

30.295.020 Residential Use Classifications

30.295.030 Public and Semi-Public Use
Classifications

30.295.040 Commercial Use Classifications

30.295.050 Industrial Use Classifications

30.295.060 Transportation, Communication,
and Utilities Use Classifications

30.295.010 Purpose and Applicability.

Use classifications describe one or more uses of land having similar characteristics but do not list every use or activity that may appropriately be within the classification. The Community Development Director shall determine whether a specific use shall be deemed to be within one or more use classifications or not within any classification in this chapter. The Director may determine that a specific use shall not be deemed to be within a classification, whether or not named within the classification, if its characteristics are substantially incompatible with those typical of uses named within the classification.

30.295.020 Residential Use Classifications.

A. Residential Housing Types.

1. Single-Unit Residential. One primary residential unit and up to one accessory dwelling unit or one junior accessory dwelling unit located on a single lot. This classification includes individual mobilehomes and manufactured housing units installed on a foundation system pursuant to Section 18551 of the California Health and Safety Code and meeting the standards of Section 30.185.270, Mobilehomes, Recreational Vehicles and Modular Units, Individual Use. The definition of single-unit residential shall include an Employee Housing unit with six or fewer residents as allowed by State law.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
128

2. Two-Unit Residential. No more than two residential units and may include one or more accessory dwelling units located on a single lot. The residential units may be located in a single building that contains two residential units (also known as a duplex) or in two detached buildings.

3. Multi-Unit Residential. Three or more attached or detached residential units and may include one or more accessory dwelling units on a single lot. Types of multi-unit residential include townhouses, multiple detached residential units (e.g. bungalow court), and multi-story apartment buildings.

B. Special Residential Unit Types.

1. Accessory Dwelling Unit. An attached or a detached residential unit that provides complete independent living facilities for one or more persons and is located on a lot with a proposed or existing primary residential unit. It shall include permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation on the same parcel as the primary residential unit is or will be situated. An accessory dwelling unit also includes the following:
a. An efficiency unit, as defined in Section 17958.1 of Health and Safety Code. b. A manufactured home, as defined in Section 18007 of the Health and Safety Code.

2. Additional Residential Unit. A detached residential unit that provides independent living facilities, located on a single lot with another single-unit residence, and meeting the standards of Section 30.185.050, Additional Residential Unit.

3. Caretaker Unit. A residential unit occupied by employees, owners, managers, or caretakers of a primary business use on the site and meeting the standards of Section 30.185.120, Caretaker Unit.

4. Employee Housing. As defined in § 17021.5 of the Health and Safety Code; includes agricultural employee (farmworker) housing as defined in Health and Safety Code § 17008.

45. Garden Apartment. A development consisting of multi-unit residential building(s), each containing between four and eight residential units, located on a single lot under one ownership and meeting the standards of Section 30.185.180, Garden Apartments.

56. Planned Residential Development. A coordinated residential development meeting the standards of Section 30.185.330, Planned Residential Development.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
129

67. Junior Accessory Dwelling Unit. A unit that is no more than 500 square feet in size and contained entirely within the structure of an existing or proposed single-unit residential housing type. A junior accessory dwelling unit includes its own separate sanitation facilities, or shares sanitation facilities with the existing or proposed single residential unit and includes an efficiency kitchen.

C. Community Care Facilities, Residential Care Facilities for the Elderly, and Hospices.

1. Community Care Facility. A State-licensed facility, place or building which is maintained and operated to provide non-medical residential care, day treatment, adult day care, or foster family agency services for children, adults, or children and adults, including, but not limited to, the physically handicapped, mentally impaired, incompetent persons, and abused or neglected children, as further defined in Chapter 3 of Division 2 of the California Health and Safety Code.

2. Hospice. A State-licensed facility which provides 24-hour nursing and supportive care and other services in a home-like setting to persons who have a medical diagnosis of terminal illness.

3. Residential Care Facility for the Elderly. A housing arrangement where residents are 60 years of age or older and where varying levels of care and supervision are provided as agreed to at time of admission or as determined necessary at subsequent times of reappraisal.

Persons under 60 years of age with compatible needs may be allowed to be admitted or retained in such a facility, not to exceed 25% of the residents, as further defined in Chapter 3.2 of Division 2 of the California Health and Safety Code.

D. Family Day Care Home. A State-licensed facility which regularly provides care, protection, and supervision of children under 18 years of age in the provider’s own home, for periods of less than 24 hours per day, while the parents or guardians are away, as further defined and permitted pursuant to the California Health and Safety Code and other applicable State Regulations. The term “Family Day Care Home” includes the terms “Large Family Day Care Home” and “Small Family Day Care Home” as such terms are defined in Sections 1597.465 and 1597.44 of the California Health and Safety Code.

1. Small. As defined in Section 1597.44 of the California Health and Safety Code.

2. Large. As defined in Section 1597.465 of the California Health and Safety Code.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
130
E. Group Residential. Shared living quarters without separate kitchen facilities for each room or unit, where five or more than six rooms or beds are rented individually to tenants under separate rental agreements, and a congregate dining facility is provided, or meal service is typically included in the price of lodging. This classification includes convents and monasteries, rooming and boarding houses, dormitories and other types of organizational housing intended for long-term occupancy (more than 30 consecutive calendar days) but excludes Hotels and Similar Uses, and certain Statelicensed facilities for Residential Care, and Supportive and Transitional Housing, and Employee Housing.

F. Home Occupation. A nonresidential use conducted on residential property by the inhabitants of the subject residence, which is incidental and secondary to the residential use of the residential unit.

G. Live-Work Unit. A combined work space and residential unit occupied and used by a single household in structure that has been constructed for such use or converted from commercial use and structurally modified to accommodate residential occupancy and work activity in compliance with the California Building Code. The working space is reserved for one or more occupants of the unit.

H. Mobilehome Park. An area of land where two or more mobilehome spaces are rented, or held out for rent, to accommodate mobilehomes for more than 30 consecutive calendar days.

I. Recreational Vehicle Parks, Permanent. An area of land where two or more recreational vehicle spaces are rented, or held out for rent, to accommodate recreational vehicles for residential purposes for more than 30 consecutive calendar days.

J. Supportive Housing. As defined in § 65582 of the Government Code.

K. Transitional Housing. As defined in § 65582 of the Government Code.

30.295.030 Public and Semi-Public Use Classifications.

A. Cemetery. Establishments primarily engaged in operating sites or structures reserved for the interment of human or animal remains, including mausoleums, burial places, and memorial gardens.

B. College and Trade School. Public, nonprofit, or private institutions of higher education providing curricula of a general, religious or professional nature, typically granting recognized degrees, including conference centers and academic retreats associated with such institutions. This COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
131
classification includes junior colleges, business and computer schools, management training, technical and trade schools, but excludes personal instructional services such as music lessons.

C. Community Assembly. A facility for public or private meetings including community centers, banquet centers, religious assembly facilities, civic and private auditoriums, union halls, meeting halls for clubs and other membership organizations. This classification includes functionally related facilities for the use of members and attendees such as kitchens, multi-purpose rooms, and storage. It does not include gymnasiums or other sports facilities, convention centers, or facilities, such as day care centers and schools, that are separately classified and regulated.

D. Community Garden. The outdoor use of land for the cultivation of agricultural products grown for personal use by the gardeners, or for donations, but not for sale. Use of land for and limited to the cultivation of herbs, fruits, flowers, or vegetables, including the cultivation and tillage of soil and the production, cultivation, growing, and harvesting of any agricultural, floricultural, or horticultural commodity, by several individuals or households but not including on-site sales.

E. Cultural Institution. Public or nonprofit institutions engaged primarily in the display or preservation of objects of interest in the arts or sciences that are open to the public on a regular basis. This classification includes performing arts centers for theater, music, dance, and events; buildings of an educational, charitable or philanthropic nature; libraries; museums; historical sites; aquariums; and zoos and botanical gardens.

F. Day Care Center. Establishments providing non-medical care for persons on a less than 24-hour basis other than Family Day Care. This classification includes nursery schools, preschools, and day care facilities for children or adults, and any other day care facility licensed by the State of California.

G. Emergency Shelter. A temporary, short-term residence providing housing with minimal supportive services for homeless families or individual persons where occupancy is limited to six months or less, as defined in Section 50801 of the California Health and Safety Code. Minimal supportive services shall mean administrative offices, intake and waiting areas, kitchen and dining facilities, and laundry facilities as long as the facilities are directly related to the operation of the emergency shelter or for the exclusive use of the residents of the emergency shelter, but may include other interim interventions, including, but not limited to, a navigation center, bridge housing, and respite or recuperative care. Homeless shelters providing more than minimal supportive services or supportive services to persons other than the residents of the shelter are considered Social Service Facilities.

COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
132
H. Harbor, Port, and Marina Facilities. Facilities that provides a range of services related to the use of boats and other watercraft and commercial and recreational fishing. Services may include, but are not limited to, boat moorings; sales, storage, construction, repair, and maintenance of boats, boat parts, and other marine-related items; marine fueling stations and washing facilities; seafood processing, boat and watercraft charter operations; offices; bait and tackle shops; and hardware sales.

I. Hospitals and Clinics. State-licensed facilities providing medical, surgical, psychiatric, or emergency medical services to sick or injured persons. This classification includes facilities for inpatient or outpatient treatment, including substance-abuse programs as well as training, research, and administrative services for patients and employees. This classification excludes veterinaries and animal hospitals (see Animal Care, Sales, and Services).

1. Hospital. A facility providing medical, psychiatric, or surgical services for sick or injured persons primarily on an in-patient basis, and including ancillary facilities for outpatient and emergency treatment, diagnostic services, training, research, administration, and services to patients, employees, or visitors.

2. Clinic. A facility providing medical, psychiatric, or surgical service for sick or injured persons exclusively on an out-patient basis including emergency treatment, diagnostic services, administration, and related services to patients who are not lodged overnight.

Services may be available without a prior appointment. This classification includes licensed facilities offering substance abuse treatment, blood banks and plasma centers, and emergency medical services offered exclusively on an out-patient basis. This classification does not include private medical and dental offices that typically require appointments and are usually smaller scale.

3. Birth Center. Facilities to assist in human births, but is not licensed as a hospital.

J. Instructional Services. Establishments that offer specialized programs in personal growth and development such as arts, music, martial arts, vocal, fitness and dancing, cooking, language, or media arts instruction.

K. Park and Recreation Facility. Parks, playgrounds, recreation facilities, trails, wildlife preserves, and related open spaces.

L. Public Facility. Facilities owned or operated by a governmental agency providing services such as clerical or public contact offices, police and fire protection including any indoor shooting range operated by and for a law enforcement agency, and emergency medical services. This classification excludes corporation yards, equipment service centers, and similar facilities that COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
133
primarily provide maintenance and repair services and storage facilities for vehicles and equipment (see Public Works and Utilities).

M. Recreational Vehicle and Camping Parks, Overnight. Any area of land where two or more recreational vehicles or camping spaces are rented, or held out for rent, for overnight stay in tents, tarpaulins, or other camping facilities or in recreational vehicles for 30 consecutive calendar days or less.

N. Schools. Facilities for primary or secondary education giving general academic instruction equivalent to the standards prescribed by the State Board of Education; or a nonprofit institution or center of advanced study and research in the field of learning equivalent to or higher than the level of standards prescribed by the State Board of Education; including public schools, charter schools, and private and parochial schools.

O. Skilled Nursing Facility. Establishments that provide 24-hour medical, convalescent or chronic care to individuals who, by reason of advanced age, chronic illness or infirmity, are unable to care for themselves, and is licensed as a skilled nursing facility by the State of California, including, but not limited to, rest homes and convalescent hospitals, but not Residential Care, Hospitals, or Clinics.

P. Social Service Facilities. Any noncommercial facility, such as homeless shelters, domestic violence shelters and facilities providing social services such as job referral, housing placement and which may also provide meals, showers, clothing, groceries, or laundry facilities, typically for 30 consecutive calendar days or less. Specialized programs and services related to the needs of the residents may also be provided. If a Social Services Facility is operated as a “Low Barrier” facility (with or without temporary living facilities), and all the other requirements of Government Code § 65660 et seq. are met, it shall be permitted consistent with Government Code § 65660 et seq.

30.295.040 Commercial Use Classifications.

A. Adult Entertainment Facilities. As defined in Section 30.185.060, Adult Entertainment Facilities.

B. Agriculture. Agriculture is incidental and secondary to the primary use of a property. The outdoor use of land for the cultivation and wholesale of agricultural products produced on the premises. Agriculture includes tilling of the soil, the raising of crops, horticulture and the harvesting, sorting, cleaning, packing and shipping of agricultural products produced on the premises COUNCIL INTRODUCTION DRAFT 02/04/25

SHOWING CHANGES FROM CURRENT CODE
134
preparatory to sale or shipment in their natural form including all activities or uses customarily incidental thereto, but not including retail sales, the commercial packing or processing of products not grown on the premises or any other use which is similarly objectionable because of odor, smoke, dust, fumes, vibration or danger to life or property. This classification does not include the following uses: slaughterhouse, fertilizer works, commercial dairying, pasturage agriculture, commercial animal and poultry husbandry, or operations for the reduction of animal matter. This classification also does not include the outdoor cultivation of cannabis, except as allowed pursuant to Section 30.185.110, Cannabis Cultivation for Personal Use.

C. Animal Care, Sales and Services. Retail sales and services related to the boarding, grooming, and care of household pets including:

1. Animal Daycare. Facilities providing non-medical care on a less than 24-hour basis for four or more dogs, cats, or other household pets not owned by the business owner or operator.

2. Animal Shelter and Boarding. A commercial, non-profit, or governmental facility for keeping, boarding, training, breeding or maintaining, generally overnight or in excess of 24 hours, four or more dogs, cats, or other household pets not owned by the business owner or operator. Typical accessory uses include veterinary and grooming services for boarded animals, but exclude pet stores, grooming, and veterinary services for non-boarded animals.

3. Grooming and Pet Stores. Retail sales and the accommodation of household pets on-site intended for retail sales, but not including boarding or breeding. Grooming or selling of dogs, cats, and similar small animals. Typical uses include dog bathing and clipping salons, pet grooming shops, and pet stores and shops. This classification excludes dog walking and similar pet care services not carried out at a fixed location, and excludes pet supply stores that do not sell animals or provide on-site animal services.

4. Veterinary Services. Veterinary services for small animals. This classification allows 24-hour accommodation of animals receiving medical services but does not include boarding or breeding.

D. Aquaculture Facilities. Facilities for the cultivation of marine or freshwater fish, shellfish, or plants under controlled conditions. Aquaculture includes aquaponics which integrates aquaculture with hydroponics by recycling the waste products from fish to fertilize hydroponically growing plants.

Santa Barbara City CouncilFebruary 4, 2025

Santa Barbara City Council
February 4, 2025